Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
An Introductory Framework
PDF generated using the open source mwlib toolkit. See http://code.pediapress.com/ for more information. PDF generated at: Mon, 27 Jun 2011 19:45:25 UTC
Contents
Articles
1. Introductory Principles
History of Quantum Mechanics Basic Concepts of Quantum Mechanics Introduction to Quantum Mechanics 1 1 21 27 44 44 51 68 68 80 87 87 90 99 112 112 118 118 120 128 128 132 134 137 137 151 168
4. Einstein's Objections
Principle of Locality EPR Paradox Bell's Theorem
5. Schrdinger's Objections
Schrdinger's Cat
6. Measurement Problems
The Measurement Problem Measurement in Quantum Mechanics
7. Advanced Concepts
Quantum Number Quantum Information Quantum Statistical Mechanics
8. Advanced Topics
Quantum Field Theory String Theory Quantum Gravity
Appendix
Quantum Quantum state
References
Article Sources and Contributors Image Sources, Licenses and Contributors 185 189
Article Licenses
License 190
1. Introductory Principles
History of Quantum Mechanics
The history of quantum mechanics, as it interlaces with the history of quantum chemistry, began essentially with a number of different scientific discoveries: the 1838 discovery of cathode rays by Michael Faraday; the 1859-1860 winter statement of the black body radiation problem by Gustav Kirchhoff; the 1877 suggestion by Ludwig Boltzmann that the energy states of a physical system could be discrete; the discovery of the photoelectric effect by Heinrich Hertz in 1887; and the 1900 quantum hypothesis by Max Planck that any energy-radiating atomic system can theoretically be divided into a number of discrete "energy elements" (epsilon) such that each of these energy elements is proportional to the frequency with which each of them individually radiate energy, as defined by the following formula:
where h is a numerical value called Planck's constant. Then, Albert Einstein in 1905, in order to explain the photoelectric effect previously reported by Heinrich Hertz in 1887, postulated consistently with Max Planck's quantum hypothesis that light itself is made of individual quantum particles, which in 1926 came to be called photons by Gilbert N. Lewis. The photoelectric effect was observed upon shining light of particular wavelengths on certain materials, such as metals, which caused electrons to be ejected from those materials only if the light quantum energy was greater than the Fermi level (work function) in the metal. The phrase "quantum mechanics" was first used in Max Born's 1924 paper "Zur Quantenmechanik". In the years to follow, this theoretical basis slowly began to be applied to chemical structure, reactivity, and bonding.
Overview
In short, Ludwig Eduard Boltzmann was one of the founders of quantum mechanics because he suggested in 1877 that the energy levels of a physical system, such as a molecule, could be discrete. He was also a founder of the Austrian Mathematical Society together with the mathematicians Gustav von Escherich and Emil Mller. Boltzmann's rationale for the presence of discrete energy levels in molecules such as those of iodine gas had its origins in his statistical thermodynamics and statistical mechanics theories, and was backed up by mathematical arguments, as it will also be the case twenty years later with the first quantum theory put
Ludwig Boltzmanns diagram of the I2 molecule proposed in 1898 showing the atomic sensitive region (, ) of overlap.
Niels Bohr's 1913 quantum model of the atom, which incorporated an explanation of Johannes Rydberg's 1888 formula, Max Planck's 1900 quantum hypothesis, i.e. that atomic energy radiators have discrete energy values ( = h), J.J.Thomson's 1904 plum pudding model, Albert Einstein's 1905 light quanta postulate, and Ernest Rutherford's 1907 discovery of the atomic nucleus.
With decreasing temperature, the peak of the blackbody radiation curve shifts to longer wavelengths and also has lower intensities. The blackbody radiation curves (1862) at left are also compared with the early, classical limit model of Rayleigh and Jeans (1900) shown at right. The short wavelength side of the curves was already approximated in 1896 by the Wien distribution law.
Thus, in 1900, the German physicist Max Planck reluctantly introduced the idea that energy is quantized, to derive a formula for the observed frequency dependence of the energy emitted by a black body, called Planck's Law, that included a Boltzmann distribution (applicable in the classical limit). Planck's law[1] can be stated as follows: where: I(,T) is the energy per unit time (or the power) radiated per unit area of emitting surface in the normal direction per unit solid angle per unit frequency by a black body at temperature T;
History of Quantum Mechanics h is the Planck constant; c is the speed of light in a vacuum; k is the Boltzmann constant; is the frequency of the electromagnetic radiation; and T is the temperature of the body in degrees Kelvin. The earlier Wien approximation may be derived from Planck's law by assuming .
Moreover, the application of Planck's quantum theory to the electron allowed tefan Procopiu in 19111913, and subsequently Niels Bohr in 1913, to calculate the magnetic moment of the electron, which was later called the ``magneton"; similar quantum computations, but with numerically quite different values, were subsequently made possible for both the magnetic moments of the proton and the neutron that are three orders of magnitude smaller than that of the electron.
Photoelectric effect
The emission of electrons from a metal plate caused by light quanta (photons) with energy greater than the Fermi level of the metal. The photoelectric effect reported by Heinrich Hertz in 1887, and explained by Albert Einstein in 1905. Low-energy phenomena: Photoelectric effect Mid-energy phenomena: Compton scattering High-energy phenomena: Pair production
In 1905, Einstein explained the photoelectric effect by postulating that light, or more generally all electromagnetic radiation, can be divided into a finite number of "energy quanta" that are localized points in space. From the introduction section of his March 1905 quantum paper, On a heuristic viewpoint concerning the emission and transformation of light, Einstein states: ``According to the assumption to be contemplated here, when a light ray is spreading from a point, the energy is not distributed continuously over ever-increasing spaces, but consists of a finite number of energy quanta that are localized in points in space, move without dividing, and can be absorbed or generated only as a whole." This statement has been called the most revolutionary sentence written by a physicist of the twentieth century.[2] These energy quanta later came to be called "photons", a term introduced by Gilbert N. Lewis in 1926. The idea that each photon had to consist of energy in terms of quanta was a remarkable achievement; it effectively solved the problem of black body radiation attaining infinite energy, which occurred in theory if light were to be explained only in terms of waves. In 1913, Bohr explained the spectral lines of the hydrogen atom, again by using quantization, in his paper of July 1913 On the Constitution of Atoms and Molecules.
History of Quantum Mechanics These theories, though successful, were strictly phenomenological: during this time, there was no rigorous justification for quantization, aside, perhaps, from Henri Poincar's discussion of Planck's theory in his 1912 paper Sur la thorie des quanta.[3] [4] They are collectively known as the old quantum theory. The phrase "quantum physics" was first used in Johnston's Planck's Universe in Light of Modern Physics (1931). In 1924, the French physicist Louis de Broglie put forward his theory of matter waves by stating that particles can exhibit wave characteristics and vice versa. This theory was for a single particle and derived from special relativity theory. Building on de Broglie's approach, modern quantum mechanics was born in 1925, when the German physicists Werner Heisenberg and Max Born developed matrix mechanics and the Austrian physicist Erwin Schrdinger invented wave mechanics and the non-relativistic Schrdinger equation as an approximation to the generalised case of de Broglie's theory.[5] Schrdinger subsequently showed that the two approaches were equivalent. Heisenberg formulated his uncertainty principle in 1927, and the Copenhagen interpretation started to take shape at about the same time. Starting around 1927, Paul Dirac began the process of unifying quantum mechanics with special relativity by proposing the Dirac equation for the electron. The Dirac equation achieves the relativistic description of the wavefunction of an electron that Schrdinger failed to obtain. It predicts electron spin and led Dirac to predict the existence of the positron. He also pioneered the use of operator theory, including the influential bra-ket notation, as described in his famous 1930 textbook. During the same period, Hungarian polymath John von Neumann formulated the rigorous mathematical basis for quantum mechanics as the theory of linear operators on Hilbert spaces, as described in his likewise famous 1932 textbook. These, like many other works from the founding period still stand, and remain widely used. The field of quantum chemistry was pioneered by physicists Walter Heitler and Fritz London, who published a study of the covalent bond of the hydrogen molecule in 1927. Quantum chemistry was subsequently developed by a large number of workers, including the American theoretical chemist Linus Pauling at Caltech, and John C. Slater into various theories such as Molecular Orbital Theory or Valence Theory. Beginning in 1927, attempts were made to apply quantum mechanics to fields rather than single particles, resulting in what are known as quantum field theories. Early workers in this area included P.A.M. Dirac, W. Pauli, V. Weisskopf, and P. Jordan. This area of research culminated in the formulation of quantum electrodynamics by R.P. Feynman, F. Dyson, J. Schwinger, and S.I. Tomonaga during the 1940s. Quantum electrodynamics is a quantum theory of electrons, positrons, and the electromagnetic field, and served as a role model for subsequent Quantum Field theories.[6] [7] [8] The theory of Quantum Chromodynamics was formulated beginning in the early 1960s. The theory as we know it today was formulated by Politzer, Gross and Wilczek in 1975. Building on pioneering work by Schwinger, Higgs and Goldstone, the physicists Glashow, Weinberg and Salam independently showed how the weak nuclear force and quantum electrodynamics could be merged into a single electroweak force, for which they received the 1979 Nobel Prize in Physics.
Timeline
The following timeline shows the key steps, precursors and contributors to the development of quantum mechanics, quantum field theories and quantum chemistry:
Contributions Suggested that the energy levels of a physical system could be discrete based on statistical mechanics and mathematical arguments; also produced the first circle diagram representation, or atomic model of a molecule (such as an iodine gas molecule) in terms of the overlapping terms and , later (in 1928) called molecular orbitals, of the constituting atoms. Discovers the photoelectric effect, shown by Einstein in 1905 to involve quanta of light. Modified the Balmer formula to include all spectral series of lines for the hydrogen atom, producing the Rydberg formula which was employed later by Niels Bohr and others to verify Bohr's first quantum model of the atom. Discovered in December 1895 the X-rays in experiments with electron beams in plasma and received the first Nobel prize awarded in 1901; later, in 1922 in experiments involving scattering of X-rays by electrons, Arthur Compton demonstrated the "particle" aspect of electromagnetic radiation. Discovered accidentally radioactivity while investigating the work of Wilhelm Conrad Rntgen; thus, he found that uranium salts emitted radiation that resembled Rntgen's X-rays in their penetrating power. In one experiment, Becquerel wrapped a sample of a phosphorescent substance, potassium uranyl sulfate, in photographic plates surrounded by very thick black paper in preparation for an experiment with bright sunlight; then, to his surprise, prior to actually performing the experiment, Becquerel found that the [9] photographic plates were already exposed, showing a projected image of his sample. First observed the Zeeman splitting effect by passing the light emitted by hydrogen through a magnetic field. During the investigation of radioactivity he coined the terms alpha and beta rays in 1899 to describe the two distinct types of radiation emitted by thorium and uranium salts. Ernest Rutherford was joined at McGill University in 1900 by Frederick Soddy and together they discovered nuclear transmutation when they found in 1902 that radioactive thorium was converting itself into radium through a process of nuclear decay and a gas [10] (later found to be He); they reported their interpretation of radioactivity in 1903. Sir Ernest Rutherford became known as the ``father of nuclear physics": with his concept of the nuclear atom model proposed in [11] 1911 he led the exploration of nuclear physics.
1896 Pieter Zeeman 1899 Ernest Rutherford, 1st to Baron, Lord Rutherford 1903 of Nelson, of Cambridge, OM, FRS
To explain black body radiation (1862), he suggested that electromagnetic energy could only be emitted in quantized form, i.e. the energy could only be a multiple of an elementary unit E = h, where h is Planck's constant and is the frequency of the radiation. To explain the octet rule (1893), he developed the cubical atom theory in which electrons in the form of dots were positioned at the corner of a cube and suggested that single, double, or triple bonds result when two atoms are held together by multiple pairs of electrons (one pair for each bond) located between the two atoms (1916). Shared the 1903 Nobel Prize in Physics for their discoveries and study of spontaneous radioactivity; Antoine Henri Becquerel accidentally discovered radioactivity in 1896 while investigating the phosphorescence of uranium salts. Then, Marie SkodowskaCurie decided to look into uranium rays as a possible field of research for her doctoral thesis. She used to investigate her uranium salt samples a very sensitive electrometer device that was invented 15 years before by her husband and his brother Jacques Curie to measure electrical charge; using the Curie's electrometer, she discovered that rays emitted by the uranium salt samples caused the air around such samples to conduct electricity, and that the emitted rays' intensity could be quantitated using the Curie electrometer. In April 1898 she found through a systematic search of substances that thorium compounds, like those of uranium, emitted 'Becquerel rays', thus preceding the work of Frederick Soddy and [12] Ernest Rutherford on the nuclear decay of thorium to radium by three years. Noted the pattern that the numerical difference between the maximum positive valence, such as +6 for H2SO4, and the maximum negative valence, such as -2 for H2S, of an element tends to be eight (Abegg's rule). Explained the photoelectric effect (reported in 1887 by Heinrich Hertz), i.e. that shining light on certain materials can function to eject electrons from the material, he postulated, as based on Plancks quantum hypothesis (1900), that light itself consists of individual quantum particles (photons). First to explain the effects of Brownian motion as caused by the kinetic energy (i.e., movement) of atoms, which was subsequently, experimentally verified by Jean Baptiste Perrin, thereby settling the century-long dispute about the validity of John Dalton's atomic theory.
1903 Antoine Henri Becquerel, Pierre Curie and Marie Curie, ne Skodowska, Becquerel's doctoral student
6
Publishes his Special Theory of Relativity. Determines the equivalence of matter and energy. To test his 'plum pudding' model of 1904, later known as the planetary, or Rutherford model, he sent a beam of positively-charged, alpha particles onto a gold foil and noticed that some bounced back thus showing that an atom has a small-sized positively charged atomic nucleus at its center. However, he received in 1908 the Nobel Prize in Chemistry "for his investigations into the disintegration of the elements, and the chemistry of [13] radioactive substances", which followed on the work of Marie Curie, not for his planetary model of the atom; he is also widely credited with first "splitting the atom" in 1917. In 1911 Ernest Rutherford explained the Geiger-Marsden experiment by invoking a nuclear atom model and derived the Rutherford cross section. Demonstrated that interference patterns of light were generated even when the light energy introduced consisted of only one photon. This discovery of the wave-particle duality of matter and energy was fundamental to the later development of quantum field theory. Showed that, if Planck's law of black-body radiation is accepted, the energy quanta must also carry momentum p = h / , making them full-fledged particles.
1905 Albert Einstein 1905 Albert Einstein 1907 Ernest Rutherford to 1917
1911 Lise Meitner and Otto Hahn Performed an experiment that showed that the energies of electrons emitted by beta decay had a continuous rather than discrete spectrum. This was in apparent contradiction to the law of conservation of energy, as it appeared that energy was lost in the beta decay process. A second problem was that the spin of the Nitrogen-14 atom was 1, in contradiction to the Rutherford prediction of . These anomalies were later explained by the discoveries of the neutrino and the neutron. 1911 tefan Procopiu Performed experiments in which he determined the correct value of electron's magnetic dipole moment, B = 9.2710^(21) ergOe^(1); (in 1913 he was also able to calculate a theoretical value of the magneton based on Planck's quantum theory). Discovers the existence of cosmic radiation. Published an influential mathematical argument in support of the essential nature of energy quanta. [3] [4]
1912 Victor Hess 1912 Henri Poincar 1913 Robert Andrews Millikan
Publishes the results of his "oil drop" experiment, in which he precisely determines the electric charge of the electron. Determination of the fundamental unit of electric charge made it possible to calculate the Avogadro constant (which is the number of atoms or molecules in one mole of any substance) and thereby to determine the atomic weight of the atoms of each element. Publishes a theoretical paper with the correct value of the electron's magnetic dipole moment B: tefan Procopiu. 1913. ``Determining the Molecular Magnetic Moment by M. Planck's Quantum Theory". Bulletin scientifique de lAcadmie Roumaine de sciences., 1: 151. Obtains theoretically the value of the electron's magnetic dipole moment B as a consequence of his atom model Independently discovered the shifting and splitting of the spectral lines of atoms and molecules due to the presence of the light source in an external static electric field. To explain the Rydberg formula (1888), which correctly modeled the light emission spectra of atomic hydrogen, Bohr hypothesized that negatively charged electrons revolve around a positively charged nucleus at certain fixed quantum distances and that each of these spherical orbits has a specific energy associated with it such that electron movements between orbits requires quantum emissions or absorptions of energy. First presents to the Prussian Academy of Science what are now known as the Einstein field equations. These equations specify how the geometry of space and time is influenced by whatever matter is present, and form the core of Einstein's General Theory of Relativity. Although this theory is not directly applicable to quantum mechanics, theorists of quantum gravity seek to reconcile them. To account for the Zeeman effect (1896), i.e. that atomic absorption or emission spectral lines change when the light source is subjected to a magnetic field, he suggested there might be elliptical orbits in atoms in addition to spherical orbits.
7
Noticed that, when alpha particles were shot into nitrogen gas, his scintillation detectors showed the signatures of hydrogen nuclei. Rutherford determined that the only place this hydrogen could have come from was the nitrogen, and therefore nitrogen must contain hydrogen nuclei. He thus suggested that the hydrogen nucleus, which was known to have an atomic number of 1, was an elementary particle, which he decided must be the protons hypothesized by Eugen Goldstein. Building on the work of Lewis (1916), he coined the term "covalence" and postulated that coordinate covalent bonds occur when two electrons of a pair of atoms come from both atoms and are equally shared by them, thus explaining the fundamental nature of chemical bonding and molecular chemistry. Received the Nobel Prize for 1921 in Chemistry one year later, in 1922, "for his contributions to our knowledge of the chemistry of radioactive substances, and his investigations into the origin and nature of isotopes"; he wrote in his Nobel Lecture of 1922:``The interpretation of radioactivity which was published in 1903 by Sir Ernest Rutherford and myself ascribed the phenomena to the spontaneous disintegration of the atoms of the radio-element, whereby a part of the original atom was violently ejected as a radiant particle, and the remainder formed a totally new kind of atom with a distinct chemical and physical character". Found that X-ray wavelengths increase due to scattering of the radiant energy by "free electrons". The scattered quanta have less energy than the quanta of the original ray. This discovery, known as the "Compton effect," or "Compton scattering" demonstrates the "particle" concept of electromagnetic radiation. Stern-Gerlach experiment detects discrete values of angular momentum for atoms in the ground state passing through an inhomogeneous magnetic field leading to the discovery of the spin of the electron. Postulated that electrons in motion are associated with waves the lengths of which are given by Plancks constant h divided by the momentum of the mv = p of the electron: = h / mv = h / p. His work on quantum mechanics provides the foundation for Bose-Einstein statistics, the theory of the Bose-Einstein condensate, and the discovery of the boson Postulated the existence of the electron spin
Outlined the rule of maximum multiplicity which states that when electrons are added successively to an atom as many levels or orbits are singly occupied as possible before any pairing of electrons with opposite spin occurs and made the distinction that the inner electrons in molecules remained in atomic orbitals and only the valence electrons needed to be in molecular orbitals involving both nuclei. Developed the matrix mechanics formulation of Quantum Mechanics. Outlined the Pauli exclusion principle which states that no two identical fermions may occupy the same quantum state simultaneously. Coined the term photon, which he derived from the Greek word for light, (transliterated phs). Stated their relativistic quantum wave equation, now called the Klein-Gordon equation
1926 Gilbert Lewis 1926 Oskar Klein and Walter Gordon (physicist) 1926 Enrico Fermi 1926 Paul Dirac 1926 Erwin Schrdinger
Discovered the spin-statistics theorem connection Introduced Fermi-Dirac statistics Used De Broglies electron wave postulate (1924) to develop a wave equation that represents mathematically the distribution of a charge of an electron distributed through space, being spherically symmetric or prominent in certain directions, i.e. directed valence bonds, which gave the correct values for spectral lines of the hydrogen atom; also introduced the Hamiltonian operator in quantum mechanics. Laid the mathematical foundations of Quantum Mechanics in terms of Hermitian operators on Hilbert spaces, [14] subsequently published in 1932 as a basic textbook of quantum mechanics. Formulates the quantum uncertainty principle interpreted the probabilistic nature of wavefunctions Introduced the concepts of valence bond theory and applied it to the hydrogen molecule.
1926 John von Neumann to 1932 1927 Werner Heisenberg 1927 Max Born 1927 Walter Heitler and Fritz London 1927 Thomas and Fermi
8
Studied optical photon scattering by electrons Stated his relativistic electron quantum wave equation Solved the Dirac equation for a Coulomb potential
1927 Chandrasekhara Raman 1927 Paul Dirac 1927 Charles G. Darwin and Walter Gordon 1927 Charles Drummond Ellis (along with James Chadwick and colleagues) 1927 Walter Heitler
Finally established clearly that the beta decay spectrum is in fact continuous and not discrete, posing a problem that would later by solved by theorizing (and later discovering) the existence of the neutrino.
Used Schrdingers wave equation (1926) to show how two hydrogen atom wavefunctions join together, with plus, minus, and exchange terms, to form a covalent bond. In 1927 Mulliken worked, in coordination with Hund, to develop a molecular orbital theory where electrons are assigned to states that extend over an entire molecule and, in 1932, introduced many new molecular orbital terminologies, such as bond, bond, and bond.
1927 Hermann Klaus Hugo Weyl Proved in collaboration with his student Fritz Peter a fundamental theorem in harmonic analysisthe Peter-Weyl theorem-- relevant to group representations in quantum theory (including the complete reducibility [15] of unitary representations of a compact topological group); introduced the Weyl quantization, and earlier, in 1918, introduced the concept of gauge and a gauge theory; later in 1935 he introduced and characterized [16] with Richard Bauer the concept of spinor in n-dimensions. 1928 Paul Dirac In the Dirac equations, Paul Dirac integrated the principle of special relativity with quantum electrodynamics and hypothesized the existence of the positron. Outlined the nature of the chemical bond in which he used Heitlers quantum mechanical covalent bond model (1927) to outline the quantum mechanical basis for all types of molecular structure and bonding and suggested that different types of bonds in molecules can become equalized by rapid shifting of electrons, a process called resonance (1931), such that resonance hybrids contain contributions from the different possible electronic configurations. Introduce the concept of molecular orbital
1928 Friedrich Hund and Robert S. Mulliken 1929 Oskar Klein 1929 Oskar Klein and Yoshio Nishina 1929 Sir Nevill Mott 1929 John Lennard-Jones 1930 Paul Dirac 1930 Fritz London 1930 Wolfgang Pauli
Discovers the Klein paradox Derive the Klein-Nishina cross section for high energy photon scattering by electrons
Derives the Mott cross section for the Coulomb scattering of relativistic electrons Introduced the linear combination of atomic orbitals approximation for the calculation of molecular orbitals. Introduces electron hole theory Explains van der Waals forces as due to the interacting fluctuating dipole moments between molecules In a famous letter, Pauli suggested that, in addition to electrons and protons, atoms also contained an extremely light neutral particle which he called the "neutron." He suggested that this "neutron" was also emitted during beta decay and had simply not yet been observed. Later it was determined that this particle was actually the almost massless neutrino Proposes the Lennard-Jones interatomic potential Found that if the very energetic alpha particles emitted from polonium fell on certain light elements, specifically beryllium, boron, or lithium, an unusually penetrating radiation was produced. At first this radiation was thought to be gamma radiation, although it was more penetrating than any gamma rays known, and the details of experimental results were very difficult to interpret on this basis. Some scientists began to hypothesize the possible existence of another fundamental, atomic particle. Renamed Pauli's "neutron" to neutrino to distinguish it from the then-hypothetical possibility of a much more massive neutron.
9
Showed that if the unknown radiation generated by alpha particles fell on paraffin or any other hydrogen-containing compound, it ejected protons of very high energy. This was not in itself inconsistent with the proposed gamma ray nature of the new radiation, but detailed quantitative analysis of the data became increasingly difficult to reconcile with such a hypothesis. Performed a series of experiments showing that the gamma ray hypothesis for the unknown radiation produced by alpha particles was untenable, and that the new particles must be the neutrons hypothesized by Enrico Fermi. Chadwick suggested that, in fact, the new radiation consisted of uncharged particles of approximately the same mass as the proton, and he performed a series of experiments verifying his suggestion. Applied perturbation theory to the two-electron problem and showed how resonance arising from electron exchange could explain exchange forces. Building upon the nuclear transmutation experiments of Ernest Rutherford done a few years earlier, fusion of light nuclei (hydrogen isotopes) was first observed by Oliphant in 1932. The steps of the main cycle of nuclear fusion in stars were subsequently worked out by Hans Bethe throughout the remainder of that decade. Experimentally proves the existence of the positron. First theorized the concept of a nuclear chain reaction. He filed a patent for his idea of a simple nuclear reactor the following year. Published a very successful model of beta decay in which neutrinos were produced. Studies the effects of bombarding uranium isotopes with neutrons. Develops the total quantitative chain chemical reaction theory. The idea of the chain reaction, developed by Semyonov, is the basis of various high technologies using the incineration of gas mixtures. The idea was also used for the description of the nuclear reaction. Discovered artificial radioactivity and were jointly awarded the 1935 Novel Prize in Chemistry [17]
Formulated his hypothesis of the Yukawa potential and predicted the existence of the pion, stating that such a potential arises from the exchange of a massive scalar field, as it would be found in the field of the pion. Prior to Yukawa's paper, it was believed that the scalar fields of the fundamental forces necessitated massless particles. Published prior to Hideki Yukawa his relativistic quantum field equations for a massive vector meson of spin-1 as a basis for nuclear forces. [18] Introduced Quantum Logic in an attempt to reconcile the apparent inconsistency of classical, Boolean logic with the Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle of quantum mechanics as applied, for example, to the measurement of complementary (noncommuting) observables in quantum mechanics, such as position and [19] momentum; current approaches to quantum logic involve noncommutative and non-associative [20] [21] many-valued logic. Discovered muons while he studied cosmic radiation. Experimentally proves the existence of the pion. [22] Proved, using group theory, that non-linear degenerate molecules are unstable. The Jahn-Teller theorem essentially states that any non-linear molecule with a degenerate electronic ground state will undergo a geometrical distortion that removes that degeneracy, because the distortion lowers the overall energy of the complex. The latter process is called the Jahn-Teller effect; this effect was recently considered also in relation to the superconductivity mechanism in YBCO and other high temperature superconductors. The details of the Jahn-Teller effect are presented with several examples and EPR data in the basic textbook by Abragam and Bleaney (1970). Made the first accurate calculation of a molecular orbital wavefunction with the hydrogen molecule. Hahn and Strassmann sent a manuscript to Naturwissenschaften reporting they had detected the element barium after bombarding uranium with neutrons. Simultaneously, they communicated these results to Meitner. Meitner, and her nephew Frisch, correctly interpreted these results as being nuclear fission. Frisch confirmed this experimentally on 13 January 1939.
1936 Carl D. Anderson 1937 Carl Anderson 1937 Hermann Arthur Jahn and Edward Teller
1938 Charles Coulson 1938 Otto Hahn, Fritz Strassmann, Lise Meitner, and Otto Robert Frisch
10
Discovered neutron multiplication in uranium, proving that a chain reaction was indeed possible.
1939 Le Szilrd and Enrico Fermi 1942 Kan-Chang Wang 1942 Enrico Fermi
First proposed the use of beta capture to experimentally detect neutrinos. Created the first artificial self-sustaining nuclear chain reaction, called Chicago Pile-1 (CP-1), in a racquets court below the bleachers of Stagg Field at the University of Chicago on December 2, 1942. Lead successfully the Manhattan Project, predicted quantum tunneling and proposed the OppenheimerPhillips process in nuclear fusion First nuclear fission explosion on July 16, 1945 in the Trinity test in New Mexico. Reported the construction of the first hydrogen maser by coherent stimulation of radiation in molecular hydrogen. Published two cloud chamber photographs of cosmic ray-induced events, one showing what appeared to be a neutral particle decaying into two charged pions, and one which appeared to be a charged particle decaying into a charged pion and something neutral. The estimated mass of the new particles was very rough, about half a proton's mass. More examples of these "V-particles" were slow in coming, and they were soon given the name kaons. Independently introduced perturbative renormalization as a method of correcting the original Lagrangian of a quantum field theory so as to eliminate an infinite series of counterterms that would otherwise result. Stated the path integral formulation of quantum mechanics. Determined the equivalence of the formulations of quantum electrodynamics that existed by that time Richard Feynman's diagrammatic path integral formulation and the operator method developed by Julian Schwinger and Sin-Itiro Tomonaga. A by-product of that demonstration was the invention of the Dyson [23] series.
1945 Manhattan Project 1946 Theodor V. Ionescu and Vasile Mihu 1947 G. D. Rochester and C. C. Butler
1948 Sin-Itiro Tomonaga and Julian Schwinger 1948 Richard Feynman 1949 Freeman Dyson
1951 Clemens C. J. Roothaan and Derived the Roothaan-Hall equations, putting rigorous molecular orbital methods on a firm basis. George G. Hall 1951 Edward Teller--'Father of the Hydrogen bomb', physicist and Stanisaw Ulam, mathematician Were reported to have written jointly in March 1951 a classified report on Hydrodynamic Lenses and Radiation Mirrors that resulted in the next step in the Manhattan Project. In 1999, Edward Teller told a Scientific American reporter: "I contributed; Ulam did not. I'm sorry I had to answer it in this abrupt way. Ulam was rightly dissatisfied with an old approach. He came to me with a part of an idea which I already had worked out and (had) difficulty getting people to listen to. He was willing to sign a paper. When it then came [24] to defending that paper and really putting work into it, he refused. He said: ``I don't believe in it". First planned fusion thermonuclear reaction experiment was carried out successfully in the Spring of 1951 at Eniwetok, based only on the work of Edward Teller and Dr. Hans A. Bethe who wrote in 1952:``the results of the calculations of Ulam and Fermi in 1950 (which were logical steps in the program) would have led nearly every scientist to give up the thermonuclear program altogether. Only Teller's persistent belief in the [25] practicality of thermonuclear reactions led to our present, completely novel concepts in this field.". The Los Alamos Laboratory proposed a date in November 1952 for a Hydrogen bomb, full-scale test that was apparently kept. Received a shared Nobel Prize in Physics for their first observations of the quantum phenomenon of nuclear magnetic resonance reported in 1949 ("for their development of new methods for nuclear magnetic precision measurements and discoveries in connection therewith"); Felix Bloch reported his NMR discovery as "the [26] [27] [28] Principle of Nuclear Induction" (in collaboration with W. W. Hansen, and M. Packard); Purcell reported his contribution as ``Research in Nuclear Magnetism", and gave credit to his coworkers such as [29] [30] Herbert S. Gutowsky for their NMR contributions, as well as theoretical researchers of nuclear magnetism such as Professor Van Vleck. Formulated a theory of theory of the dynamic nuclear polarization, also known as the Overhauser Effect; other contenders are the subsequent theory of Ionel Solomon reported in 1955 that includes the Solomon equations for dipolar coupled spin dynamics, and that of R. Kaiser in 1963; Overhauser was elected to the US National Academy of Sciences in 1974 and received the National Medal of Science in 1994. The general Overhauser [31] effect was first demonstrated experimentally by T. R. Carver and Charles P. Slichter in 1953
11
Built and reported the first ammonia maser; received a Nobel prize in 1964 for his experimental success in producing coherent radiation by atoms and molecules.
1953 Charles H. Townes,(collaborating with J. P. Gordon, and H. J. Zeiger) 1954 Chen Ning Yang and Robert Mills 1955 Ionel Solomon
Derived a gauge theory for nonabelian groups, leading to the successful formulation of both electroweak unification and quantum chromodynamics. First nuclear magnetic resonance theory of magnetic dipole coupled nuclear spins and of the Nuclear Overhauser Effect (NOE). Independently derived the Gell-MannNishijima formula, which relates the baryon number B, the strangeness S, and the isospin Iz of hadrons to the charge Q, eventually leading to the systematic categorization of hadrons and, ultimately, the Quark Model of hadron composition. Predicted that self-sustaining nuclear chain reactions should occur in natural uranium deposits. Experimentally proved the existence of the neutrino.
1955 Murray Gell-Mann and and Kazuhiko Nishijima 1956 1956 P. Kuroda 1956 Clyde L. Cowan and Frederick Reines
1957 John Bardeen, Leon Cooper Proposed their quantum BCS theory of low temperature superconductivity as a macroscopic quantum and John Robert Schrieffer coherence phenomenon involving phonon coupled electron pairs with opposite spin, for which their received a Nobel prize in 1972. 1957 William Alfred Fowler, Margaret Burbidge, Geoffrey Burbidge, and Fred Hoyle 1958 Edward Raymond Andrew, and FRS 1976 In their 1957 paper Synthesis of the Elements in Stars, they explained how the abundances of essentially all but the lightest chemical elements could be explained by the process of nucleosynthesis in stars.
Made critical field measurements on superconducting tin foils in 1949 for his PhD; then in 1958 he discovered [32] [33] [34] [35] the magic angle spinning (MAS) technique for obtaining resolved chemical shifts in solids, [36] [37] [38] [39] [40] [41] [42] [43] [44] [45] [46] [47] [48] including Knight shifts in metals, and subsequently in 1964 carried out pioneering experiments with nuclear magnetic resonance imaging (NMRI) [49] [50] [51] [52] [53] [54] [55] [56] also in solids; for his important discoveries he was elected Fellow of the Royal Society in 1984; together with R.G. Eades he published an important theoretical paper on the separation of intramolecular and intermolecular contributions to the Van Vleck second moment of the NMR [57] spectrum Performed Young's double-slit experiment (1909) for the first time with particles other than photons by using electrons and with similar results, confirming that massive particles also behaved according to the wave-particle duality that is a fundamental principle of quantum field theory. Published in 1961 the fundamental textbook on the quantum theory of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance entitled ``The Principles of Nuclear Magnetism". Clarendon Press: Oxford. pp.599. OCLC 242700 (1961); it surpasses by far both the earlier textbook by E.R. Andrew published in 1955, and the Magnetic Resonance [58] textbook published two years later by Professor Charles P. Slichter Extended the electroweak unification models developed by Julian Schwinger by including a short range neutral current, the Z_o. The resulting symmetry structure that Glashow proposed, SU(2) X U(1), formed the basis of the accepted theory of the electroweak interactions.
1962 Leon M. Lederman, Melvin Showed that more than one type of neutrino exists by detecting interactions of the muon neutrino (already Schwartz and Jack hypothesised with the name "neutretto") Steinberger 1962 Murray Gell-Mann and Yuval Ne'eman Independently classified the hadrons according to a system that Gell-Mann called the "Eightfold Way," and which ultimately led to the quark model (1964) of hadron composition.
12
1962 Jeffrey Goldstone, Yoichiro Developed what is now known as Goldstone's Theorem, in which it was proved that, if there is continuous Nambu, Abdus Salam, and symmetry transformation under which the Lagrangian is invariant, then either the vacuum state is also Steven Weinberg invariant under the transformation, or there must exist spinless particles of zero mass, thereafter called Nambu-Goldstone bosons. Subsequently, in 2004 Steven Weinberg explained in his 3-volume book on "Quantum Field Theory" that low temperature superconductivity could not be explained by the BCS model alone without the appearance of Goldstone bosons upon symmetry breaking. One notes however that the importance of symmetry breaking for superconductivity was already pointed out in 1973 by Brian David Josephson in his Nobel lecture. 1962 Brian David Josephson, to FRS 1973 Predicted correctly the quantum tunnelling effect involving supercurrents while he was a PhD student under the supervision of Professor Brian Pippard at the Royal Society Mond Laboratory in Cambridge, UK; subsequently, in 1964, he applied his theory to coupled superconductors. The Josephson, tunnelling supercurrent effect was later demonstrated experimentally at Bell Labs in the USA. For his important quantum [59] discovery he was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1973. Laid the foundation for the theory of symmetries in quantum mechanics as well as for basic research into the structure of the atomic nucleus; made important "contributions to the theory of the atomic nucleus and the elementary particles, particularly through the discovery and application of fundamental symmetry principles"; he shared half of his Nobel prize in Physics with Maria Goeppert-Mayer and J. Hans D. Jensen. Shared with Eugene P. Wigner one half of the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1963 "for their discoveries concerning [60] nuclear shell structure theory". Developed the mathematical matrix by which the first two (and ultimately three) generations of quarks could be predicted. Independently proposed the quark model of hadrons, predicting the arbitrarily named up, down, and strange quarks. Gell-Mann is credited with coining the term "quark," which he found in James Joyce's book Finnegans Wake. Postulated that a fundamental quantum field, now called the Higgs field, permeates space and, by way of the Higgs mechanism, provides mass to all the elementary subatomic particles that interact with it. While the Higgs field is postulated to confer mass on quarks and leptons, it represents only a tiny portion of the masses of other subatomic particles, such as protons and neutrons. In these, gluons that bind quarks together confer most of the particle mass. The Higgs mechanism, which gives mass to vector bosons, such as Proca's vector spin-1 mesons, was theorized in 1964 by Franois Englert and Robert Brout. In October of the same year, Peter Higgs, working from the ideas of Philip Anderson reached the same conclusions; and, independently, by Gerald Guralnik, C. R. Hagen, and Tom Kibble, who worked out the results by the spring of 1963. Predicted the existence of the charm quark. The addition was proposed because it allowed for a better description of the weak interaction (the mechanism that allows quarks and other particles to decay), equalized the number of known quarks with the number of known leptons, and implied a mass formula that correctly reproduced the masses of the known mesons. Shared the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1964 for, respectively, semiconductor lasers and Quantum Electronics; they also shared the prize with Charles H. Townes, the inventor of the ammonium maser. Published a paper in which he described Yang-Mills Theory using the SU(2) X U(1) supersymmetry group, thereby yielding a mass for the W particle of the Weak Interaction via spontaneous symmetry breaking. Deep inelastic scattering experiments at the Stanford Linear Accelerator Center (SLAC) showed that the proton contained much smaller, point-like objects and was therefore not an elementary particle. Physicists at the time were reluctant to identify these objects with quarks, instead calling them "partons" a term coined by Richard Feynman. The objects that were observed at SLAC would later be identified as up and down quarks. Nevertheless, "parton" remains in use as a collective term for the constituents of hadrons (quarks, antiquarks, and gluons). The strange quark's existence was indirectly validated by the SLAC's scattering experiments: not only was it a necessary component of Gell-Mann and Zweig's three-quark model, but it provided an explanation for the kaon (K) and pion () hadrons discovered in cosmic rays in 1947.
1963 Maria Goeppert Mayer and J. Hans D. Jensen 1963 Nicola Cabibbo
1964 Franois Englert, Robert Brout, Peter Higgs, Gerald Guralnik, C. R. Hagen, and [61] [62] [63] Tom Kibble [64] [65] [66] [67]
1964 Nikolai G. Basov and Aleksandr M. Prokhorov 1967 Steven Weinberg and Abdus Salam 1968 Stanford University
13
Published quantum theories for electrons in non-crystalline solids, such as glasses and amorphous semiconductors; received in 1977 a Nobel prize in Physics for their investigations into the electronic structure of magnetic and disordered systems,which allowed for the development of electronic switching and memory devices in computers; shared with John Hasbrouck Van Vleck for his contributions to the understanding of the behavior of electrons in magnetic solids; he established the fundamentals of the quantum mechanical theory of magnetism and the crystal field theory (chemical bonding in metal complexes) and is regarded as the Father of modern Magnetism. Observed and reported quantum amplified stimulation of electromagnetic radiation in hot deuterium plasmas in a longitudinal magnetic field; published a quantum theory of the amplified coherent emission of radiowaves and microwaves by focused electron beams coupled to ions in hot plasmas.
1969 Theodor V. Ionescu, Radu and Prvan and I.C. Baianu 1970
1970 Sheldon Lee Glashow, John Predicted the charmed quark that was subsequently found experimentally and shared a Nobel prize for their Iliopoulos and Luciano theoretical prediction. Maiani 1970 Anatole Abragam and B. Bleaney Presented an extensive quantum theory of Electron Paramagnetic Resonance of transition ions with thoroughly worked out examples in an encyclopedic style that remains todate a key, enormous reference book; significantly, this unsurpassed quantum textbook, which is widely appreciated in the quantum mechanics [68] [69] community, was dedicated to J. H. Van Vleck. Showed that, if the symmetries of Yang-Mills Theory were to be broken according to the method suggested by Peter Higgs, then Yang-Mills theory can be renormalized. The renormalization of Yang-Mills Theory predicted the existence of a massless particle, called the gluon, which could explain the nuclear Strong Force. It also explained how the particles of the Weak Interaction, the W and Z bosons, obtained their mass via spontaneous symmetry breaking and the Yukawa interaction. Introduced two-dimensional FT-NMR Spectroscopy at the Ampere Summer School in Basko Polje, Yugoslavia, in September 1971; his unpublished lecture notes for this presentation were later published in NMR and More in Honour of Anatole Abragam, Eds. M. Goldman and M. Porneuf, Les editions de physique, Avenue du Hoggar, Zone Industrielle de Courtaboeuf, BP 112, F-91944 Les Ulis cedex A, France (1994); ``it has shown an unprecedented impact on the development of state-of-the-art NMR spectroscopy. In principle, any multiple-dimensional NMR experiment introduced so far relies on the method proposed by Jean Jeener. Countless examples can be found in both liquid-state and solid-state NMR, as well as in NMR imaging applications in medicine, biology and material science". Discovered the existence of "natural nuclear fission reactors" in uranium deposits in Oklo, Gabon, where analysis of isotope ratios demonstrated that self-sustaining, nuclear chain reactions had occurred. The conditions under which a natural nuclear reactor could exist were predicted in 1956 by P. Kuroda. Discovered the quark asymptotic freedom in the theory of strong interactions; received the Lorentz Medal in 2002, and the Nobel Prize in Physics in 2004 for his discovery and his subsequent contributions to Quantum [70] Chromodynamics. Noted that the experimental observation of CP violation could be explained if an additional pair of quarks existed. The two new quarks were eventually named top and bottom. Formulated the physical theory of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Imaging (NMRI) [71] [72] [73] [74]
1973 Makoto Kobayashi and Toshihide Maskawa 1973 Peter Mansfield 1974 Pier Giorgio Merli
Performed Young's double-slit experiment (1909) using a single electron with similar results, confirming the existence of quantum fields for massive particles. Charm quarks were produced almost simultaneously by two teams in November 1974 (see November Revolution) one at SLAC under Burton Richter, and one at Brookhaven National Laboratory under Samuel Ting. The charm quarks were observed bound with charm antiquarks in mesons. The two discovering parties had independently assigned the discovered meson two different symbols, J and ; thus, it became formally known as the J/ meson. The discovery finally convinced the physics community of the quark model's validity. With his colleagues at the SLACLBL group, he detected the tau in a series of experiments between 1974 and 1977.
14
Observed the bottom quark with his team at Fermilab. This discovery was a strong indicator of the top quark's existence: without the top quark, the bottom quark would have been without a partner that was required by the mathematics of the theory. Developed non-equilibrium, irreversible thermodynamics and quantum operator theory, especially the time superoperator theory; he was awarded the Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1977 "for his contributions to [75] non-equilibrium thermodynamics, particularly the theory of dissipative structures". Observed new phenomena in hot deuterium plasmas excited by very high power microwaves in attempts to obtain controlled thermonuclear fusion reactions in such plasmas placed in longitudinal magnetic fields, using a novel and low-cost design of thermonuclear reactor, similar in concept to that reported by Theodor V. Ionescu et al. in 1969; received a Nobel prize for early low temperature physics experiments on helium superfluidity carried out in 1937 at the Cavendish Laboratory in Cambridge, UK, and discussed his 1977 thermonuclear reactor results in his Nobel lecture on December 8, 1978. Observed at the Cavendish Laboratory ferromagnetic spin wave resonant excitations (FSWR) in locally anisotropic, FENiPB metallic glasses and interpreted the experimental results in terms of two-magnon [76] dispersion and a spin exchange Hamiltonian, similar in form to that of a Heisenberg ferromagnet. Verified experimentally the quantum entanglement hypothesis; his ``Bell test" experiments provided strong evidence that a quantum event at one location can affect an event at another location without any obvious [77] [78] mechanism for communication between the two locations. Operated since 1982, produced 10.7MW of controlled fusion power for only 0.21s in 1994 by using T-D nuclear fusion in a tokamak reactor with ``a toroidal 6T magnetic field for plasma confinement, a 3MA [79] plasma current and an electron density of 1.0 x 10**20 m-3 of 13.5keV" Unambiguous signals of W particles were seen in January 1983 during a series of experiments conducted by Carlo Rubbia and Simon van der Meer at the Super Proton Synchrotron. The actual experiments were called UA1 (led by Rubbia) and UA2 (led by Peter Jenni), and were the collaborative effort of many people. Simon van der Meer was the driving force on the use of the accelerator. UA1 and UA2 found the Z particle a few months later, in May 1983. Began operation of the largest and most powerful, experimental nuclear fusion tokamak reactor in the world at Culham Facility in UK; operates with T-D plasma pulses and had a reported gain factor Q of 0.7 in 2009, with [80] an input of 40MW for plasma heating, and a 2800 ton iron magnet for confinement; in 1997 in a tritium-deuterium experiment JET produced 16 MW of fusion power, a total of 22 MJ of fusion, energy and a [81] steady fusion power of 4 MW which was maintained for 4 seconds. Began operation in 1985 with an experimental D-D nuclear fusion tokamak similar to JET, currently run by the Japan Atomic Energy Agency's (JAEA) Naka Fusion Institute in the Ibaraki Prefecture; in 2010 JT-60 held the record for the highest value of the fusion triple product achieved: 1.771028Ksm3 = [82] 1.531021keVsm3.; JT-60 claimed an equivalent energy gain factor, Q of 1.25 if it would have been operated with a T-D plasma instead of the D-D plasma, and on May 9, 2006 attained a fusion hold time of 28.6 s in full operation; moreover, a high-power microwave gyrotron construction was completed which is [83] capable of 1.5MW output for 1s, thus meeting the conditions for the planned ITER, large-scale nuclear fusion reactor;; JT-60 was disassembled in 2010 in order to be upgraded to a more powerful nuclear fusion reactorthe JT-60SAby using niobium-titanium superconducting coils for the magnet confining the ultra-hot D-D plasma. Produced unambiguous experimental proof of high temperature superconductivity involving Jahn-Teller polarons in orthorhombic La_2CuO_4, YBCO and other perovskite-type oxides; promptly received a Nobel [84] prize in 1987 and delivered their Nobel lecture on December 8, 1987. Introduced the concept of 'quantum groups' as Hopf algebras in his seminal address on quantum theory at the International Congress of Mathematicians, and also connected them to the study of the YangBaxter equation, which is a necessary condition for the solvability of statistical mechanics models; he also generalized Hopf algebras to quasi-Hopf algebras, and introduced the study of Drinfeld twists, which can be used to factorize the R-matrix corresponding to the solution of the YangBaxter equation associated with a quasitriangular Hopf algebra.
1980 Alain Aspect to 1982 1982 Tokamak Fusion Test to Reactor(TFTR) at PPPL, 1997 Princeton, USA 1983 Carlo Rubbia and Simon van der Meer
15
Discovered in 1988 the new quantum phenomenon of Atomic Dichotomy in hydrogen and subsequently published a book on the atomic structure and decay in high-frequency fields of hydrogen atoms placed in [85] [86] [87] [88] [89] [90] [91] ultra-intense laser fields;. Developed Two-Dimensional Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (2D-FT NMRS) for small molecules in solution and was awarded the Nobel Prize in Chemistry in 1991 "for his contributions to the [92] development of the methodology of high resolution nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy". The top quark was finally observed by a team at Fermilab after an 18-year search. It had a mass much greater than had been previously expected almost as great as a gold atom.
1977 Fermilab to 1995 1995 Eric Cornell, Carl Wieman and Wolfgang Ketterle
The first "pure" BoseEinstein condensate was created by Eric Cornell, Carl Wieman, and co-workers at JILA. They did this by cooling a dilute vapor consisting of approximately two thousand rubidium-87 atoms to below 170 nK using a combination of laser cooling and magnetic evaporative cooling. About four months later, an independent effort led by Wolfgang Ketterle at MIT created a condensate made of sodium-23. Ketterle's condensate had about a hundred times more atoms, allowing him to obtain several important results such as the observation of quantum mechanical interference between two different condensates. Reported experimental evidence for neutrino oscillations, implying that at least one neutrino has mass.
1999 NSTXThe National PPPL launched a nuclear fusion project on February 12, 1999 for ``an innovative magnetic fusion device that to Spherical Torus Experiment was constructed by the Princeton Plasma Physics Laboratory (PPPL) in collaboration with the Oak Ridge 2013 at PPPL, Princeton, USA National Laboratory, Columbia University, and the University of Washington at Seattle"; NSTX is being used [93] to study the physics principles of spherically shaped plasmas. 2000 CERN CERN scientists publish experimental results in which they claim to have observed indirect evidence of the existence of a quark-gluon plasma, which they call a "new state of matter." Confirmed the existence of neutrino oscillations.
Organized at Strasbourg a meeting of theoretical physicists and mathematicians focused on quantum group and quantum groupoid applications in quantum theories; the proceedings of the meeting were published in [94] 2003 in a book edited by the meeting organizer
2003 Sir Anthony James Leggett, Received the 2003 Nobel Prize in Physics for pioneering contributions to the quantum theory of KBE, FRS superconductors, and superfluids such as Helium-3, shared with V. L. Ginzburg and A. A. Abrikosov. 2005 The RHIC accelerator of Brookhaven National Laboratory 2007 Charles Pence Slichter to 2010 2008 Lithium Tokamak to experiment (LTX) 2010 Generated a quark-gluon fluid, perhaps the quark-gluon plasma
Was awarded the National Medal of Science in 2007 for his studies of Nuclear Magnetic Resonance in Solids, [95] [96] [97] [98] [99] and especially his NMR Studies of High-Temperature Superconductors.
Started in September 2008based on the Andrei Zakharov theoryusing a very thin lithium metal layer (<40 [100] microns) on the inside surface of a 'small' tokamak reactorfacing the ultra-hot plasma; it was however planned to achieve only 400kA plasma currents in 100 ms pulses in the Spring of 2009, but was expected to achieve higher plasma ignition temperatures than in other tokamaks that do not utilize the liquid lithiumplasma interface so that the lithium would "soak up the particles at the plasma edge", thus avoiding plasma cooling by hot plasma particles reflected at the walls, as shown in the earlier experiments with the CDX-U toroidal lithium tray where a 50% recycling coefficient was measured, that is 35% lower than in the TFTR; in CDX-U the measured thickness of the coating lithium layer was on the order of 10nm; shut down for upgrades in 2010, including a neutral beam injector, and then to be re-started during 2011. Presented progess with the resolution of the non-locality aspect of quantum theory and was awarded in 2010 [101] the Wolf Prize in Physics, together with Anton Zeilinger and John Clauser
16
2010 Andre Geim and Konstantin Received the Nobel Prize in Physics ``for groundbreaking experiments regarding the two-dimensional Novoselov material graphene"
Graphene is a planar atomic-scale honeycomb lattice made of carbon atoms which exhibits unusual and interesting quantum properties.
Energy states of the electrons with wavenumber k in graphene. Occupied states are shown in green and touch the unoccupied states (colored in blue) at the six k-vectors, without any gap between the two sets.
Founding experiments
Thomas Young's double-slit experiment demonstrating the wave nature of light (c1805) Henri Becquerel discovers radioactivity (1896) J. J. Thomson's cathode ray tube experiments (discovers the electron and its negative charge) (1897) The study of black body radiation between 1850 and 1900, which could not be explained without quantum concepts. The photoelectric effect: Einstein explained this in 1905 (and later received a Nobel prize for it) using the concept of photons, particles of light with quantized energy Robert Millikan's oil-drop experiment, which showed that electric charge occurs as quanta (whole units), (1909) Ernest Rutherford's gold foil experiment disproved the plum pudding model of the atom which suggested that the mass and positive charge of the atom are almost uniformly distributed. (1911) Otto Stern and Walther Gerlach conduct the Stern-Gerlach experiment, which demonstrates the quantized nature of particle spin (1920)
History of Quantum Mechanics Clinton Davisson and Lester Germer demonstrate the wave nature of the electron[102] in the Electron diffraction experiment (1927) Clyde L. Cowan and Frederick Reines confirm the existence of the neutrino in the neutrino experiment (1955) Claus Jnsson`s double-slit experiment with electrons (1961) The Quantum Hall effect, discovered in 1980 by Klaus von Klitzing. The quantized version of the Hall effect has allowed for the definition of a new practical standard for electrical resistance and for an extremely precise independent determination of the fine structure constant. The experimental verification of quantum entanglement by Alain Aspect in 1982.
17
References
[1] M. Planck (1914). The theory of heat radiation, second edition, translated by M. Masius, Blakiston's Son & Co, Philadelphia, pages 22, 26, 42, 43. [2] Folsing, Albrecht (1997), Albert Einstein: A Biography, trans. Ewald Osers, Viking [3] McCormmach, Russell (Spring, 1967), "Henri Poincar and the Quantum Theory", Isis 58 (1): 3755, doi:10.1086/350182 [4] Irons, F. E. (August, 2001), "Poincar's 191112 proof of quantum discontinuity interpreted as applying to atoms", American Journal of Physics 69 (8): 879884, Bibcode2001AmJPh..69..879I, doi:10.1119/1.1356056 [5] Hanle, P.A. (December 1977), "Erwin Schrodinger's Reaction to Louis de Broglie's Thesis on the Quantum Theory.", Isis 68 (4): 606609, doi:10.1086/351880 [6] S. Auyang, How is Quantum Field Theory Possible?, Oxford University Press, 1995. [7] David Edwards,The Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Synthese, Volume 42, Number 1/September, 1979, pp.170. [8] D. Edwards, The Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Field Theory: Fermions, Gauge Fields, and Super-symmetry, Part I: Lattice Field Theories, International J. of Theor. Phys., Vol. 20, No. 7 (1981). [9] Henri Becquerel (1896). "Sur les radiations mises par phosphorescence". Comptes Rendus 122: 420421. [10] http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ chemistry/ laureates/ 1921/ soddy-lecture. pdf Frederick Soddy. The origins of the conceptions of isotopes. Nobel Lecture in Chemistry, December 12, 1922. [11] http:/ / www. britannica. com/ EBchecked/ topic/ 514229/ Ernest-Rutherford-Baron-Rutherford-of-Nelson Lawrence Badash. In Encyclopdia Britannica: Ernest Rutherford, Baron Rutherford of Nelson, of Cambridge. [12] http:/ / www. aip. org/ history/ curie/ resbr1. htm Marie Curie and the Science of Radioactivity: Research Breakthroughs (1897-1904) [13] http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ chemistry/ laureates/ 1908/ The Nobel Prize in Chemistry 1908: Ernest Rutherford [14] . John von Neumann. 1932. The Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics., Princeton University Press: Princeton, NJ, reprinted in 1955, 1971 and 1983 editions [15] Peter, F.; Weyl, H. (1927), "Die Vollstndigkeit der primitiven Darstellungen einer geschlossenen kontinuierlichen Gruppe", Math. Ann. 97: 737755, doi:10.1007/BF01447892. [16] Brauer, Richard; Weyl, Hermann (1935), "Spinors in n dimensions", American Journal of Mathematics (The Johns Hopkins University Press) 57 (2): 425449, doi:10.2307/2371218, JSTOR2371218. [17] Frdric Joliot-Curie. Nobel Lecture, December 12, 1935. Chemical evidence of the transmutation of elements. (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ chemistry/ laureates/ 1935/ joliot-fred-lecture. pdf) [18] Garrett Birkhoff and J. von Neumann. The Logic of Quantum Mechanics, Annals of Mathematics, Vol. 37, pp.823843, 1936. [19] R. Omns, Understanding Quantum Mechanics, Princeton University Press, 1999. An extraordinarily lucid discussion of some logical and philosophical issues of quantum mechanics, with careful attention to the history of the subject. Also discusses consistent histories. [20] Dalla Chiara, M. L. and Giuntini, R.: 1994, Unsharp quantum logics, Foundations of Physics,, 24, 11611177. [21] Georgescu, G. 2006, N-valued Logics and ukasiewicz-Moisil Algebras, Axiomathes, 16 (1-2): 123[22] H. Jahn and E. Teller (1937), "Stability of Polyatomic Molecules in Degenerate Electronic States. I. Orbital Degeneracy", Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A, Mathematical and Physical Sciences (1934-1990) 161 (905): 220235, Bibcode1937RSPSA.161..220J, doi:10.1098/rspa.1937.0142. [23] F. J. Dyson, Phys. Rev. 75, 486, 1736 (1949) [24] Stix, Gary (October 1999). "Infamy and honor at the Atomic Caf: Edward Teller has no regrets about his contentious career". Scientific American: 4243. Retrieved 2007-11-25. (http:/ / www. scientificamerican. com/ article. cfm?id=infamy-and-honor-at-the-a& page=1) [25] http:/ / www. fas. org/ nuke/ guide/ usa/ nuclear/ bethe-52. htm Hans A. Bethe. May 28, 1952.MEMORANDUM ON THE HISTORY OF THERMONUCLEAR PROGRAM (reconstructed version from only partially declassified documents, with certain words deliberately deleted [26] F. Bloch, W. W. Hansen, and M. Packard, Phys. Rev., 69 (1946) 127. [27] F. Bloch and C. D. Jeffries, Phys. Rev., 80 (1950) 305. [28] F. Bloch, Phys. Rev., 70 (1946) 460 [29] H. S. Gutowsky, G. B. Kistiakowsky, G. E. Pake, and E. M. Purcell, J. Chem. Phys.,17 (1949) 972. [30] J. H. Gardner and E. M. Purcell, Phys. Rev., 76 (1949) 1263
18
19
20
Further reading
Bacciagaluppi, Guido; Valentini (2009), Quantum theory at the crossroads: reconsidering the 1927 Solvay conference, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, pp.9184, arXiv:quant-ph/0609184, Bibcode2006quant.ph..9184B, ISBN9780521814218, OCLC227191829 Bernstein, Jeremy (2009), Quantum Leaps (http://books.google.com/?id=j0Me3brYOL0C& printsec=frontcover), Cambridge, Massachusetts: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, ISBN9780674035416 Jammer, Max (1966), The conceptual development of quantum mechanics, New York: McGraw-Hill, OCLC534562 Jammer, Max (1974), The philosophy of quantum mechanics: The interpretations of quantum mechanics in historical perspective, New York: Wiley, ISBN0471439584, OCLC969760 F. Bayen, M. Flato, C. Fronsdal, A. Lichnerowicz and D. Sternheimer, Deformation theory and quantization I,and II, Ann. Phys. (N.Y.), 111 (1978) pp.61110, 111-151. D. Cohen, An Introduction to Hilbert Space and Quantum Logic, Springer-Verlag, 1989. This is a thorough and well-illustrated introduction. D. Finkelstein, Matter, Space and Logic, Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science, Vol. V, 1969 A. Gleason. Measures on the Closed Subspaces of a Hilbert Space, Journal of Mathematics and Mechanics, 1957. R. Kadison. Isometries of Operator Algebras, Annals of Mathematics, Vol. 54, pp.325338, 1951 G. Ludwig. Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Springer-Verlag, 1983. G. Mackey. Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, W. A. Benjamin, 1963 (paperback reprint by Dover 2004). R. Omns. Understanding Quantum Mechanics, Princeton University Press, 1999. (Discusses logical and philosophical issues of quantum mechanics, with careful attention to the history of the subject). N. Papanikolaou. Reasoning Formally About Quantum Systems: An Overview, ACM SIGACT News, 36(3), pp.5166, 2005. C. Piron. Foundations of Quantum Physics, W. A. Benjamin, 1976. Hermann Weyl. The Theory of Groups and Quantum Mechanics, Dover Publications, 1950.
External links
A History of Quantum Mechanics (http://www-groups.dcs.st-and.ac.uk/~history/HistTopics/ The_Quantum_age_begins.html) A Brief History of Quantum Mechanics (http://www.oberlin.edu/physics/dstyer/StrangeQM/history.html) Homepage of the Quantum History Project (http://quantum-history.mpiwg-berlin.mpg.de/)
21
In the late 19th Century, thermal radiation had been fairly well characterised experimentally. The wavelength at which the radiation is strongest is given by Wien's displacement law, and the overall power emitted per unit area is given by the StefanBoltzmann law. As temperature increases, the glow colour changes from red to yellow to white to blue. Even as the peak wavelength moves into the ultra-violet,enough radiation continues to be emitted in the blue wavelengths that the body continues to appear blue. It never becomes invisibleindeed, the radiation of visible light increases monotonically with temperature.[2] Physicists were searching for a theoretical explanation of these experimental results. The answer from classical physics is called the RayleighJeans law. This law agrees with experimental results at long wavelengths. At short wavelengths, however, it predicts that energy is emitted by a hot body at an infinite rate. This result, which is clearly wrong, is known as the ultraviolet catastrophe.
Hot metalwork from a blacksmith. The yellow-orange glow is the visible part of the thermal radiation emitted due to the high temperature. Everything else in the picture is glowing with thermal radiation as well, but less brightly and at longer wavelengths that the human eye cannot see. A far-infrared camera records this radiation.
22
The first model which was able to explain the full spectrum of thermal radiation was put forward by Max Planck in 1900.[3] He modelled the thermal radiation as being in equilibrium by analogy with a set of harmonic oscillators. But to reproduce the experimental results, each oscillator had to have an exact number of energy units, rather than being able to have any arbitrary amount of energy. In other words, the energy of each oscillator was quantised.[4] He determined that the energy of each oscillator was proportional to the frequency, i.e. that it was always an exact multiple of a constant now known as the Planck constant. Planck's law was the first quantum theory in physics, and Planck won the Nobel stamp Prize in 1918 "in recognition of the services he rendered to the advancement of Physics by his discovery of energy quanta".[5] At the time, however, Planck's own view was that quantisation was purely a mathematical trick to explain the unexpected experimental results, rather than (as we now know) a fundamental change in our understanding of the world.[6]
Max Planck on a German postage
23
Emission spectrum of hydrogen. When excited, hydrogen gas gives off light in four distinct colours (spectral lines) in the visible spectrum, as well as a number of lines in the infra-red and ultra-violet.
In 1913 Niels Bohr proposed a new model of the atom that included quantised electron orbits. This solution became known as the Bohr model of the atom. In Bohr's model, electrons could inhabit only particular orbits around the atomic nucleus. When an atom emits or absorbs energy, the electron does not move in a continuous trajectory from one orbit around the nucleus to another, as might be expected in classical theory. Instead, the electron jumps instantaneously from one orbit to another, giving off the difference in energy as light in the form of a photon.[10] :6 The possible energies of the photons given off by each element in the periodic table are determined by the difference in energy between the orbits, so the emission spectrum for each element will contain a number of lines.[11] The Bohr model was able to explain the emission spectrum of hydrogen, but wasn't able to make accurate predictions for multi-electron atoms, or to explain why some spectral lines are brighter than others.
Particle-wave duality
Quantum mechanics is based upon the concept that subatomic particles can have both wave-like and particle-like properties. This phenomenon is known as waveparticle duality. The explanation stems from a theory proposed by French physicist Louis de Broglie in 1924, that subatomic particles such as electrons are associated with waves. Experiments later showed that he was correct: electrons can bend around objects and can display wave shapes.[10] :6 Consequently, neither wave nor particle is an entirely satisfactory model to use in understanding light. Indeed, astrophysicist A.S. Eddington proposed in 1927 that "We can scarcely describe such an entity as a wave or as a particle; perhaps as a compromise we had better call it a 'wavicle' ".[12] This term was later popularised by mathematician Banesh Hoffmann.[13] :172
The concept of waves and particles, and the analogies which use them, are mechanisms of classical physics. Quantum mechanics, which seeks to explain nature at a level underlying that of the atoms which comprise matter, cannot be understood in such terms. The classical concepts presuppose an artificial division of matter (as particles) and energy (as waves) that has no objective validity on the sub-atomic level. If the distinction no longer holds true, it is not surprising if classes of object can exhibit the characteristics of either.
Light streaming through windows at Chicago's Union Station in 1943. Quantum mechanics shows that light acts both as waves and as particles.
24
Uncertainty principle
Suppose that we want to measure the position and speed of an object -- for example a car going through a radar speed trap. Naively, we assume that (at a particular moment in time) the car has a definite position and speed, and how accurately we can measure these values depends on the quality of our measuring equipment -- if we improve the precision of our measuring equipment, we will get a result that is closer to the true value. In particular, we would assume that how precisely we measure the speed of the car does not affect its position, and vice versa. In 1927 German physicist Werner Heisenberg proved that in the sub-atomic world such assumptions are not correct.[15] Quantum mechanics shows that certain pairs of physical properties, such as position and speed, cannot both be known to arbitrary precision. He showed that the more precisely one of them is known, the less precisely the other can be known. This statement is known as the uncertainty Werner Heisenberg at the age of principle (or Heisenberg's uncertainty principle). It is not a statement about the 26. Heisenberg won the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1932 for the accuracy of our measuring equipment, but about the nature of the system itself -work that he did at around this our naive assumption that an object has a definite position and speed is incorrect. [14] time. On a scale of cars and people, these uncertainties are still present but are too small to be noticed; yet they are large enough that when dealing with individual atoms and electrons they become critical.[16] Heisenberg gave, as an illustration, the measurement of the position and momentum of an electron using a photon of light. In measuring the electron's position, the higher the frequency of the photon the more accurate is the measurement of the position of the impact, but the greater is the disturbance of the electron, which absorbs a random amount of energy, rendering the measurement obtained of its momentum increasingly uncertain (momentum is velocity multiplied by mass), for one is necessarily measuring its post-impact disturbed momentum, from the collision products, not its original momentum. With a photon of lower frequency the disturbance - hence uncertainty - in the momentum is less, but so is the accuracy of the measurement of the position of the impact. The uncertainty principle shows mathematically that the product of the uncertainty in the position and momentum of a particle can never be less than a certain value, and that this value is related to Planck's constant. It is, in point of fact, up to a small numerical factor equal to Planck's constant.
Basic Concepts of Quantum Mechanics influences. Schrdinger established the correctness of the equation by applying it to the hydrogen atom, predicting many of its properties with remarkable accuracy. The equation is used extensively in atomic, nuclear, and solid-state physics."[19]
25
Practical use
This sculpture in Bristol, England a series of clustering cones presents the idea of small worlds which Paul Dirac studied to reach his discovery of anti-matter.
The main value of the quantum mechanics theory is its practical applications. Examples include the laser, the transistor, the electron microscope, and magnetic resonance imaging. The study of semiconductors led to the invention of the diode and the transistor, which are indispensable for modern electronics. In even the simple light switch, quantum tunnelling is vital, as otherwise the electrons in the electric current could not penetrate the potential barrier made up of a layer of oxide. Flash memory chips found in USB drives also use quantum tunnelling, to erase their memory cells.[28]
26
Notes
[1] Quantum Mechanics from [[National Public Radio (http:/ / www. pbs. org/ trasnsistor/ science/ info/ quantum. html)]] [2] Landau, L. D.; E. M. Lifshitz (1996). Statistical Physics (3rd Edition Part 1 ed.). Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann. [3] This was published (in German) as Planck, Max (1901). "Ueber das Gesetz der Energieverteilung im Normalspectrum" (http:/ / www. physik. uni-augsburg. de/ annalen/ history/ historic-papers/ 1901_309_553-563. pdf). Ann. Phys. 309 (3): 55363. Bibcode1901AnP...309..553P. doi:10.1002/andp.19013090310. .. English translation: " On the Law of Distribution of Energy in the Normal Spectrum (http:/ / dbhs. wvusd. k12. ca. us/ webdocs/ Chem-History/ Planck-1901/ Planck-1901. html)". [4] The word "quantum" comes from the Latin word for "how much" (as does "quantity"). Something that is "quantised", like the energy of Planck's harmonic oscillators, can only have specific values. For example, in most countries money is effectively quantised: the "quantum of money" being the lowest-value coin in circulation. "Mechanics" is the branch of science that deals with the action of forces on objects, and so "quantum mechanics" is the form of mechanics that deals with objects for which particular properties are quantised. [5] "The Nobel Prize in Physics 1918" (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ physics/ laureates/ 1918/ ). The Nobel Foundation. . Retrieved 2009-08-01. [6] Kragh, Helge (1 December 2000). "Max Planck: the reluctant revolutionary" (http:/ / physicsworld. com/ cws/ article/ print/ 373). PhysicsWorld.com. . [7] Einstein, Albert (1905). "ber einen die Erzeugung und Verwandlung des Lichtes betreffenden heuristischen Gesichtspunkt" (http:/ / www. zbp. univie. ac. at/ dokumente/ einstein1. pdf). Annalen der Physik 17: 132148. Bibcode1905AnP...322..132E. doi:10.1002/andp.19053220607. ., translated into English as On a Heuristic Viewpoint Concerning the Production and Transformation of Light (http:/ / lorentz. phl. jhu. edu/ AnnusMirabilis/ AeReserveArticles/ eins_lq. pdf). The term "photon" was introduced in 1926. [8] Stephen Hawking, The Universe in a Nutshell, Bantam, 2001. [9] The classical model of the atom is called the planetary model or the Rutherford model, after Ernest Rutherford who proposed it in 1911, based on the Geiger-Marsden gold foil experiment which first demonstrated the existence of the nucleus. [10] World Book Encyclopedia, 2007. [11] Dicke and Wittke, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, p. 10f. [12] A.S. Eddington, The Nature of the Physical World, the course of Gifford Lectures that Eddington delivered in the University of Edinburgh in January to March 1927, Kessinger Publishing, 2005, p. 201. (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=PGOTKcxSqMUC& pg=PA201& lpg=PA201& dq=We+ can+ scarcely+ describe+ such+ an+ entity+ as+ a+ wave+ or+ as+ a+ particle;+ perhaps+ as+ a+ compromise+ we+ had+ better+ call+ it+ a+ `wavicle& source=bl& ots=K0IfGzaXli& sig=zgrQiBJbHRLuUzVBT-yy8jZhC1Y& hl=en& ei=i8g1SpOHC4PgtgOu_4jVDg& sa=X& oi=book_result& ct=result& resnum=1) [13] Banesh Hoffman, The Strange Story of the Quantum, Dover, 1959 [14] Heisenberg's Nobel Prize citation (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ physics/ laureates/ 1932/ ) [15] Heisenberg first published his work on the uncertainty principle in the leading German physics journal Zeitschrift fr Physik: Heisenberg, W. (1927). "ber den anschaulichen Inhalt der quantentheoretischen Kinematik und Mechanik". Z. Phys. 43 (3-4): 172198. Bibcode1927ZPhy...43..172H. doi:10.1007/BF01397280. [16] Nobel Prize in Physics presentation speech, 1932 (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ physics/ laureates/ 1932/ press. html) [17] Schrdinger's formulation of quantum mechanics based on waves is sometimes referred to as "wave mechanics", to distinguish it from the matrix mechanics formulation of Heisenberg, Max Born and Pascual Jordan. [18] W. Moore, Schrdinger: Life and Thought, Cambridge University Press (1989), p. 222 (http:/ / www. amazon. com/ dp/ 0521437679) [19] "Schrodinger Equation (Physics)," Encyclopedia Britannica (http:/ / www. britannica. com/ EBchecked/ topic/ 528298/ Schrodinger-equation) [20] "Orbital (chemistry and physics)," Encyclopedia Britannica (http:/ / www. britannica. com/ EBchecked/ topic/ 431159/ orbital) [21] "Uncertainty principle," Encyclopedia Britannica (http:/ / www. britannica. com/ EBchecked/ topic/ 614029/ uncertainty-principle) [22] "What paths do electronics actually take in an orbital..." Physics Forums, January 4, 2005 (http:/ / www. physicsforums. com/ archive/ index. php/ t-58605. html) [23] "Mechanics," Merriam-Webster Online Dictionary (http:/ / www. merriam-webster. com/ dictionary/ field) [24] "Field," Encyclopedia Britannica (http:/ / www. britannica. com/ EBchecked/ topic/ 206162/ field) [25] Richard Hammond, The Unknown Universe, New Page Books, 2008. ISBN 978-1-60163-003-2 [26] The Physical World website (http:/ / www. physicalworld. org/ restless_universe/ html/ ru_dira. html) [27] "The Nobel Prize in Physics 1933" (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ physics/ laureates/ 1933/ ). The Nobel Foundation. . Retrieved 2007-11-24. [28] Durrani, Z. A. K.; Ahmed, H. (2008). Vijay Kumar. ed. Nanosilicon. Elsevier. p.345. ISBN9780080445281.
27
Even more disconcerting, pairs of particles can be created as entangled twins which means that a measurement which pins down one property of one of the particles will instantaneously pin down the same or another property of its entangled twin, regardless of the distance separating them though this may be regarded as merely a mathematical anomaly, rather than a real one.
Left to right: Max Planck, Albert Einstein, Niels Bohr, Louis de Broglie, Max Born, Paul Dirac, Werner Heisenberg, Wolfgang Pauli, Erwin Schrdinger, Richard Feynman.
28
The first quantum theory: Max Planck and black body radiation.
Thermal radiation is electromagnetic radiation emitted from the surface of an object due to the object's temperature. If an object is heated sufficiently, it starts to emit light at the red end of the spectrum it is "red hot". Heating it further causes the colour to change, as light at shorter wavelengths (higher frequencies) begins to be emitted. It turns out that a perfect emitter is also a perfect absorber. When it is cold, such an object looks perfectly black, as it emits practically no visible light, because it absorbs all the light that falls on it. Consequently, an ideal thermal emitter is known as a black body, and the radiation it emits is called black body radiation.
In the late 19th century, thermal radiation had been fairly well characterized experimentally. The wavelength at which the radiation is strongest is given by Wien's displacement law, and the overall power emitted per unit area is given by the StefanBoltzmann law. So, as temperature increases, the glow colour changes from red to yellow to white to blue. Even as the peak wavelength moves into the ultra-violet, enough radiation continues to be emitted in the blue wavelengths that the body continues to appear blue. It never becomes invisibleindeed, the radiation of visible light increases monotonically with temperature.[3] Physicists were searching for a theoretical explanation for these experimental results. The "answer" found using classical physics is the RayleighJeans law. This law agrees with experimental results at long wavelengths. At short wavelengths, however, classical physics predicts that energy will be emitted by a hot body at an infinite rate. This result, which is clearly wrong, is known as the ultraviolet catastrophe. The first model which was able to explain the full spectrum of thermal radiation was put forward by Max Planck in 1900.[4] He modelled the thermal radiation as being in equilibrium, using a set of harmonic oscillators. To reproduce the experimental results he had to assume
Hot metalwork from a blacksmith. The yellow-orange glow is the visible part of the thermal radiation emitted due to the high temperature. Everything else in the picture is glowing with thermal radiation as well, but less brightly and at longer wavelengths than the human eye can detect. A far-infrared camera will show this radiation.
The peak wavelength and total power radiated by a black body vary with temperature. Classical electromagnetism drastically overestimates these intensities, particularly at short wavelengths.
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics that each oscillator produced an integral number of units of energy at its one characteristic frequency, rather than being able to emit any arbitrary amount of energy. In other words, the energy of each oscillator was "quantized".[5] The quantum of energy for each oscillator, according to Planck, was proportional to the frequency of the oscillator; the constant of proportionality is now known as the Planck constant. The Planck constant, usually written as h, has the value 6.631034J s, and so the energy, E, of an oscillator of frequency f is given by where
[6]
29
Planck's law was the first quantum theory in physics, and Planck won the Nobel Prize in 1918 "in recognition of the services he rendered to the advancement of Physics by his discovery of energy quanta".[7] At the time, however, Planck's view was that quantization was purely a mathematical trick, rather than (as we now know) a fundamental change in our understanding of the world.[8]
For centuries, scientists had debated between two possible theories of light: was it a wave or did it instead consist of a stream of tiny particles? By the 19th century, the debate was generally considered to have been settled in favour of the wave theory, as it was able to explain observed effects such as refraction, diffraction and polarization. James Clerk Maxwell had shown that electricity, magnetism and light Einstein's portrait by Harm are all manifestations of the same phenomenon: the electromagnetic field. Kamerlingh Onnes at the Maxwell's equations, which are the complete set of laws of classical University of Leiden in 1920 electromagnetism, describe light as waves: a combination of oscillating electric and magnetic fields. Because of the preponderance of evidence in favour of the wave theory, Einstein's ideas were met initially by great scepticism. Eventually, however, the photon model became favoured; one of the most significant pieces of evidence in its favour was its ability to explain several puzzling properties of the photoelectric effect, described in the following section. Nonetheless, the wave analogy remained indispensable for helping to understand other characteristics of light, such as diffraction.
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics Einstein explained the effect by postulating that a beam of light is a stream of particles (photons), and that if the beam is of frequency f each photon has an energy equal to hf (i.e. an integer multiple of Planck's constant).[10] An electron is likely to be struck only by a single photon, which imparts at most an energy hf to the electron[10] (in point of fact, it logically cannot be struck by more than one photon, since the first it absorbs will cause it to eject). Therefore, the intensity of the beam has no effect;[11] only its frequency determines the maximum energy that can be imparted to the electron.[10] To explain the threshold effect, Einstein argued that it takes a certain amount of energy, called the work function, denoted by , to remove an electron from the metal.[10] This amount of energy is different for each metal. If the energy of the photon is less than the work function then it does not carry sufficient energy to remove the electron from the metal. The threshold frequency, f0, is the frequency of a photon whose energy is equal to the work function: If f is greater than f0, the energy hf is enough to remove an electron. The ejected electron has a kinetic energy EK which is, at most, equal to the photon's energy minus the energy needed to dislodge the electron from the metal:
30
Einstein's description of light as being composed of particles extended Planck's notion of quantised energy: a single photon of a given frequency f delivers an invariant amount of energy hf. In other words, individual photons can deliver more or less energy, but only depending on their frequencies. However, although the photon is a particle it was still being described as having the wave-like property of frequency. Once again, the particle account of light was being "compromised".[12] [13] The relationship between the frequency of electromagnetic radiation and the energy of each individual photon is why ultraviolet light can cause sunburn, but visible or infrared light cannot. A photon of ultraviolet light will deliver a high amount of energyenough to contribute to cellular damage such as a sunburn. A photon of infrared light will deliver a lower amount of energyonly enough to warm one's skin. So an infrared lamp can warm a large surface, perhaps large enough to keep people comfortable in a cold room, but it cannot give anyone a sunburn. If each individual photon had identical energy, it would not be correct to talk of a "high energy" photon. Light of high frequency would carry more energy only because of a wave effect, i.e. because there were more photons arriving per second. If you doubled the frequency, you would double the number of energy units arriving each second: an argument based on intensity (i.e. on the number of photons per second). Einstein rejected that wave-dependent classical approach, in favour of a particle-based analysis where the energy of the particle must be absolute (since it is measured from a single impact only), and varies with frequency in discrete steps (i.e. is quantised). Hence he arrived at the concept of quantised energy levels. In nature, single photons are not encountered. The sun emits photons continuously at all electromagnetic frequencies, so they appear to propagate as a continuous wave, not as discrete units. The emission sources available to Hertz and Lennard in the 19th Century also had that characteristic. And the traditional mechanisms for generating photons are classical devices, in which the energy output is regulated by varying the frequency. But Einstein proposed that although a particular frequency is tied to a specific energy level, the frequency is dependent on the energy level, not vice versa (contrary to the tenets of classical physics). This formed his solution to the photoelectric effect, even though it was counter-intuitive. And although the energy imparted by the photon is invariant at any given frequency, the initial energy-state of the electron prior to absorption is not. Therefore anomalous results may occur for individual electrons, but statistically a process of averaging will smooth out the results if a large enough number of electrons are emitted. This point is helpful in comprehending the distinction between the study of individual particles in quantum dynamics and the study of massed particles in classical physics.
31
Emission spectrum of hydrogen. When excited, hydrogen gas gives off light in four distinct colours (spectral lines) in the visible spectrum, as well as a number of lines in the infra-red and ultra-violet.
In 1885 the Swiss mathematician Johann Balmer discovered that each wavelength (lambda) in the visible spectrum of hydrogen is related to some integer n by the equation
where B is a constant which Balmer determined to be equal to 364.56nm. Thus Balmer's constant was the basis of a system of discrete, i.e. quantised, integers. In 1888 Johannes Rydberg generalized and greatly increased the explanatory utility of Balmer's formula. He predicted that hydrogen will emit light of wavelength (lambda) where is related to two integers n and m according to what is now known as the Rydberg formula:[15]
where R is the Rydberg constant, equal to 0.0110nm1, and n must be greater than m. Rydberg's formula accounts for the four visible wavelengths of hydrogen by setting m = 2 and n = 3,4,5,6. It also predicts additional wavelengths in the emission spectrum: for m = 1 and for n > 1, the emission spectrum should contain certain ultraviolet wavelengths, and for m = 3 and n > 3, it should also contain certain infrared wavelengths. Experimental observation of these wavelengths came several decades later: in 1908 Louis Paschen found some of the predicted infrared wavelengths, and in 1914 Theodore Lyman found some of the predicted ultraviolet wavelengths.[15]
32
Bohr's model
In 1913 Niels Bohr proposed a new model of the atom that included quantized electron orbits.[16] In Bohr's model, electrons could inhabit only certain orbits around the atomic nucleus. When an atom emitted (or absorbed) energy, the electron did not move in a continuous trajectory from one orbit around the nucleus to another, as might be expected classically. Instead, the electron would jump instantaneously from one orbit to another, giving off the emitted light in the form of a photon.[17] The possible energies of photons given off by each element were determined by the differences in energy between the orbits, and so the emission spectrum for each element would contain a number of lines.[18] Bohr theorised that the angular momentum, L, of an electron is quantised:
The Bohr model of the atom, showing an electron quantum jumping to ground state n = 1.
where n is an integer and h is the Planck constant. Starting from this assumption, Coulomb's law and the equations of circular motion show that an electron with n units of angular momentum will orbit a proton at a distance r given by , where ke is the Coulomb constant, m is the mass of an electron, and e is the charge on an electron. For simplicity this is written as
where a0, called the Bohr radius, is equal to 0.0529nm. The Bohr radius is the radius of the smallest allowed orbit. The energy of the electron[19] can also be calculated, and is given by . Thus Bohr's assumption that angular momentum is quantised means that an electron can only inhabit certain orbits around the nucleus, and that it can have only certain energies. A consequence of these constraints is that the electron will not crash into the nucleus: it cannot continuously emit energy, and it cannot come closer to the nucleus than a0 (the Bohr radius). An electron loses energy by jumping instantaneously from its original orbit to a lower orbit; the extra energy is emitted in the form of a photon. Conversely, an electron that absorbs a photon gains energy, hence it jumps to an orbit that is farther from the nucleus. Each photon from glowing atomic hydrogen is due to an electron moving from a higher orbit, with radius rn, to a lower orbit, rm. The energy E of this photon is the difference in the energies En and Em of the electron:
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics Since Planck's equation shows that the photon's energy is related to its wavelength by E = hc/, the wavelengths of light which can be emitted are given by
33
This equation has the same form as the Rydberg formula, and predicts that the constant R should be given by
Therefore the Bohr model of the atom can predict the emission spectrum of hydrogen in terms of fundamental constants.[20] However, it was not able to make accurate predictions for multi-electron atoms, or to explain why some spectral lines are brighter than others.
Wave-particle duality
In 1924, Louis de Broglie proposed the idea that just as light has both wave-like and particle-like properties, matter also has wave-like properties.[21] The wavelength, , associated with a particle is related to its momentum, p:[22] [23]
The relationship, called the de Broglie hypothesis, holds for all types of matter. Thus all matter exhibits properties of both particles and waves. Three years later, the wave-like nature of electrons was demonstrated by showing that a beam of electrons could exhibit diffraction, just like a beam of light. At the University of Aberdeen, George Thomson passed a beam of electrons through a thin metal film and observed the predicted interference patterns. At Bell Labs, Davisson and Germer guided their beam through a crystalline grid. Similar wave-like phenomena were later shown for atoms and even small molecules. De Broglie was awarded the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1929 for his hypothesis; Thomson and Davisson shared the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1937 for their experimental work. This is the concept of wave-particle duality: neither the classical concepts of "particle" or "wave" can fully describe the behavior of quantum-scale objects, either photons or matter. Wave-particle duality is an example of the principle of complementarity in quantum physics. An elegant example of wave-particle duality, the double slit experiment, is discussed in the section below. De Broglie's treatment of quantum events served as a jumping off point for Schrdinger when he set about to construct a wave equation to describe quantum theoretical events.
Light from one slit interferes with light from the other, producing an interference pattern (the 3 fringes shown at the right).
34
The double-slit experiment has also been performed using electrons, atoms, and even molecules, and the same type of interference pattern is seen. Thus all matter possesses both particle and wave characteristics. Even if the source intensity is turned down so that only one particle (e.g. photon or electron) is passing through the apparatus at a time, the same interference pattern develops over time. The quantum particle acts as a wave when passing through the double slits, but as a particle when it is detected. This is a typical feature of quantum complementarity: a quantum The diffraction pattern produced when light is shone through one slit (top) and the interference pattern produced by two slits (bottom). The interference pattern from particle will act as a wave when we do an two slits is much more complex, demonstrating the wave-like propagation of light. experiment to measure its wave-like properties, and like a particle when we do an experiment to measure its particle-like properties. Where on the detector screen any individual particle shows up will be the result of an entirely random process.
35 At around the same time, Werner Heisenberg was trying to find an explanation for the intensities of the different lines in the hydrogen emission spectrum. By means of a series of mathematical analogies, Heisenberg wrote out the quantum mechanical analogue for the classical computation of intensities. Shortly afterwards, Heisenberg's colleague Max Born realised that Heisenberg's method of calculating the probabilities for transitions between the different energy levels could best be expressed by using the mathematical concept of matrices.[25] In May 1926, Schrdinger proved that Heisenberg's matrix mechanics and his own wave mechanics made the same predictions about the properties and behaviour of the electron; mathematically, the two theories were identical. Yet the two men disagreed on the interpretation of their mutual theory. Heisenberg saw no problem in the existence of discontinuous quantum jumps, but Schrdinger hoped that a theory based on continuous wave-like properties could avoid what he called (in the words of Wilhelm Wien[26] ) "this nonsense about quantum jumps."
Werner Heisenberg at the age of 26. Heisenberg won the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1932 for the work that he did at around this [24] time.
Copenhagen interpretation
Bohr, Heisenberg and others tried to explain what these experimental results and mathematical models really mean. Their description, known as the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum mechanics, aimed to describe the nature of reality that was being probed by the measurements and described by the mathematical formulations of quantum mechanics. The main principles of the Copenhagen interpretation are: 1. A system is completely described by a wave function, . (Heisenberg) 2. How changes over time is given by the Schrdinger equation. 3. The description of nature is essentially probabilistic. The probability of an event for example, where on the screen a particle will show up in the two slit experiment is related to the square of the amplitude of its wave function. (Born rule, due to Max Born, which gives a physical meaning to the wavefunction in the Copenhagen interpretation: the probability amplitude) 4. It is not possible to know the values of all of the properties of the system at the same time; those properties that are not known with precision must be described by probabilities. (Heisenberg's uncertainty principle) 5. Matter, like energy, exhibits a wave-particle duality. An experiment can demonstrate the particle-like properties of matter, or its wave-like properties; but not both at the same time. (Complementarity principle due to Bohr) 6. Measuring devices are essentially classical devices, and measure classical properties such as position and momentum. 7. The quantum mechanical description of large systems should closely approximate the classical description. (Correspondence principle of Bohr and Heisenberg) Various consequences of these principles are discussed in more detail in the following subsections.
36
Uncertainty principle
Suppose that we want to measure the position and speed of an object for example a car going through a radar speed trap. Naively, we assume that the car has a definite position and speed at a particular moment in time, and how accurately we can measure these values depends on the quality of our measuring equipment if we improve the precision of our measuring equipment, we will get a result that is closer to the true value. In particular, we would assume that how precisely we measure the speed of the car does not affect its position, and vice versa. In 1927, Heisenberg proved that these assumptions are not correct.[27] Quantum mechanics shows that certain pairs of physical properties, like position and speed, cannot both be known to arbitrary precision: the more precisely one property is known, the less precisely the other can be known. This statement is known as the uncertainty principle. The uncertainty principle isn't a statement about the accuracy of our measuring equipment, but about the nature of the system itself our naive assumption that the car had a definite position and speed was incorrect. On a scale of cars and people, these uncertainties are too small to notice, but when dealing with atoms and electrons they become critical.[28] The uncertainty principle shows mathematically that the product of the uncertainty in the position and momentum of a particle (momentum is velocity multiplied by mass) could never be less than a certain value, and that this value is related to Planck's constant.
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics thus satisfying the Exclusion Principle. A new quantum number was then needed, one to represent the momentum embodied in the rotation of each electron.
37
The shapes of the first five atomic orbitals: 1s, 2s, 2px,2py, and 2pz. The colors show the phase of the wavefunction.
The first property describing the orbital is the principal quantum number, n, which is the same as in Bohr's model. n denotes the energy level of each orbital. The possible values for n are integers: The next quantum number, the azimuthal quantum number, denoted l, describes the shape of the orbital. The shape is a consequence of the angular momentum of the orbital. The angular momentum represents the resistance of a spinning object to speeding up or slowing down under the influence of external force. The azimuthal quantum number represents the orbital angular momentum of an electron around its nucleus. The possible values for l are integers from 0 to n - 1: . The shape of each orbital has its own letter as well. The first shape is denoted by the letter s (a mnemonic being "sphere"). The next shape is denoted by the letter p and has the form of a dumbbell. The other orbitals have more complicated shapes (see atomic orbital), and are denoted by the letters d, f, and g. The third quantum number, the magnetic quantum number, describes the magnetic moment of the electron, and is denoted by ml (or simply m). The possible values for ml are integers from -l to l: . The magnetic quantum number measures the component of the angular momentum in a particular direction. The choice of direction is arbitrary, conventionally the z-direction is chosen.
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics The fourth quantum number, the spin quantum number (pertaining to the "orientation" of the electron's spin) is denoted ms, with values +12 or -12. The chemist Linus Pauling wrote, by way of example: In the case of a helium atom with two electrons in the 1 s orbital, the Pauli Exclusion Principle requires that the two electrons differ in the value of one quantum number. Their values of n, l, and ml are the same; moreover, they have the same spin, s = 12. Accordingly they must differ in the value of ms, which can have the value of +12 for one electron and 12 for the other."[29] It is the underlying structure and symmetry of atomic orbitals, and the way that electrons fill them, that determines the organisation of the periodic table and the structure and strength of chemical bonds between atoms.
38
Quantum entanglement
The Pauli exclusion principle says that two electrons in one system cannot be in the same state. Nature leaves open the possibility, however, that two electrons can have both states "superimposed" over them. Recall that the wave functions that emerge Superposition of two quantum characteristics, and two resolution possibilities. simultaneously from the double slits arrive at the detection screen in a state of superposition. Nothing is certain until the superimposed waveforms "collapse," At that instant an electron shows up somewhere in accordance with the probabilities that are the squares of the amplitudes of the two superimposed waveforms. The situation there is already very abstract. A concrete way of thinking about entangled photons, photons in which two contrary states are superimposed on each of them in the same event, is as follows: Imagine that the superposition of a state that can be mentally labeled as blue and another state that can be mentally labeled as red will then appear (in imagination, of course) as a purple state. Two photons are produced as the result of the same atomic event. Perhaps they are produced by the excitation of a crystal that characteristically absorbs a photon of a certain frequency and emits two photons of half the original frequency. So the two photons come out "purple." If the experimenter now performs some experiment that will determine whether one of the photons is either blue or red, then that experiment changes the photon involved from one having a superposition of "blue" and "red" characteristics to a photon that has only one of those characteristics. The problem that Einstein had with such an imagined situation was that if one of these photons had been kept bouncing between mirrors in a laboratory on earth, and the other one had traveled halfway to the nearest star, when its twin was made to reveal itself as either blue or red, that meant that the distant photon now had to lose its "purple" status too. So whenever it might be investigated, it
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics would necessarily show up, instantaneously, in the opposite state to whatever its twin had revealed. In trying to show that quantum mechanics was not a complete theory, Einstein started with the theory's prediction that two or more particles that have interacted in the past can appear strongly correlated when their various properties are later measured. He sought to explain this seeming interaction in a classical way, through their common past, and preferably not by some "spooky action at a distance." The argument is worked out in a famous paper, Einstein, Podolsky, and Rosen (1935; abbreviated EPR), setting out what is now called the EPR paradox. Assuming what is now usually called local realism, EPR attempted to show from quantum theory that a particle has both position and momentum simultaneously, while according to the Copenhagen interpretation, only one of those two properties actually exists and only at the moment that it is being measured. EPR concluded that quantum theory is incomplete in that it refuses to consider physical properties which objectively exist in nature. (Einstein, Podolsky, & Rosen 1935 is currently Einstein's most cited publication in physics journals.) In the same year, Erwin Schrdinger used the word "entanglement" and declared: "I would not call that one but rather the characteristic trait of quantum mechanics." [30] The question of whether entanglement is a real condition is still in dispute.[31] The Bell inequalities are the most powerful challenge to Einstein's claims.
39
Quantum electrodynamics
Quantum electrodynamics (QED) is the name of the quantum theory of the electromagnetic force. Understanding QED begins with understanding electromagnetism. Electromagnetism can be called "electrodynamics" because it is a dynamic interaction between electrical and magnetic forces. Electromagnetism begins with the electric charge. Electric charges are the sources of, and create, electric fields. An electric field is a field which exerts a force on any particles that carry electric charges, at any point in space. This includes the electron, proton, and even quarks, among others. As a force is exerted, electric charges move, a current flows and a magnetic field is produced. The magnetic field, in turn causes electric current (moving electrons). The interacting electric and magnetic field is called an electromagnetic field. The physical description of interacting charged particles, electrical currents, electrical fields, and magnetic fields is called electromagnetism. In 1928 Paul Dirac produced a relativistic quantum theory of electromagnetism. This was the progenitor to modern quantum electrodynamics, in that it had essential ingredients of the modern theory. However, the problem of unsolvable infinities developed in this relativistic quantum theory. Years later, renormalization solved this problem. Initially viewed as a suspect, provisional procedure by some of its originators, renormalization eventually was embraced as an important and self-consistent tool in QED and other fields of physics. Also, in the late 1940s Feynman's diagrams showed all possible interactions of a given event. The diagrams showed that the electromagnetic force is the interactions of photons between interacting particles. An example of a prediction of quantum electrodynamics which has been verified experimentally is the Lamb shift. This refers to an effect whereby the quantum nature of the electromagnetic field causes the energy levels in an atom or ion to deviate slightly from what they would otherwise be. As a result, spectral lines may shift or split. In the 1960s physicists realized that QED broke down at extremely high energies. From this inconsistency the Standard Model of particle physics was discovered, which remedied the higher energy breakdown in theory. The Standard Model unifies the electromagnetic and weak interactions into one theory. This is called the electroweak theory.
40
Interpretations
The physical measurements, equations, and predictions pertinent to quantum mechanics are all consistent and hold a very high level of confirmation. However, the question of what these abstract models say about the underlying nature of the real world has received competing answers.
Notes
[1] [2] [3] [4] Much of the universe on the largest scale also does not conform to classical physics, because of general relativity. Richard P. Feynman, QED, p. 10 Landau, L. D.; E. M. Lifshitz (1996). Statistical Physics (3rd Edition Part 1 ed.). Oxford: Butterworth-Heinemann. ISBN0521653142. This was published (in German) as Planck, Max (1901). "Ueber das Gesetz der Energieverteilung im Normalspectrum" (http:/ / www. physik. uni-augsburg. de/ annalen/ history/ historic-papers/ 1901_309_553-563. pdf). Ann. Phys. 309 (3): 55363. Bibcode1901AnP...309..553P. doi:10.1002/andp.19013090310. . English translation: " On the Law of Distribution of Energy in the Normal Spectrum (http:/ / dbhs. wvusd. k12. ca. us/ webdocs/ Chem-History/ Planck-1901/ Planck-1901. html)". [5] The word "quantum" comes from the Latin word for "how much" (as does "quantity"). Something which is "quantized", like the energy of Planck's harmonic oscillators, can only take specific values. For example, in most countries money is effectively quantized, with the "quantum of money" being the lowest-value coin in circulation. "Mechanics" is the branch of science that deals with the action of forces on objects, and so "quantum mechanics" is the part of mechanics that deals with objects for which particular properties are quantized. [6] Francis Weston Sears (1958). Mechanics, Wave Motion, and Heat (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?hl=en& q="Mechanics,+ Wave+ Motion,+ and+ Heat"+ "where+ n+ =+ 1,"& btnG=Search+ Books). Addison-Wesley. p.537. . [7] "The Nobel Prize in Physics 1918" (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ physics/ laureates/ 1918/ ). The Nobel Foundation. . Retrieved 2009-08-01. [8] Kragh, Helge (1 December 2000). "Max Planck: the reluctant revolutionary" (http:/ / physicsworld. com/ cws/ article/ print/ 373). PhysicsWorld.com. [9] Einstein, Albert (1905). "ber einen die Erzeugung und Verwandlung des Lichtes betreffenden heuristischen Gesichtspunkt" (http:/ / www. zbp. univie. ac. at/ dokumente/ einstein1. pdf). Annalen der Physik 17: 132148. Bibcode1905AnP...322..132E. doi:10.1002/andp.19053220607. ., translated into English as On a Heuristic Viewpoint Concerning the Production and Transformation of Light (http:/ / lorentz. phl. jhu. edu/ AnnusMirabilis/ AeReserveArticles/ eins_lq. pdf). The term "photon" was introduced in 1926. [10] Taylor, J. R.; Zafiratos, C. D.; Dubson, M. A. (2004). Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers. Prentice Hall. pp.1279. ISBN0135897890. [11] Actually there can be intensity-dependent effects, but at intensities achievable with non-laser sources these effects are unobservable. [12] Dicke and Wittke, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, p. 12 [13] Einstein's photoelectric effect equation can be derived and explained without requiring the concept of "photons". That is, the electromagnetic radiation can be treated as a classical electromagnetic wave, as long as the electrons in the material are treated by the laws of quantum mechanics. The results are quantitatively correct for thermal light sources (the sun, incandescent lamps, etc) both for the rate of electron emission as well as their angular distribution. For more on this point, see http:/ / ntrs. nasa. gov/ archive/ nasa/ casi. ntrs. nasa. gov/ 19680009569_1968009569. pdf [14] The classical model of the atom is called the planetary model, or sometimes the Rutherford model after Ernest Rutherford who proposed it in 1911, based on the Geiger-Marsden gold foil experiment which first demonstrated the existence of the nucleus. [15] Taylor, J. R.; Zafiratos, C. D.; Dubson, M. A. (2004). Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers. Prentice Hall. pp.1478. ISBN0135897890. [16] McEvoy, J. P.; Zarate, O. (2004). Introducing Quantum Theory. Totem Books. pp.7089, especially p. 89. ISBN1840465778. [17] World Book Encyclopedia, page 6, 2007. [18] Dicke and Wittke, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, p. 10f. [19] In this case, the energy of the electron is the sum of its kinetic and potential energies. The electron has kinetic energy by virtue of its actual motion around the nucleus, and potential energy because of its electromagnetic interaction with the nucleus. [20] The model can be easily modified to account of the emission spectrum of any system consisting of a nucleus and a single electron (that is, ions such as He+ or O7+ which contain only one electron). [21] J. P. McEvoy and Oscar Zarate (2004). Introducing Quantum Theory. Totem Books. p.110f. ISBN1-84046-577-8. [22] Aezel, Amir D., Entanglrment, p. 51f. (Penguin, 2003) ISBN 0-452-28457 [23] J. P. McEvoy and Oscar Zarate (2004). Introducing Quantum Theory. Totem Books. p.114. ISBN1-84046-577-8. [24] Heisenberg's Nobel Prize citation (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ physics/ laureates/ 1932/ ) [25] For a somewhat more sophisticated look at how Heisenberg transitioned from the old quantum theory and classical physics to the new quantum mechanics, see Heisenberg's entryway to matrix mechanics. [26] W. Moore, Schrdinger: Life and Thought, Cambridge University Press (1989), p. 222. [27] Heisenberg first published his work on the uncertainty principle in the leading German physics journal Zeitschrift fr Physik: Heisenberg, W. (1927). "ber den anschaulichen Inhalt der quantentheoretischen Kinematik und Mechanik". Z. Phys. 43 (34): 172198.
41
References
Bernstein, Jeremy (2005). "Max Born and the quantum theory". American Journal of Physics 73 (11). Beller, Mara (2001). Quantum Dialogue: The Making of a Revolution. University of Chicago Press. Bohr, Niels (1958). Atomic Physics and Human Knowledge. John Wiley & Sons. ASINB00005VGVF. ISBN0486479285. OCLC530611. de Broglie, Louis (1953). The Revolution in Physics. Noonday Press. LCCN53010401. Einstein, Albert (1934). Essays in Science. Philosophical Library. ISBN0486470113. LCCN55003947. Feigl, Herbert; Brodbeck, May (1953). Readings in the Philosophy of Science. Appleton-Century-Crofts. ISBN0390304883. LCCN53006438. Feynman, Richard P. (1949). "Space-Time Approach to Quantum Electrodynamics" (http://www.physics. princeton.edu/~mcdonald/examples/QED/feynman_pr_76_769_49.pdf). Physical Review 76 (6): 769789. Bibcode1949PhRv...76..769F. doi:10.1103/PhysRev.76.769. Fowler, Michael (1999). The Bohr Atom. University of Virginia. Heisenberg, Werner (1958). Physics and Philosophy. Harper and Brothers. ISBN0061305499. LCCN99010404. Lakshmibala, S. (2004). "Heisenberg, Matrix Mechanics and the Uncertainty Principle". Resonance, Journal of Science Education 9 (8). Liboff, Richard L. (1992). Introductory Quantum Mechanics (2nd ed.). Lindsay, Robert Bruce; Margenau, Henry (1957). Foundations of Physics. Dover. ISBN0918024188. LCCN57014416. McEvoy, J. P.; Zarate, Oscar. Introducing Quantum Theory. ISBN1-874166-37-4. Nave, Carl Rod (2005). "Quantum Physics" (http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/quacon. html#quacon). HyperPhysics. Georgia State University. Peat, F. David (2002). From Certainty to Uncertainty: The Story of Science and Ideas in the Twenty-First Century. Joseph Henry Press. Reichenbach, Hans (1944). Philosophic Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. University of California Press. ISBN0486404595. LCCNa44004471. Schlipp, Paul Arthur (1949). Albert Einstein: Philosopher-Scientist. Tudor Publishing Company. LCCN50005340. Scientific American Reader, 1953. Sears, Francis Weston (1949). Optics (3rd ed.). Addison-Wesley. ISBN0195046013. LCCN51001018. Shimony, A. (1983). "(title not given in citation)". Foundations of Quantum Mechanics in the Light of New Technology (S. Kamefuchi et al., eds.). Tokyo: Japan Physical Society. pp.225.; cited in: Popescu, Sandu; Daniel Rohrlich (1996). "Action and Passion at a Distance: An Essay in Honor of Professor Abner Shimony". arXiv:quant-ph/9605004[quant-ph]. Tavel, Morton; Tavel, Judith (illustrations) (2002). Contemporary physics and the limits of knowledge (http:// books.google.com/?id=SELS0HbIhjYC&pg=PA200&dq=Wave+function+collapse). Rutgers University Press. ISBN9780813530772. Van Vleck, J. H.,1928, "The Correspondence Principle in the Statistical Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics," Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. 14: 179.
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics Wheeler, John Archibald; Feynman, Richard P. (1949). "Classical Electrodynamics in Terms of Direct Interparticle Action". Reviews of Modern Physics 21 (3): 425433. Bibcode1949RvMP...21..425W. doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.21.425. Wieman, Carl; Perkins, Katherine (2005). "Transforming Physics Education". Physics Today. Westmoreland; Benjamin Schumacher (1998). "Quantum Entanglement and the Nonexistence of Superluminal Signals". arXiv:quant-ph/9801014[quant-ph]. Bronner, Patrick; Strunz, Andreas; Silberhorn, Christine; Meyn, Jan-Peter (2009). "Demonstrating quantum random with single photons". European Journal of Physics 30 (5): 11891200. Bibcode2009EJPh...30.1189B. doi:10.1088/0143-0807/30/5/026.
42
Further reading
The following titles, all by working physicists, attempt to communicate quantum theory to lay people, using a minimum of technical apparatus. Jim Al-Khalili (2003) Quantum: A Guide for the Perplexed. Weidenfield & Nicholson. Richard Feynman (1985) QED: The Strange Theory of Light and Matter. Princeton University Press. ISBN 0-691-08388-6 Ford, Kenneth (2005) The Quantum World. Harvard Univ. Press. Includes elementary particle physics. Ghirardi, GianCarlo (2004) Sneaking a Look at God's Cards, Gerald Malsbary, trans. Princeton Univ. Press. The most technical of the works cited here. Passages using algebra, trigonometry, and bra-ket notation can be passed over on a first reading. Tony Hey and Walters, Patrick (2003) The New Quantum Universe. Cambridge Univ. Press. Includes much about the technologies quantum theory has made possible. N. David Mermin (1990) Spooky actions at a distance: mysteries of the QT in his Boojums all the way through. Cambridge Univ. Press: 110-176. The author is a rare physicist who tries to communicate to philosophers and humanists. Roland Omnes (1999) Understanding Quantum Mechanics. Princeton Univ. Press. Victor Stenger (2000) Timeless Reality: Symmetry, Simplicity, and Multiple Universes. Buffalo NY: Prometheus Books. Chpts. 5-8. Martinus Veltman (2003) Facts and Mysteries in Elementary Particle Physics. World Scientific Publishing Company. A website with good introduction to Quantum mechanics can be found here. (http://www.chem1.com/acad/ webtext/atoms/atpt-4.html)
External links
Takada, Kenjiro, Emeritus professor at Kyushu University, " Microscopic World -- Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (http://www2.kutl.kyushu-u.ac.jp/seminar/MicroWorld1_E/MicroWorld_1_E.html)" Quantum Theory. (http://www.encyclopedia.com/doc/1E1-quantumt.html) Quantum Mechanics. (http://www.aip.org/history/heisenberg/p07.htm) The spooky quantum (http://www.imamu.edu.sa/Scientific_selections/abstracts/Physics/THE SPOOKY QUANTUM.pdf) Planck's original paper (http://dbhs.wvusd.k12.ca.us/webdocs/Chem-History/Planck-1901/Planck-1901. html) on Planck's constant. Everything you wanted to know about the quantum world. (http://www.newscientist.com/channel/ fundamentals/quantum-world) From the New Scientist. This Quantum World. (http://thisquantumworld.com/ht/index.php) The Quantum Exchange (http://www.compadre.org/quantum) (tutorials and open source learning software).
Introduction to Quantum Mechanics Theoretical Physics wiki (http://theoreticalphysics.wetpaint.com) " Uncertainty Principle, (http://www.thebigview.com/spacetime/index.html)" a recording of Werner Heisenberg's voice. Single and double slit interference (http://class.phys.psu.edu/251Labs/10_Interference_&_Diffraction/ Single_and_Double-Slit_Interference.pdf) Time-Evolution of a Wavepacket in a Square Well (http://demonstrations.wolfram.com/ TimeEvolutionOfAWavepacketInASquareWell/) An animated demonstration of a wave packet dispersion over time. Experiments with single photons (http://www.didaktik.physik.uni-erlangen.de/quantumlab/english/) An introduction into quantum physics with interactive experiments Hitachi video recording of double-slit experiment done with electrons. You can see the interference pattern build up over time. (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oxknfn97vFE)
43
44
Basic principles
The basic idea of the old quantum theory is that the motion in an atomic system is quantized, or discrete. The system obeys classical mechanics except that not every motion is allowed, only those motions which obey the old quantum condition:
where the
are integers and the integral is taken over one period of the motion. The integral is an area in phase space, which is a quantity called the action, which is quantized in units of Planck's constant. For this reason, Planck's constant was often called the quantum of action. In order for the old quantum condition to make sense, the classical motion must be separable, meaning that there are separate coordinates in terms of which the motion is periodic. The periods of the different motions do not have to be the same, they can even be incommensurate, but there must be a set of coordinates where the motion decomposes in a multi-periodic way. The motivation for the old quantum condition was the correspondence principle, complemented by the physical observation that the quantities which are quantized must be adiabatic invariants. Given Planck's quantization rule for the harmonic oscillator, either condition determines the correct classical quantity to quantize in a general system up to an additive constant.
45
Examples
Harmonic oscillator
The simplest system in the old quantum theory is the Harmonic oscillator, whose Hamiltonian is:
The level sets of H are the orbits, and the quantum condition is that the area enclosed by an orbit in phase space is an integer. It follows that the energy is quantized according to the Planck rule:
a result which was known well before, and used to formulate the old quantum condition. The thermal properties of a quantized oscillator may be found by averaging the energy in each of the discrete states assuming that they are occupied with a Boltzmann weight:
kT is Boltzmann constant times the absolute temperature, which is the temperature as measured in more natural units of energy. The quantity is more fundamental in thermodynamics than the temperature, because it is the thermodynamic potential associated to the energy. From this expression, it is easy to see that for large values of , for very low temperatures, the average energy U in the Harmonic oscillator approaches zero very quickly, exponentially fast. The reason is that kT is the typical energy of random motion at temperature T, and when this is smaller than , there is not enough energy to give the oscillator even one quantum of energy. So the oscillator stays in its ground state, storing next to no energy at all. This means that at very cold temperatures, the change in energy with respect to beta, or equivalently the change in energy with respect to temperature, is also exponentially small. The change in energy with respect to temperature is the specific heat, so the specific heat is exponentially small at low temperatures, going to zero like
At small values of
equipartition theorem of classical thermodynamics--- every harmonic oscillator at temperature T has energy kT on average. This means that the specific heat of an oscillator is constant in classical mechanics and equal to k. For a collection of atoms connected by springs, a reasonable model of a solid, the total specific heat is equal to the total number of oscillators times k. There are overall three oscillators for each atom, corresponding to the three possible directions of independent oscillations in three dimensions. So the specific heat of a classical solid is always 3k per atom, or in chemistry units, 3R per mole of atoms. Monatomic solids at room temperatures have approximately the same specific heat of 3k per atom, but at low temperatures they don't. The specific heat is smaller at colder temperatures, and it goes to zero at absolute zero. This is true for all material systems, and this observation is called the third law of thermodynamics. Classical mechanics cannot explain the third law, because in classical mechanics the specific heat is independent of the temperature. This contradiction between classical mechanics and the specific heat of cold materials was noted by James Clerk Maxwell in the 19th century, and remained a deep puzzle for those who advocated an atomic theory of matter. Einstein resolved this problem in 1906 by proposing that atomic motion is quantized. This was the first application of quantum theory to a mechanical systems. A short while later, Debye gave a quantitative theory of solid specific heats in terms of quantized oscillators with various frequencies (see Einstein solid and Debye model).
46
which is integrated over all values of q between the classical turning points, the places where the momentum vanishes. The integral is easiest for a particle in a box of length L, where the quantum condition is:
Another easy case to solve with the old quantum theory is a linear potential on the positive halfline, the constant confining force F binding a particle to an impenetrable wall. This case is much more difficult in the full quantum mechanical treatment, and unlike the other examples, the semiclassical answer here is not exact but approximate, becoming more accurate at large quantum numbers.
Rotator
Another simple system is the rotator. A rotator consists of a mass M at the end of a massless rigid rod of length R and in two dimensions has the Lagrangian:
which determines that the momentum J conjugate to requires that J multiplied by the period of
the angular momentum to be an integer multiple of was enough to determine the energy levels.
In three dimensions, a rigid rotator can be described by two angles and , where is the inclination relative to an arbitrarily chosen z-axis while is the rotator angle in the projection to the xy plane. The kinetic energy is again the only contribution to the Lagrangian:
and
is trivial:
is a constant:
Old Quantum Theory which is the z-component of the angular momentum. The quantum condition demands that the integral of the constant as varies from 0 to is an integer multiple of h:
47
And m is called the magnetic quantum number, because the z component of the angular momentum is the magnetic moment of the rotator along the z direction in the case where the particle at the end of the rotator is charged. Since the three dimensional rotator is rotating about an axis, the total angular momentum should be restricted in the same way as the two-dimensional rotator. The two quantum conditions restrict the total angular momentum and the z-component of the angular momentum to be the integers l,m. This condition is reproduced in modern quantum mechanics, but in the era of the old quantum theory it led to a paradox: how can the orientation of the angular momentum relative to the arbitrarily chosen z-axis be quantized? This seems to pick out a direction in space. This phenomenon, the quantization of angular momentum about an axis, was given the name space quantization, because it seemed incompatible with rotational invariance. In modern quantum mechanics, the angular momentum is quantized the same way, but the discrete states of definite angular momentum in any one orientation are quantum superpositions of the states in other orientations, so that the process of quantization does not pick out a preferred axis. For this reason, the name "space quantization" fell out of favor, and the same phenomenon is now called the quantization of angular momentum.
Hydrogen atom
The angular part of the Hydrogen atom is just the rotator, and gives the quantum numbers l and m. The only remaining variable is the radial coordinate, which executes a periodic one dimensional potential motion, which can be solved. For a fixed value of the total angular momentum L, the Hamiltonian for a classical Kepler problem is (the unit of mass and unit of energy redefined to absorb two constants):
Fixing the energy to be constant and solving for the radial momentum p, the quantum condition integral is:
which is elementary, and gives a new quantum number k which determines the energy in combination with l. The energy is:
and it only depends on the sum of k and l, which is the principal quantum number n. Since k is positive, the allowed values of l for any given n are no bigger than n. The energies reproduce those in the Bohr model, except with the correct quantum mechanical multiplicities, with some ambiguity at the extreme values. The semiclassical hydrogen atom is called the Sommerfeld model, and its orbits are ellipses of various sizes at discrete inclinations. The Sommerfeld model predicted that the magnetic moment of an atom measured along an axis will only take on discrete values, a result which seems to contradict rotational invariance but which was confirmed by the SternGerlach experiment. BohrSommerfeld theory is a part of the development of quantum mechanics and describes the possibility of atomic energy levels being split by a magnetic field.
48
Relativistic orbit
Arnold Sommerfeld derived the relativistic solution of atomic energy levels.[3] We will start this derivation with the relativistic equation for energy in the electric potential
After substitution
we get
with solution
and
where
is the fine-structure constant. This solution is same as the solution of the Dirac equation[4].
De Broglie waves
In 1905, Einstein noted that the entropy of the quantized electromagnetic field oscillators in a box is, for short wavelength, equal to the entropy of a gas of point particles in the same box. The number of point particles is equal to the number of quanta. Einstein concluded that the quanta were localizable objects, particles of light, and named them photons. Einstein's theoretical argument was based on thermodynamics, on counting the number of states, and so was not completely convincing. Nevertheless, he concluded that light had attributes of both waves and particles, more precisely that an electromagnetic standing wave with frequency with the quantized energy:
Old Quantum Theory should be thought of as consisting of n photons each with an energy photons were related to the wave. . Einstein could not describe how the where is the wavenumber of
49
The photons have momentum as well as energy, and the momentum had to be
the electromagnetic wave. This is required by relativity, because the momentum and energy form a four-vector, as do the frequency and wave-number. In 1924, as a PhD candidate, Louis de Broglie proposed a new interpretation of the quantum condition. He suggested that all matter, electrons as well as photons, are described by waves obeying the relations.
instead,
counts the change in phase for the wave as it travels along the classical orbit, and requires that it be an integer multiple of . Expressed in wavelengths, the number of wavelengths along a classical orbit must be an integer. This is the condition for constructive interference, and it explained the reason for quantized orbitsthe matter waves make standing waves only at discrete frequencies, at discrete energies. For example, for a particle confined in a box, a standing wave must fit an integer number of wavelengths between twice the distance between the walls. The condition becomes:
reproducing the old quantum energy levels. This development was given a more mathematical form by Einstein, who noted that the phase function for the waves: in a mechanical system should be identified with the solution to the HamiltonJacobi equation, an equation which even Hamilton considered to be a short-wavelength limit of a wave mechanics. These ideas led to the development of Schrdinger equation.
The index n describes the quantum numbers of the orbit, it would be nlm in the Sommerfeld model. The frequency is the angular frequency of the orbit while k is an index for the Fourier mode. Bohr had suggested that the k-th harmonic of the classical motion correspond to the transition from level n to level nk. Kramers proposed that the transition between states were analogous to classical emission of radiation, which happens at frequencies at multiples of the orbit frequencies. The rate of emission of radiation is proportional to , as it would be in classical mechanics. The description was approximate, since the Fourier components did
Old Quantum Theory not have frequencies that exactly match the energy spacings between levels. This idea led to the development of matrix mechanics.
50
History
The old quantum theory was sparked by the work of Max Planck on the emission and absorption of light, and began in earnest after the work of Albert Einstein on the specific heats of solids. Einstein, followed by Debye, applied quantum principles to the motion of atoms, explaining the specific heat anomaly. In 1913, Niels Bohr identified the correspondence principle and used it to formulate a model of the Hydrogen atom which explained the line spectrum. In the next few years Arnold Sommerfeld extended the quantum rule to arbitrary integrable systems making use of the principle of adiabatic invariance of the quantum numbers introduced by Lorentz and Einstein. Sommerfeld's model was much closer to the modern quantum mechanical picture than Bohr's. Throughout the 1910s and well into the 1920s, many problems were attacked using the old quantum theory with mixed results. Molecular rotation and vibration spectra were understood and the electron's spin was discovered, leading to the confusion of half-integer quantum numbers. Max Planck introduced the zero point energy and Arnold Sommerfeld semiclassically quantized the relativistic hydrogen atom. Hendrik Kramers explained the Stark effect. Bose and Einstein gave the correct quantum statistics for photons. Kramers gave a prescription for calculating transition probabilities between quantum states in terms of Fourier components of the motion, ideas which were extended in collaboration with Werner Heisenberg to a semiclassical matrix-like description of atomic transition probabilities. Heisenberg went on to reformulate all of quantum theory in terms of a version of these transition matrices, creating Matrix mechanics. In 1924, Louis de Broglie introduced the wave theory of matter, which was extended to a semiclassical equation for matter waves by Albert Einstein a short time later. In 1926 Erwin Schrdinger found a completely quantum mechanical wave-equation, which reproduced all the successes of the old quantum theory without ambiguities and inconsistencies. Schrdinger's wave mechanics developed separately from matrix mechanics until Schrdinger and others proved that the two methods predicted the same experimental consequences. Paul Dirac later proved in 1926 that both methods can be obtained from a more general method called transformation theory. Matrix mechanics and wave mechanics put an end to the era of the old-quantum theory.
References
[1] [2] [3] [4] ter Haar, D. (1967). The Old Quantum Theory. Pergamon Press. pp.206. ISBN0080121012. Sommerfeld, Arnold (1919). Atombau und Spektrallinien'. Braunschweig: Friedrich Vieweg und Sohn. ISBN3871444847. Arnold Sommerfeld (1924). Atombau und Spektrallinien. Braunschweig. ISBN3871444847. http:/ / www. iop. org/ EJ/ article/ 1063-7869/ 47/ 5/ L06/ PHU_47_5_L06. pdf
Further reading
Thewlis, J., ed (1962). Encyclopaedic Dictionary of Physics.
51
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 an understanding of complex numbers and linear functionals. The wavefunction treats the object as a quantum harmonic oscillator and the mathematics is akin to that of acoustic resonance. Many of the results of quantum mechanics do not have models that are easily visualized in terms of classical mechanics; for instance, the ground state in the quantum mechanical model is a non-zero energy state that is the lowest permitted energy state of a system, rather than a traditional classical system that is thought of as simply being at rest with zero kinetic energy. Fundamentally, it attempts to explain the peculiar behaviour of matter and energy at the subatomic levelan attempt which has produced more accurate results than classical physics in predicting how individual particles behave. But many unexplained anomalies remain. Historically, the earliest versions of quantum mechanics were formulated in the first decade of the 20th Century, around the time that atomic theory and the corpuscular theory of light as interpreted by Einstein first came to be widely accepted as scientific fact; these later theories can be viewed as quantum theories of matter and electromagnetic radiation. Following Schrdinger's breakthrough in deriving his wave equation in the mid-1920s, quantum theory was significantly reformulated away from the old quantum theory, towards the quantum mechanics of Werner Heisenberg, Max Born, Wolfgang Pauli and their associates, becoming a science of probabilities based upon the Copenhagen interpretation of Niels Bohr. By 1930, the reformulated theory had been further unified and formalized by the work of Paul Dirac and John von Neumann, with a greater emphasis placed on measurement, the statistical nature of our knowledge of reality, and philosophical speculations about the role of the observer. The Copenhagen interpretation quickly became (and remains) the orthodox interpretation. However, due to the absence of conclusive experimental evidence there are also many competing interpretations. Quantum mechanics has since branched out into almost every aspect of physics, and into other disciplines such as quantum chemistry, quantum electronics, quantum optics and quantum information science. Much 19th Century physics has been re-evaluated as the classical limit of quantum mechanics and its more advanced developments in terms of quantum field theory, string theory, and speculative quantum gravity theories.
52
History
The history of quantum mechanics dates back to the 1838 discovery, of cathode rays by Michael Faraday. This was followed by the 1859 statement of the black body radiation problem by Gustav Kirchhoff, the 1877 suggestion by Ludwig Boltzmann that the energy states of a physical system can be discrete, and the 1900 quantum hypothesis of Max Planck.[1] Planck's hypothesis that energy is radiated and absorbed in discrete "quanta", or "energy elements", precisely matched the observed patterns of black body radiation. According to Planck, each energy element E is proportional to its frequency :
where h is Planck's constant. Planck cautiously insisted that this was simply an aspect of the processes of absorption and emission of radiation and had nothing to do with the physical reality of the radiation itself.[2] However, in 1905 Albert Einstein interpreted Planck's quantum hypothesis realistically and used it to explain the photoelectric effect, in which shining light on certain materials can eject electrons from the material. The foundations of quantum mechanics were established during the first half of the twentieth century by Niels Bohr, Werner Heisenberg, Max Planck, Louis de Broglie, Albert Einstein, Erwin Schrdinger, Max Born, John von Neumann, Paul Dirac, Wolfgang Pauli, David Hilbert, and others. In the mid-1920s, developments in quantum mechanics led to its becoming the standard formulation for atomic physics. In the summer of 1925, Bohr and Heisenberg published results that closed the "Old Quantum Theory". Out of deference to their dual state as particles, light quanta came to be called photons (1926). From Einstein's simple postulation was born a flurry of debating, theorizing and testing. Thus the entire field of quantum physics emerged, leading to its wider acceptance at the Fifth
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 Solvay Conference in 1927. The other exemplar that led to quantum mechanics was the study of electromagnetic waves such as light. When it was found in 1900 by Max Planck that the energy of waves could be described as consisting of small packets or quanta, Albert Einstein further developed this idea to show that an electromagnetic wave such as light could be described as a particle - later called the photon - with a discrete quanta of energy that was dependent on its frequency.[3] This led to a theory of unity between subatomic particles and electromagnetic waves called waveparticle duality in which particles and waves were neither one nor the other, but had certain properties of both. While quantum mechanics traditionally described the world of the very small, it is also needed to explain certain recently investigated macroscopic systems such as superconductors and superfluids. The word quantum derives from Latin, meaning "how great" or "how much".[4] In quantum mechanics, it refers to a discrete unit that quantum theory assigns to certain physical quantities, such as the energy of an atom at rest (see Figure 1). The discovery that particles are discrete packets of energy with wave-like properties led to the branch of physics dealing with atomic and sub-atomic systems which is today called quantum mechanics. It is the underlying mathematical framework of many fields of physics and chemistry, including condensed matter physics, solid-state physics, atomic physics, molecular physics, computational physics, computational chemistry, quantum chemistry, particle physics, nuclear chemistry, and nuclear physics.[5] Some fundamental aspects of the theory are still actively studied.[6] Quantum mechanics is essential to understand the behavior of systems at atomic length scales and smaller. For example, if classical mechanics governed the workings of an atom, electrons would rapidly travel towards and collide with the nucleus, making stable atoms impossible. However, in the natural world the electrons normally remain in an uncertain, non-deterministic "smeared" (waveparticle wave function) orbital path around or through the nucleus, defying classical electromagnetism.[7] Quantum mechanics was initially developed to provide a better explanation of the atom, especially the differences in the spectra of light emitted by different isotopes of the same element. The quantum theory of the atom was developed as an explanation for the electron remaining in its orbit, which could not be explained by Newton's laws of motion and Maxwell's laws of classical electromagnetism. Broadly speaking, quantum mechanics incorporates four classes of phenomena for which classical physics cannot account: The quantization of certain physical properties Waveparticle duality The uncertainty principle Quantum entanglement
53
Mathematical formulations
In the mathematically rigorous formulation of quantum mechanics developed by Paul Dirac[8] and John von Neumann,[9] the possible states of a quantum mechanical system are represented by unit vectors (called "state vectors"). Formally, these reside in a complex separable Hilbert space (variously called the "state space" or the "associated Hilbert space" of the system) well defined up to a complex number of norm 1 (the phase factor). In other words, the possible states are points in the projective space of a Hilbert space, usually called the complex projective space. The exact nature of this Hilbert space is dependent on the system; for example, the state space for position and momentum states is the space of square-integrable functions, while the state space for the spin of a single proton is just the product of two complex planes. Each observable is represented by a maximally Hermitian (precisely: by a self-adjoint) linear operator acting on the state space. Each eigenstate of an observable corresponds to an eigenvector of the operator, and the associated eigenvalue corresponds to the value of the observable in that eigenstate. If the operator's spectrum is discrete, the observable can only attain those discrete eigenvalues.
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 In the formalism of quantum mechanics, the state of a system at a given time is described by a complex wave function, also referred to as state vector in a complex vector space.[10] This abstract mathematical object allows for the calculation of probabilities of outcomes of concrete experiments. For example, it allows one to compute the probability of finding an electron in a particular region around the nucleus at a particular time. Contrary to classical mechanics, one can never make simultaneous predictions of conjugate variables, such as position and momentum, with accuracy. For instance, electrons may be considered to be located somewhere within a region of space, but with their exact positions being unknown. Contours of constant probability, often referred to as "clouds", may be drawn around the nucleus of an atom to conceptualize where the electron might be located with the most probability. Heisenberg's uncertainty principle quantifies the inability to precisely locate the particle given its conjugate momentum.[11] According to one interpretation, as the result of a measurement the wave function containing the probability information for a system collapses from a given initial state to a particular eigenstate. The possible results of a measurement are the eigenvalues of the operator representing the observable which explains the choice of Hermitian operators, for which all the eigenvalues are real. We can find the probability distribution of an observable in a given state by computing the spectral decomposition of the corresponding operator. Heisenberg's uncertainty principle is represented by the statement that the operators corresponding to certain observables do not commute. The probabilistic nature of quantum mechanics thus stems from the act of measurement. This is one of the most difficult aspects of quantum systems to understand. It was the central topic in the famous Bohr-Einstein debates, in which the two scientists attempted to clarify these fundamental principles by way of thought experiments. In the decades after the formulation of quantum mechanics, the question of what constitutes a "measurement" has been extensively studied. Newer interpretations of quantum mechanics have been formulated that do away with the concept of "wavefunction collapse"; see, for example, the relative state interpretation. The basic idea is that when a quantum system interacts with a measuring apparatus, their respective wavefunctions become entangled, so that the original quantum system ceases to exist as an independent entity. For details, see the article on measurement in quantum mechanics.[12] Generally, quantum mechanics does not assign definite values. Instead, it makes predictions using probability distributions; that is, it describes the probability of obtaining possible outcomes from measuring an observable. Often these results are skewed by many causes, such as dense probability clouds[13] or quantum state nuclear attraction.[14] [15] Naturally, these probabilities will depend on the quantum state at the "instant" of the measurement. Hence, uncertainty is involved in the value. There are, however, certain states that are associated with a definite value of a particular observable. These are known as eigenstates of the observable ("eigen" can be translated from German as meaning inherent or characteristic).[16] In the everyday world, it is natural and intuitive to think of everything (every observable) as being in an eigenstate. Everything appears to have a definite position, a definite momentum, a definite energy, and a definite time of occurrence. However, quantum mechanics does not pinpoint the exact values of a particle's position and momentum (since they are conjugate pairs) or its energy and time (since they too are conjugate pairs); rather, it only provides a range of probabilities of where that particle might be given its momentum and momentum probability. Therefore, it is helpful to use different words to describe states having uncertain values and states having definite values (eigenstate). Usually, a system will not be in an eigenstate of the observable (particle) we are interested in. However, if one measures the observable, the wavefunction will instantaneously be an eigenstate (or generalised eigenstate) of that observable. This process is known as wavefunction collapse, a controversial and much debated process.[17] It involves expanding the system under study to include the measurement device. If one knows the corresponding wave function at the instant before the measurement, one will be able to compute the probability of collapsing into each of the possible eigenstates. For example, the free particle in the previous example will usually have a wavefunction that is a wave packet centered around some mean position x0, neither an eigenstate of position nor of momentum. When one measures the position of the particle, it is impossible to predict with certainty the result.[12] It is probable, but not certain, that it will be near x0, where the amplitude of the wave function is large. After the measurement is performed, having obtained some result x, the wave function collapses into a position eigenstate centered at x.[18]
54
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 The time evolution of a quantum state is described by the Schrdinger equation, in which the Hamiltonian (the operator corresponding to the total energy of the system) generates time evolution. The time evolution of wave functions is deterministic in the sense that, given a wavefunction at an initial time, it makes a definite prediction of what the wavefunction will be at any later time.[19] During a measurement, on the other hand, the change of the wavefunction into another one is not deterministic; it is unpredictable, i.e. random. A time-evolution simulation can be seen here.[20] [21] Wave functions can change as time progresses. An equation known as the Schrdinger equation describes how wavefunctions change in time, a role similar to Newton's second law in classical mechanics. The Schrdinger equation, applied to the aforementioned example of the free particle, predicts that the center of a wave packet will move through space at a constant velocity, like a classical particle with no forces acting on it. However, the wave packet will also spread out as time progresses, which means that the position becomes more uncertain. This also has the effect of turning position eigenstates (which can be thought of as infinitely sharp wave packets) into broadened wave packets that are no longer position eigenstates.[22] Some wave functions produce probability distributions that are constant, or independent of time, such as when in a stationary state of constant energy, time drops out of the absolute square of the wave function. Many systems that are treated dynamically in classical mechanics are described by such "static" wave functions. For example, a single electron in an unexcited atom is pictured classically as a particle moving in a circular trajectory around the atomic nucleus, whereas in quantum mechanics it is described by a static, spherically symmetric wavefunction surrounding the nucleus (Fig. 1). (Note that only the lowest angular momentum states, labeled s, are spherically symmetric).[23] The Schrdinger equation acts on the entire probability amplitude, not merely its absolute Fig. 1: Probability densities corresponding to the wavefunctions of an value. Whereas the absolute value of the electron in a hydrogen atom possessing definite energy levels (increasing from the top of the image to the bottom: n = 1, 2, 3, ...) and angular probability amplitude encodes information about momentum (increasing across from left to right: s, p, d, ...). Brighter areas probabilities, its phase encodes information about correspond to higher probability density in a position measurement. the interference between quantum states. This Wavefunctions like these are directly comparable to Chladni's figures of gives rise to the wave-like behavior of quantum acoustic modes of vibration in classical physics and are indeed modes of oscillation as well: they possess a sharp energy and thus a keen frequency. states. It turns out that analytic solutions of The angular momentum and energy are quantized, and only take on discrete Schrdinger's equation are only available for a values like those shown (as is the case for resonant frequencies in small number of model Hamiltonians, of which acoustics). the quantum harmonic oscillator, the particle in a box, the hydrogen molecular ion and the hydrogen atom are the most important representatives. Even the helium atom, which contains just one more electron than hydrogen, defies all attempts at a fully analytic treatment. There exist several techniques for generating approximate solutions. For instance, in the method known as perturbation theory one uses the analytic results for a simple quantum mechanical model to generate results for a more complicated model related to the simple model by, for example, the addition of a weak potential energy. Another method is the "semi-classical equation of motion" approach, which applies to systems for which quantum mechanics produces weak deviations from classical behavior.
55
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 The deviations can be calculated based on the classical motion. This approach is important for the field of quantum chaos. There are numerous mathematically equivalent formulations of quantum mechanics. One of the oldest and most commonly used formulations is the transformation theory proposed by Cambridge theoretical physicist Paul Dirac, which unifies and generalizes the two earliest formulations of quantum mechanics, matrix mechanics (invented by Werner Heisenberg)[24] [25] and wave mechanics (invented by Erwin Schrdinger).[26] In this formulation, the instantaneous state of a quantum system encodes the probabilities of its measurable properties, or "observables". Examples of observables include energy, position, momentum, and angular momentum. Observables can be either continuous (e.g., the position of a particle) or discrete (e.g., the energy of an electron bound to a hydrogen atom).[27] An alternative formulation of quantum mechanics is Feynman's path integral formulation, in which a quantum-mechanical amplitude is considered as a sum over histories between initial and final states; this is the quantum-mechanical counterpart of action principles in classical mechanics.
56
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 It has proven difficult to construct quantum models of gravity, the remaining fundamental force. Semi-classical approximations are workable, and have led to predictions such as Hawking radiation. However, the formulation of a complete theory of quantum gravity is hindered by apparent incompatibilities between general relativity, the most accurate theory of gravity currently known, and some of the fundamental assumptions of quantum theory. The resolution of these incompatibilities is an area of active research, and theories such as string theory are among the possible candidates for a future theory of quantum gravity. Classical mechanics has been extended into the complex domain, and complex classical mechanics exhibits behaviours similar to quantum mechanics.[29]
57
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 Einstein was correct in identifying seemingly paradoxical implications of quantum mechanical nonlocality, these implications could be experimentally tested. Alain Aspect's initial experiments in 1982, and many subsequent experiments since, have verified quantum entanglement. According to the paper of J. Bell and the Copenhagen interpretation (the common interpretation of quantum mechanics by physicists since 1927), and contrary to Einstein's ideas, quantum mechanics was not at the same time a "realistic" theory and a local theory. The Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox shows in any case that there exist experiments by which one can measure the state of one particle and instantaneously change the state of its entangled partner, although the two particles can be an arbitrary distance apart; however, this effect does not violate causality, since no transfer of information happens. Quantum entanglement is at the basis of quantum cryptography, with high-security commercial applications in banking and government. Gravity is negligible in many areas of particle physics, so that unification between general relativity and quantum mechanics is not an urgent issue in those applications. However, the lack of a correct theory of quantum gravity is an important issue in cosmology and physicists' search for an elegant "theory of everything". Thus, resolving the inconsistencies between both theories has been a major goal of twentieth- and twenty-first-century physics. Many prominent physicists, including Stephen Hawking, have labored in the attempt to discover a theory underlying everything, combining not only different models of subatomic physics, but also deriving the universe's four forcesthe strong force, electromagnetism, weak force, and gravity from a single force or phenomenon. While Stephen Hawking was initially a believer in the Theory of Everything, after considering Gdel's Incompleteness Theorem, concluded that one was not obtainable, and stated such publicly in his lecture, "Gdel and the end of physics" in 2002. [35] One of the leaders in this field is Edward Witten, a theoretical physicist who formulated the groundbreaking M-theory, which is an attempt at describing the supersymmetrical based string theory.
58
59
Philosophical implications
Since its inception, the many counter-intuitive results of quantum mechanics have provoked strong philosophical debate and many interpretations. Even fundamental issues such as Max Born's basic rules concerning probability amplitudes and probability distributions took decades to be appreciated by the society and leading scientists Richard Feynman said, "I think I can safely say that nobody understands quantum mechanics."[38] The Copenhagen interpretation, due largely to the Danish theoretical physicist Niels Bohr, is the interpretation of the quantum mechanical formalism most widely accepted amongst physicists. According to it, the probabilistic nature of quantum mechanics is not a temporary feature which will eventually be replaced by a deterministic theory, but instead must be considered to be a final renunciation of the classical ideal of causality. In this interpretation, it is believed that any well-defined application of the quantum mechanical formalism must always make reference to the experimental arrangement, due to the complementarity nature of evidence obtained under different experimental situations. Albert Einstein, himself one of the founders of quantum theory, disliked this loss of determinism in measurement. (A view paraphrased as "God does not play dice with the universe.") Einstein held that there should be a local hidden variable theory underlying quantum mechanics and that, consequently, the present theory was incomplete. He produced a series of objections to the theory, the most famous of which has become known as the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen paradox. John Bell showed that the EPR paradox led to experimentally testable differences between quantum mechanics and local realistic theories. Experiments have been performed confirming the accuracy of quantum mechanics, thus demonstrating that the physical world cannot be described by local realistic theories.[39] The Bohr-Einstein debates provide a vibrant critique of the Copenhagen Interpretation from an epistemological point of view. The Everett many-worlds interpretation, formulated in 1956, holds that all the possibilities described by quantum theory simultaneously occur in a multiverse composed of mostly independent parallel universes.[40] This is not accomplished by introducing some new axiom to quantum mechanics, but on the contrary by removing the axiom of the collapse of the wave packet: All the possible consistent states of the measured system and the measuring apparatus (including the observer) are present in a real physical (not just formally mathematical, as in other interpretations) quantum superposition. Such a superposition of consistent state combinations of different systems is called an entangled state. While the multiverse is deterministic, we perceive non-deterministic behavior governed by probabilities, because we can observe only the universe, i.e. the consistent state contribution to the mentioned superposition, we inhabit. Everett's interpretation is perfectly consistent with John Bell's experiments and makes them intuitively understandable. However, according to the theory of quantum decoherence, the parallel universes will never be accessible to us. This inaccessibility can be understood as follows: Once a measurement is done, the measured system becomes entangled with both the physicist who measured it and a huge number of other particles, some of which are photons flying away towards the other end of the universe; in order to prove that the wave function did not collapse one would have to bring all these particles back and measure them again, together with the system that was measured originally. This is completely impractical, but even if one could theoretically do this, it would destroy any evidence that the original measurement took place (including the physicist's memory).
60
Applications
Quantum mechanics had enormous success in explaining many of the features of our world. The individual behaviour of the subatomic particles that make up all forms of matterelectrons, protons, neutrons, photons and otherscan often only be satisfactorily described using quantum mechanics. Quantum mechanics has strongly influenced the string theory, a candidate for a theory of everything (see reductionism) and the multiverse hypothesis. Quantum mechanics is important for understanding how individual atoms combine covalently to form chemicals or molecules. The application of quantum mechanics to chemistry is known as quantum chemistry. (Relativistic) quantum mechanics can in principle mathematically describe most of chemistry. Quantum mechanics can provide quantitative insight into ionic and covalent bonding processes by explicitly showing which molecules are energetically favorable to which others, and by approximately how much.[41] Most of the calculations performed in computational chemistry rely on quantum mechanics.[42] Much of modern technology operates at a scale where quantum effects are significant. Examples include the laser, the transistor (and thus the microchip), the electron microscope, and magnetic resonance imaging. The study of semiconductors led to the invention of the diode and the transistor, which are indispensable for modern electronics. Researchers are currently seeking robust methods of directly manipulating quantum states. Efforts are being made to develop quantum cryptography, which will allow guaranteed secure transmission of information. A more distant goal is the A working mechanism of a resonant tunneling diode device, based on the phenomenon of development of quantum computers, quantum tunneling through the potential barriers. which are expected to perform certain computational tasks exponentially faster than classical computers. Another active research topic is quantum teleportation, which deals with techniques to transmit quantum information over arbitrary distances. Quantum tunneling is vital in many devices, even in the simple light switch, as otherwise the electrons in the electric current could not penetrate the potential barrier made up of a layer of oxide. Flash memory chips found in USB drives use quantum tunneling to erase their memory cells. Quantum mechanics primarily applies to the atomic regimes of matter and energy, but some systems exhibit quantum mechanical effects on a large scale; superfluidity (the frictionless flow of a liquid at temperatures near absolute zero) is one well-known example. Quantum theory also provides accurate descriptions for many previously unexplained phenomena such as black body radiation and the stability of electron orbitals. It has also given insight into the workings of many different biological systems, including smell receptors and protein structures.[43] Recent work on photosynthesis has provided evidence that quantum correlations play an essential role in this most fundamental process of the plant kingdom.[44] Even so, classical physics often can be a good approximation to results otherwise obtained by quantum physics, typically in circumstances with large numbers of particles or large quantum numbers. (However, some open questions remain in the field of quantum chaos.)
61
Examples
Free particle
For example, consider a free particle. In quantum mechanics, there is wave-particle duality so the properties of the particle can be described as the properties of a wave. Therefore, its quantum state can be represented as a wave of arbitrary shape and extending over space as a wave function. The position and momentum of the particle are observables. The Uncertainty Principle states that both the position and the momentum cannot simultaneously be measured with full precision at the same time. However, one can measure the position alone of a moving free particle creating an eigenstate of position with a wavefunction that is very large (a Dirac delta) at a particular position x and zero everywhere else. If one performs a position measurement on such a wavefunction, the result x will be obtained with 100% probability (full certainty). This is called an eigenstate of position (mathematically more precise: a generalized position eigenstate (eigendistribution)). If the particle is in an eigenstate of position then its momentum is completely unknown. On the other hand, if the particle is in an eigenstate of momentum then its position is completely unknown.[45] In an eigenstate of momentum having a plane wave form, it can be shown that the wavelength is equal to h/p, where h is Planck's constant and p is the momentum of the eigenstate.[46]
3D confined electron wave functions for each eigenstate in a Quantum Dot. Here, rectangular and triangular-shaped quantum dots are shown. Energy states in rectangular dots are more s-type and p-type. However, in a triangular dot the wave functions are mixed due to confinement symmetry.
Step potential
The potential in this case is given by:
62
where the wave vectors are related to the energy via , and
and the coefficients A and B are determined from the boundary conditions and by imposing a continuous derivative to the solution. Each term of the solution can be interpreted as an incident, reflected of transmitted component of the wave, allowing the calculation of transmission and reflection coefficients. In contrast to classical mechanics, incident particles with energies higher than the size of the potential step are still partially reflected.
Particle in a box
The particle in a 1-dimensional potential energy box is the most simple example where restraints lead to the quantization of energy levels. The box is defined as having zero potential energy inside a certain region and infinite potential energy everywhere outside that region. For the 1-dimensional case in the direction, the time-independent Schrdinger equation can be written as:[47]
with
The general solutions of the Schrdinger equation for the particle in a box are:
63
The presence of the walls of the box determines the values of C, D, and k. At each wall (x = 0 and x = L), = 0. Thus when x = 0,
and so D = 0. When x = L,
C cannot be zero, since this would conflict with the Born interpretation. Therefore sin kL = 0, and so it must be that kL is an integer multiple of . Therefore,
Harmonic oscillator
As in the classical case, the potential for the quantum harmonic oscillator is given by:
This problem can be solved either by directly solving the Schrdinger equation directly, which is not trivial, or by using the more elegant ladder method, first proposed by Paul Dirac. The eigenstates are given by:
and the corresponding energy levels are . This is another example which illustrates the quantification of energy for bound states.
64
Notes
[1] J. Mehra and H. Rechenberg, The historical development of quantum theory, Springer-Verlag, 1982. [2] T.S. Kuhn, Black-body theory and the quantum discontinuity 1894-1912, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1978. [3] A. Einstein, ber einen die Erzeugung und Verwandlung des Lichtes betreffenden heuristischen Gesichtspunkt (On a heuristic point of view concerning the production and transformation of light), Annalen der Physik 17 (1905) 132-148 (reprinted in The collected papers of Albert Einstein, John Stachel, editor, Princeton University Press, 1989, Vol. 2, pp. 149-166, in German; see also Einstein's early work on the quantum hypothesis, ibid. pp. 134-148). [4] "Merriam-Webster.com" (http:/ / www. merriam-webster. com/ dictionary/ quantum). Merriam-Webster.com. 2010-08-13. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [5] Edwin Thall. "FCCJ.org" (http:/ / mooni. fccj. org/ ~ethall/ quantum/ quant. htm). Mooni.fccj.org. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [6] Compare the list of conferences presented here (http:/ / ysfine. com/ ). [7] Oocities.com (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20091026095410/ http:/ / geocities. com/ mik_malm/ quantmech. html) [8] P.A.M. Dirac, The Principles of Quantum Mechanics, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1930. [9] J. von Neumann, Mathematische Grundlagen der Quantenmechanik, Springer, Berlin, 1932 (English translation: Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Princeton University Press, 1955). [10] Greiner, Walter; Mller, Berndt (1994). Quantum Mechanics Symmetries, Second edition (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=gCfvWx6vuzUC& pg=PA52). Springer-Verlag. p.52. ISBN3-540-58080-8. ., [11] "AIP.org" (http:/ / www. aip. org/ history/ heisenberg/ p08a. htm). AIP.org. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [12] Greenstein, George; Zajonc, Arthur (2006). The Quantum Challenge: Modern Research on the Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Second edition (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=5t0tm0FB1CsC& pg=PA215). Jones and Bartlett Publishers, Inc. p.215. ISBN0-7637-2470-X. ., [13] probability clouds are approximate, but better than the Bohr model, whereby electron location is given by a probability function, the wave function eigenvalue, such that the probability is the squared modulus of the complex amplitude [14] "Actapress.com" (http:/ / www. actapress. com/ PaperInfo. aspx?PaperID=25988& reason=500). Actapress.com. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [15] Hirshleifer, Jack (2001). The Dark Side of the Force: Economic Foundations of Conflict Theory (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=W2J2IXgiZVgC& pg=PA265). Campbridge University Press. p.265. ISBN0-521-80412-4. ., [16] Dict.cc (http:/ / www. dict. cc/ german-english/ eigen. html) De.pons.eu (http:/ / de. pons. eu/ deutsch-englisch/ eigen) [17] "PHY.olemiss.edu" (http:/ / www. phy. olemiss. edu/ ~luca/ Topics/ qm/ collapse. html). PHY.olemiss.edu. 2010-08-16. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [18] "Farside.ph.utexas.edu" (http:/ / farside. ph. utexas. edu/ teaching/ qmech/ lectures/ node28. html). Farside.ph.utexas.edu. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [19] "Reddit.com" (http:/ / www. reddit. com/ r/ philosophy/ comments/ 8p2qv/ determinism_and_naive_realism/ ). Reddit.com. 2009-06-01. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [20] Michael Trott. "Time-Evolution of a Wavepacket in a Square Well Wolfram Demonstrations Project" (http:/ / demonstrations. wolfram. com/ TimeEvolutionOfAWavepacketInASquareWell/ ). Demonstrations.wolfram.com. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [21] Michael Trott. "Time Evolution of a Wavepacket In a Square Well" (http:/ / demonstrations. wolfram. com/ TimeEvolutionOfAWavepacketInASquareWell/ ). Demonstrations.wolfram.com. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [22] Mathews, Piravonu Mathews; Venkatesan, K. (1976). A Textbook of Quantum Mechanics (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=_qzs1DD3TcsC& pg=PA36). Tata McGraw-Hill. p.36. ISBN0-07-096510-2. ., [23] "Wave Functions and the Schrdinger Equation" (http:/ / physics. ukzn. ac. za/ ~petruccione/ Phys120/ Wave Functions and the Schrdinger Equation. pdf) (PDF). . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [24] "Spaceandmotion.com" (http:/ / www. spaceandmotion. com/ physics-quantum-mechanics-werner-heisenberg. htm). Spaceandmotion.com. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [25] Especially since Werner Heisenberg was awarded the Nobel Prize in Physics in 1932 for the creation of quantum mechanics, the role of Max Born has been obfuscated. A 2005 biography of Born details his role as the creator of the matrix formulation of quantum mechanics. This was recognized in a paper by Heisenberg, in 1940, honoring Max Planck. See: Nancy Thorndike Greenspan, "The End of the Certain World: The Life and Science of Max Born" (Basic Books, 2005), pp. 124 - 128, and 285 - 286. [26] "IF.uj.edu.pl" (http:/ / th-www. if. uj. edu. pl/ acta/ vol19/ pdf/ v19p0683. pdf) (PDF). . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [27] "OCW.ssu.edu" (http:/ / ocw. usu. edu/ physics/ classical-mechanics/ pdf_lectures/ 06. pdf) (PDF). . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [28] "The Nobel Prize in Physics 1979" (http:/ / nobelprize. org/ nobel_prizes/ physics/ laureates/ 1979/ index. html). Nobel Foundation. . Retrieved 2010-02-16. [29] Complex Elliptic Pendulum (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ 1001. 0131), Carl M. Bender, Daniel W. Hook, Karta Kooner [30] "Scribd.com" (http:/ / www. scribd. com/ doc/ 5998949/ Quantum-mechanics-course-iwhatisquantummechanics). Scribd.com. 2008-09-14. . Retrieved 2010-10-15. [31] Philsci-archive.pitt.edu (http:/ / philsci-archive. pitt. edu/ archive/ 00002328/ 01/ handbook. pdf) [32] "Academic.brooklyn.cuny.edu" (http:/ / academic. brooklyn. cuny. edu/ physics/ sobel/ Nucphys/ atomprop. html). Academic.brooklyn.cuny.edu. . Retrieved 2010-10-15.
65
References
The following titles, all by working physicists, attempt to communicate quantum theory to lay people, using a minimum of technical apparatus. Chester, Marvin (1987) Primer of Quantum Mechanics. John Wiley. ISBN 0-486-42878-8 Richard Feynman, 1985. QED: The Strange Theory of Light and Matter, Princeton University Press. ISBN 0-691-08388-6. Four elementary lectures on quantum electrodynamics and quantum field theory, yet containing many insights for the expert. Ghirardi, GianCarlo, 2004. Sneaking a Look at God's Cards, Gerald Malsbary, trans. Princeton Univ. Press. The most technical of the works cited here. Passages using algebra, trigonometry, and bra-ket notation can be passed over on a first reading. N. David Mermin, 1990, "Spooky actions at a distance: mysteries of the QT" in his Boojums all the way through. Cambridge University Press: 110-76. Victor Stenger, 2000. Timeless Reality: Symmetry, Simplicity, and Multiple Universes. Buffalo NY: Prometheus Books. Chpts. 5-8. Includes cosmological and philosophical considerations. More technical: Bryce DeWitt, R. Neill Graham, eds., 1973. The Many-Worlds Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics, Princeton Series in Physics, Princeton University Press. ISBN 0-691-08131-X Dirac, P. A. M. (1930). The Principles of Quantum Mechanics. ISBN0198520115. The beginning chapters make up a very clear and comprehensible introduction. Hugh Everett, 1957, "Relative State Formulation of Quantum Mechanics," Reviews of Modern Physics 29: 454-62. Feynman, Richard P.; Leighton, Robert B.; Sands, Matthew (1965). The Feynman Lectures on Physics. 1-3. Addison-Wesley. ISBN0738200085. Griffiths, David J. (2004). Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2nd ed.). Prentice Hall. ISBN0-13-111892-7. OCLC40251748. A standard undergraduate text. Max Jammer, 1966. The Conceptual Development of Quantum Mechanics. McGraw Hill. Hagen Kleinert, 2004. Path Integrals in Quantum Mechanics, Statistics, Polymer Physics, and Financial Markets, 3rd ed. Singapore: World Scientific. Draft of 4th edition. (http://www.physik.fu-berlin.de/~kleinert/b5)
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 Gunther Ludwig, 1968. Wave Mechanics. London: Pergamon Press. ISBN 0-08-203204-1 George Mackey (2004). The mathematical foundations of quantum mechanics. Dover Publications. ISBN 0-486-43517-2. Albert Messiah, 1966. Quantum Mechanics (Vol. I), English translation from French by G. M. Temmer. North Holland, John Wiley & Sons. Cf. chpt. IV, section III. Omns, Roland (1999). Understanding Quantum Mechanics. Princeton University Press. ISBN0-691-00435-8. OCLC39849482. Scerri, Eric R., 2006. The Periodic Table: Its Story and Its Significance. Oxford University Press. Considers the extent to which chemistry and the periodic system have been reduced to quantum mechanics. ISBN 0-19-530573-6 Transnational College of Lex (1996). What is Quantum Mechanics? A Physics Adventure. Language Research Foundation, Boston. ISBN0-9643504-1-6. OCLC34661512. von Neumann, John (1955). Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. Princeton University Press. ISBN0691028931. Hermann Weyl, 1950. The Theory of Groups and Quantum Mechanics, Dover Publications. D. Greenberger, K. Hentschel, F. Weinert, eds., 2009. Compendium of quantum physics, Concepts, experiments, history and philosophy, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.
66
Further reading
Bernstein, Jeremy (2009). Quantum Leaps (http://books.google.com/books?id=j0Me3brYOL0C& printsec=frontcover). Cambridge, Massachusetts: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press. ISBN9780674035416. Bohm, David (1989). Quantum Theory. Dover Publications. ISBN0-486-65969-0. Eisberg, Robert; Resnick, Robert (1985). Quantum Physics of Atoms, Molecules, Solids, Nuclei, and Particles (2nd ed.). Wiley. ISBN0-471-87373-X. Liboff, Richard L. (2002). Introductory Quantum Mechanics. Addison-Wesley. ISBN0-8053-8714-5. Merzbacher, Eugen (1998). Quantum Mechanics. Wiley, John & Sons, Inc. ISBN0-471-88702-1. Sakurai, J. J. (1994). Modern Quantum Mechanics. Addison Wesley. ISBN0-201-53929-2. Shankar, R. (1994). Principles of Quantum Mechanics. Springer. ISBN0-306-44790-8.
External links
A foundation approach to quantum Theory that does not rely on wave-particle duality. (http://www.mesacc. edu/~kevinlg/i256/QM_basics.pdf) The Modern Revolution in Physics (http://www.lightandmatter.com/lm/) - an online textbook. J. O'Connor and E. F. Robertson: A history of quantum mechanics. (http://www-history.mcs.st-andrews.ac.uk/ history/HistTopics/The_Quantum_age_begins.html) Introduction to Quantum Theory at Quantiki. (http://www.quantiki.org/wiki/index.php/ Introduction_to_Quantum_Theory) Quantum Physics Made Relatively Simple (http://bethe.cornell.edu/): three video lectures by Hans Bethe H is for h-bar. (http://www.nonlocal.com/hbar/) Quantum Mechanics Books Collection (http://www.freebookcentre.net/Physics/Quantum-Mechanics-Books. html): Collection of free books Course material Doron Cohen: Lecture notes in Quantum Mechanics (comprehensive, with advanced topics). (http://arxiv.org/ abs/quant-ph/0605180) MIT OpenCourseWare: Chemistry (http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Chemistry/index.htm).
Quantum Mechanics after 1925 MIT OpenCourseWare: Physics (http://ocw.mit.edu/OcwWeb/Physics/index.htm). See 8.04 (http://ocw. mit.edu/OcwWeb/Physics/8-04Spring-2006/CourseHome/index.htm) Stanford Continuing Education PHY 25: Quantum Mechanics (http://www.youtube.com/stanford#g/c/ 84C10A9CB1D13841) by Leonard Susskind, see course description (http://continuingstudies.stanford.edu/ courses/course.php?cid=20072_PHY 25) Fall 2007 5 Examples in Quantum Mechanics (http://www.physics.csbsju.edu/QM/) Imperial College Quantum Mechanics Course. (http://www.imperial.ac.uk/quantuminformation/qi/tutorials) Spark Notes - Quantum Physics. (http://www.sparknotes.com/testprep/books/sat2/physics/ chapter19section3.rhtml) Quantum Physics Online : interactive introduction to quantum mechanics (RS applets). (http://www. quantum-physics.polytechnique.fr/) Experiments to the foundations of quantum physics with single photons. (http://www.didaktik.physik. uni-erlangen.de/quantumlab/english/index.html) Motion Mountain, Volume IV (http://www.motionmountain.net/download.html) - A modern introduction to quantum theory, with several animations. AQME (http://www.nanohub.org/topics/AQME) : Advancing Quantum Mechanics for Engineers by T.Barzso, D.Vasileska and G.Klimeck online learning resource with simulation tools on nanohub Quantum Mechanics (http://www.lsr.ph.ic.ac.uk/~plenio/lecture.pdf) by Martin Plenio Quantum Mechanics (http://farside.ph.utexas.edu/teaching/qm/389.pdf) by Richard Fitzpatrick Online course on Quantum Transport (http://nanohub.org/resources/2039) FAQs Many-worlds or relative-state interpretation. (http://www.hedweb.com/manworld.htm) Measurement in Quantum mechanics. (http://www.mtnmath.com/faq/meas-qm.html) Media Lectures on Quantum Mechanics by Leonard Susskind (http://www.youtube.com/ view_play_list?p=84C10A9CB1D13841) Everything you wanted to know about the quantum world (http://www.newscientist.com/channel/ fundamentals/quantum-world) archive of articles from New Scientist. Quantum Physics Research (http://www.sciencedaily.com/news/matter_energy/quantum_physics/) from Science Daily Overbye, Dennis (December 27, 2005). "Quantum Trickery: Testing Einstein's Strangest Theory" (http://www. nytimes.com/2005/12/27/science/27eins.html?ex=1293339600&en=caf5d835203c3500&ei=5090). The New York Times. Retrieved April 12, 2010. Audio: Astronomy Cast (http://www.astronomycast.com/physics/ep-138-quantum-mechanics/) Quantum Mechanics June 2009. Fraser Cain interviews Pamela L. Gay. Philosophy "Quantum Mechanics" (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm) entry by Jenann Ismael. in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy "Measurement in Quantum Theory" (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm) entry by Henry Krips. in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy
67
68
Historical background
The definition of terms used by researchers in quantum theory (such as wavefunctions and matrix mechanics) progressed through many stages. For instance, Schrdinger originally viewed the wavefunction associated with the electron as corresponding to the charge density of an object smeared out over an extended, possibly infinite, volume of space. Max Born interpreted it as simply corresponding to a probability distribution. These are two different interpretations of the wavefunction. In one it corresponds to a material field; in the other it corresponds to a probability distribution specifically, the probability that the quantum of charge is located at any particular point within spatial dimensions. The Copenhagen interpretation was traditionally the most popular among physicists, next to a purely instrumentalist position that denies any need for explanation (a view expressed in David Mermin's famous quote "shut up and calculate", often misattributed to Richard Feynman.[1] ) However, the many-worlds interpretation has been gaining acceptance;[2] a poll mentioned in "The Physics of Immortality" (published in 1994), of 72 "leading cosmologists and other quantum field theorists" found that 58% supported the many-worlds interpretation, including Stephen Hawking and Nobel laureates Murray Gell-Mann and Richard Feynman.[3] Moreover, the instrumentalist position has been challenged by proposals for falsifiable experiments that might one day distinguish interpretations, e.g. by measuring an AI consciousness[4] or via quantum computing.[5]
Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics Some approaches tend to avoid giving any interpretation of phenomena or formalism. These can be described as instrumentalist. Other approaches suggest modifications to the formalism, and are therefore, strictly speaking, alternative theories rather than interpretations. In some cases, for instance Bohmian mechanics, it is open to debate as to whether an approach is equivalent to the standard formalism.
69
Problems of Interpretation
The difficulties of interpretation reflect a number of points about the orthodox description of quantum mechanics, including: 1. The abstract, mathematical nature of that description. 2. The existence of what appear to be non-deterministic and irreversible processes. 3. The phenomenon of entanglement, and in particular the correlations between remote events that are not expected in classical theory. 4. The complementarity of the proffered descriptions of reality. 5. The role played by observers and the process of measurement. 6. The rapid rate at which quantum descriptions become more complicated as the size of a system increases. Firstly, the accepted mathematical structure of quantum mechanics is based on fairly abstract mathematics, such as Hilbert spaces and operators on those spaces. In classical mechanics and electromagnetism, on the other hand, properties of a point mass or properties of a field are described by real numbers or functions defined on two or three dimensional sets. These have direct, spatial meaning, and in these theories there seems to be less need to provide special interpretation for those numbers or functions. Furthermore, the process of measurement may play an essential role in quantum theory - a hotly contested point. The world around us seems to be in a specific state, but quantum mechanics describes it by wave functions that govern the probability of all values. In general, the wave-function assigns non-zero probabilities to all possible values of any given physical quantity, such as position. How, then, do we see a particle in a specific position when its wave function is spread across all space? In order to describe how specific outcomes arise from the probabilities, the direct interpretation introduced the concept of measurement. According to the theory, wave functions interact with each other and evolve in time in accordance with the laws of quantum mechanics until a measurement is performed, at which point the system takes on one of its possible values, with a probability that's governed by the wave-function. Measurement can interact with the system state in somewhat peculiar ways, as is illustrated by the double-slit experiment. Thus the mathematical formalism used to describe the time evolution of a non-relativistic system proposes two opposed kinds of transformation: Reversible transformations described by unitary operators on the state space. These transformations are determined by solutions to the Schrdinger equation. Non-reversible and unpredictable transformations described by mathematically more complicated transformations (see quantum operations). Examples include the transformations undergone by a system as a result of measurement. A solution to the problem of interpretation consists in providing some form of plausible picture, by resolving the second kind of transformation. This can be achieved by purely mathematical solutions, as offered by the many-worlds or the consistent histories interpretations. In addition to the unpredictable and irreversible character of measurement processes, there are other elements of quantum physics that distinguish it sharply from classical physics and which are not present in any classical theory. One of these is the phenomenon of entanglement, as illustrated in the EPR paradox, which seemingly violates principles of local causality.[6]
Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics Another obstruction to interpretation is the phenomenon of complementarity, which seems to violate basic principles of propositional logic. Complementarity says there is no logical picture (one obeying classical propositional logic) that can simultaneously describe and be used to reason about all properties of a quantum system S. This is often phrased by saying that there are "complementary" propositions A and B that can each describe S, but not at the same time. Examples of A and B are propositions using a wave description of S and a corpuscular description of S. The latter statement is one part of Niels Bohr's original formulation, which is often equated to the principle of complementarity itself. Complementarity does not usually imply that it is classical logic which is at fault (although Hilary Putnam did take that view in his paper "Is logic empirical?"). Rather, complementarity means that the composition of physical properties for S (such as position and momentum both having values within certain ranges), using propositional connectives, does not obey the rules of classical propositional logic (see also Quantum logic). As is now well-known (Omns, 1999) the "origin of complementarity lies in the non-commutativity of [the] operators" that describe observables (i.e. particles) in quantum mechanics. Because the complexity of a quantum system is exponential in its number of degrees of freedom, it is difficult to overlap the quantum and classical descriptions to see how the classical approximations are being made.
70
Instrumentalist interpretation
Any modern scientific theory requires at the very least an instrumentalist description that relates the mathematical formalism to experimental practice and prediction. In the case of quantum mechanics, the most common instrumentalist description is an assertion of statistical regularity between state preparation processes and measurement processes. That is, if a measurement of a real-value quantity is performed many times, each time starting with the same initial conditions, the outcome is a well-defined probability distribution agreeing with the real numbers; moreover, quantum mechanics provides a computational instrument to determine statistical properties of this distribution, such as its expectation value. Calculations for measurements performed on a system S postulate a Hilbert space H over the complex numbers. When the system S is prepared in a pure state, it is associated with a vector in H. Measurable quantities are associated with Hermitian operators acting on H: these are referred to as observables. Repeated measurement of an observable A where S is prepared in state yields a distribution of values. The expectation value of this distribution is given by the expression
This mathematical machinery gives a simple, direct way to compute a statistical property of the outcome of an experiment, once it is understood how to associate the initial state with a Hilbert space vector, and the measured quantity with an observable (that is, a specific Hermitian operator).
Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics As an example of such a computation, the probability of finding the system in a given state computing the expectation value of a (rank-1) projection operator The probability is then the non-negative real number given by is given by
71
By abuse of language, a bare instrumentalist description could be referred to as an interpretation, although this usage is somewhat misleading since instrumentalism explicitly avoids any explanatory role; that is, it does not attempt to answer the question why?
Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics interpretation is deterministic or not, as there may not be a clear choice of a time parameter. Moreover, a given theory may have two interpretations, one of which is deterministic and the other not. Local realism has two aspects: The value returned by a measurement corresponds to the value of some function in the state space. In other words, that value is an element of reality; The effects of measurement have a propagation speed not exceeding some universal limit (e.g. the speed of light). In order for this to make sense, measurement operations in the interpreting structure must be localized. A precise formulation of local realism in terms of a local hidden variable theory was proposed by John Bell. Bell's theorem, combined with experimental testing, restricts the kinds of properties a quantum theory can have. For instance, Bell's theorem implies that quantum mechanics cannot satisfy local realism.
72
Many worlds
The many-worlds interpretation is an interpretation of quantum mechanics in which a universal wavefunction obeys the same deterministic, reversible laws at all times; in particular there is no (indeterministic and irreversible) wavefunction collapse associated with measurement. The phenomena associated with measurement are claimed to be explained by decoherence, which occurs when states interact with the environment producing entanglement, repeatedly splitting the universe into mutually unobservable alternate historiesdistinct universes within a greater multiverse.
Consistent histories
The consistent histories interpretation generalizes the conventional Copenhagen interpretation and attempts to provide a natural interpretation of quantum cosmology. The theory is based on a consistency criterion that allows the history of a system to be described so that the probabilities for each history obey the additive rules of classical probability. It is claimed to be consistent with the Schrdinger equation. According to this interpretation, the purpose of a quantum-mechanical theory is to predict the relative probabilities of various alternative histories (for example, of a particle).
Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics The attempt to conceive the quantum-theoretical description as the complete description of the individual systems leads to unnatural theoretical interpretations, which become immediately unnecessary if one accepts the interpretation that the description refers to ensembles of systems and not to individual systems. Einstein in Albert Einstein: Philosopher-Scientist, ed. P.A. Schilpp (Harper & Row, New York) The most prominent current advocate of the ensemble interpretation is Leslie E. Ballentine, Professor at Simon Fraser University, author of the graduate level text book Quantum Mechanics, A Modern Development. An experiment illustrating the ensemble interpretation is provided in Akira Tonomura's Video clip 1 .[9] It is evident from this double-slit experiment with an ensemble of individual electrons that, since the quantum mechanical wave function (absolutely squared) describes the completed interference pattern, it must describe an ensemble.
73
de BroglieBohm theory
The de BroglieBohm theory of quantum mechanics is a theory by Louis de Broglie and extended later by David Bohm to include measurements. Particles, which always have positions, are guided by the wavefunction. The wavefunction evolves according to the Schrdinger wave equation, and the wavefunction never collapses. The theory takes place in a single space-time, is non-local, and is deterministic. The simultaneous determination of a particle's position and velocity is subject to the usual uncertainty principle constraint. The theory is considered to be a hidden variable theory, and by embracing non-locality it satisfies Bell's inequality. The measurement problem is resolved, since the particles have definite positions at all times.[10] Collapse is explained as phenomenological.[11]
Transactional interpretation
The transactional interpretation of quantum mechanics (TIQM) by John G. Cramer is an interpretation of quantum mechanics inspired by the WheelerFeynman absorber theory.[16] It describes quantum interactions in terms of a standing wave formed by retarded (forward-in-time) and advanced (backward-in-time) waves. The author argues that it avoids the philosophical problems with the Copenhagen interpretation and the role of the observer, and resolves various quantum paradoxes.
74
Stochastic mechanics
An entirely classical derivation and interpretation of Schrdinger's wave equation by analogy with Brownian motion was suggested by Princeton University professor Edward Nelson in 1966.[17] Similar considerations had previously been published, for example by R. Frth (1933), I. Fnyes (1952), and Walter Weizel (1953), and are referenced in Nelson's paper. More recent work on the stochastic interpretation has been done by M. Pavon.[18] An alternative stochastic interpretation was developed by Roumen Tsekov.[19]
Many minds
The many-minds interpretation of quantum mechanics extends the many-worlds interpretation by proposing that the distinction between worlds should be made at the level of the mind of an individual observer.
Quantum logic
Quantum logic can be regarded as a kind of propositional logic suitable for understanding the apparent anomalies regarding quantum measurement, most notably those concerning composition of measurement operations of complementary variables. This research area and its name originated in the 1936 paper by Garrett Birkhoff and John
Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics von Neumann, who attempted to reconcile some of the apparent inconsistencies of classical boolean logic with the facts related to measurement and observation in quantum mechanics.
75
Time-symmetric theories
Several theories have been proposed which modify the equations of quantum mechanics to be symmetric with respect to time reversal.[28] [29] [30] This creates retrocausality: events in the future can affect ones in the past, exactly as events in the past can affect ones in the future. In these theories, a single measurement cannot fully determine the state of a system (making them a type of hidden variables theory), but given two measurements performed at different times, it is possible to calculate the exact state of the system at all intermediate times. The collapse of the wavefunction is therefore not a physical change to the system, just a change in our knowledge of it due to the second measurement. Similarly, they explain entanglement as not being a true physical state but just an illusion created by ignoring retrocausality. The point where two particles appear to "become entangled" is simply a point where each particle is being influenced by events that occur to the other particle in the future.
Other interpretations
As well as the mainstream interpretations discussed above, a number of other interpretations have been proposed which have not made a significant scientific impact. These range from proposals by mainstream physicists to the more occult ideas of quantum mysticism.
Comparison
The most common interpretations are summarized in the table below. The values shown in the cells of the table are not without controversy, for the precise meanings of some of the concepts involved are unclear and, in fact, are themselves at the center of the controversy surrounding the given interpretation. No experimental evidence exists that distinguishes among these interpretations. To that extent, the physical theory stands, and is consistent with itself and with reality; difficulties arise only when one attempts to "interpret" the theory. Nevertheless, designing experiments which would test the various interpretations is the subject of active research. Most of these interpretations have variants. For example, it is difficult to get a precise definition of the Copenhagen interpretation as it was developed and argued about by many people.
76
Interpretation
Author(s)
Ensemble interpretation Copenhagen interpretation de Broglie-Bohm theory von Neumann interpretation Quantum logic Many-worlds interpretation
Niels Bohr, Werner Heisenberg, 1927 Louis de Broglie, 1927, David Bohm, 1952
No
No1 Yes3
Yes
No
Yes2 No
None
No
No
Yes
Yes4
Yes
None
No
Yes
von Neumann, 1932, Wheeler, Wigner Garrett Birkhoff, 1936 Hugh Everett, 1957
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Causal
No
No
Agnostic Yes
Agnostic Yes
Yes5 No
No No
No No
Popper's Karl Popper, 1957 [31] interpretation Time-symmetric theories Stochastic interpretation Many-minds interpretation Consistent histories
[32]
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
None
Yes
Yes13
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
None
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Agnostic8 No
Agnostic8 Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Objective Ghirardi-Rimini-Weber, collapse theories 1986 Transactional interpretation Relational interpretation John G. Cramer, 1986
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes9 Yes11
None
No
No
No
Yes
Agnostic10
No
Intrinsic12
Yes
No
According to Bohr, the concept of a physical state independent of the conditions of its experimental observation does not have a well-defined meaning. According to Heisenberg the wavefunction represents a probability, but not an objective reality itself in space and time. 2 According to the Copenhagen interpretation, the wavefunction collapses when a measurement is performed. 3 Both particle AND guiding wavefunction are real. 4 Unique particle history, but multiple wave histories. 5 But quantum logic is more limited in applicability than Coherent Histories. 6 Quantum mechanics is regarded as a way of predicting observations, or a theory of measurement. 7 Observers separate the universal wavefunction into orthogonal sets of experiences. 8 If wavefunction is real then this becomes the many-worlds interpretation. If wavefunction less than real, but more than just information, then Zurek calls this the "existential interpretation". 9 In the TI the collapse of the state vector is interpreted as the completion of the transaction between emitter and absorber. 10 Comparing histories between systems in this interpretation has no well-defined meaning. 11 Any physical interaction is treated as a collapse event relative to the systems involved, not just macroscopic or conscious observers.
77
The state of the system is observer-dependent, i.e., the state is specific to the reference frame of the observer. Caused by the fact that Popper holds both CFD and locality to be true, it is under dispute whether Popper's interpretation can really be considered an interpretation of Quantum Mechanics (which is what Popper claimed) or whether it must be considered a modification of Quantum Mechanics (which is what many Physicists claim), and, in case of the latter, if this modification has been empirically refuted or not. Popper exchanged many long letters with Einstein, Bell etc. about the issue.
Sources
Bub, J. and Clifton, R. 1996. A uniqueness theorem for interpretations of quantum mechanics, Studies in History and Philosophy of Modern Physics 27B: 181-219 Rudolf Carnap, 1939, "The interpretation of physics," in Foundations of Logic and Mathematics of the International Encyclopedia of Unified Science. University of Chicago Press. Dickson, M., 1994, "Wavefunction tails in the modal interpretation" in Hull, D., Forbes, M., and Burian, R., eds., Proceedings of the PSA 1" 36676. East Lansing, Michigan: Philosophy of Science Association. --------, and Clifton, R., 1998, "Lorentz-invariance in modal interpretations" in Dieks, D. and Vermaas, P., eds., The Modal Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers: 948. Fuchs, Christopher, 2002, "Quantum Mechanics as Quantum Information (and only a little more)." arXiv:quant-ph/0205039 -------- and A. Peres, 2000, "Quantum theory needs no interpretation," Physics Today. Herbert, N., 1985. Quantum Reality: Beyond the New Physics. New York: Doubleday. ISBN 0-385-23569-0. Hey, Anthony, and Walters, P., 2003. The New Quantum Universe, 2nd ed. Cambridge Univ. Press. ISBN 0-5215-6457-3. Roman Jackiw and D. Kleppner, 2000, "One Hundred Years of Quantum Physics," Science 289(5481): 893. Max Jammer, 1966. The Conceptual Development of Quantum Mechanics. McGraw-Hill. --------, 1974. The Philosophy of Quantum Mechanics. Wiley & Sons. Al-Khalili, 2003. Quantum: A Guide for the Perplexed. London: Weidenfeld & Nicholson. de Muynck, W. M., 2002. Foundations of quantum mechanics, an empiricist approach. Dordrecht: Kluwer Academic Publishers. ISBN 1-4020-0932-1.[33] Roland Omns, 1999. Understanding Quantum Mechanics. Princeton Univ. Press. Karl Popper, 1963. Conjectures and Refutations. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. The chapter "Three views Concerning Human Knowledge" addresses, among other things, instrumentalism in the physical sciences. Hans Reichenbach, 1944. Philosophic Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. Univ. of California Press. Max Tegmark and J. A. Wheeler, 2001, "100 Years of Quantum Mysteries," Scientific American 284: 68. Bas van Fraassen, 1972, "A formal approach to the philosophy of science," in R. Colodny, ed., Paradigms and Paradoxes: The Philosophical Challenge of the Quantum Domain. Univ. of Pittsburgh Press: 303-66. John A. Wheeler and Wojciech Hubert Zurek (eds), Quantum Theory and Measurement, Princeton: Princeton University Press, ISBN 0-691-08316-9, LoC QC174.125.Q38 1983.
78
References
[1] For a discussion of the provenance of the phrase "shut up and calculate", see (http:/ / scitation. aip. org/ journals/ doc/ PHTOAD-ft/ vol_57/ iss_5/ 10_1. shtml) [2] Vaidman, L. (2002, March 24). Many-Worlds Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics. Retrieved March 19, 2010, from Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy: http:/ / plato. stanford. edu/ entries/ qm-manyworlds/ #Teg98 [3] "Who believes in many-worlds?" (http:/ / www. hedweb. com/ everett/ everett. htm#believes). Hedweb.com. . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [4] Quantum theory as a universal physical theory, by David Deutsch, International Journal of Theoretical Physics, Vol 24 #1 (1985) [5] Three connections between Everett's interpretation and experiment Quantum Concepts of Space and Time, by David Deutsch, Oxford University Press (1986) [6] La nouvelle cuisine, by John S. Bell, last article of Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics, second edition. [7] A. Einstein, B. Podolsky and N. Rosen, 1935, "Can quantum-mechanical description of physical reality be considered complete?" Phys. Rev. 47: 777. [8] http:/ / www. naturalthinker. net/ trl/ texts/ Heisenberg,Werner/ Heisenberg,%20Werner%20-%20Physics%20and%20philosophy. pdf [9] "An experiment illustrating the ensemble interpretation" (http:/ / www. hitachi. com/ rd/ research/ em/ doubleslit. html). Hitachi.com. . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [10] Why Bohm's Theory Solves the Measurement Problem by T. Maudlin, Philosophy of Science 62, pp. 479-483 (September, 1995). [11] Bohmian Mechanics as the Foundation of Quantum Mechanics by D. Durr, N. Zanghi, and S. Goldstein in Bohmian Mechanics and Quantum Theory: An Appraisal, edited by J.T. Cushing, A. Fine, and S. Goldstein, Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science 184, 21-44 (Kluwer, 1996) 1997 arXiv:quant-ph/9511016 [12] "Relational Quantum Mechanics (Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy)" (http:/ / plato. stanford. edu/ entries/ qm-relational/ ). Plato.stanford.edu. . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [13] For more information, see Carlo Rovelli (1996). "Relational Quantum Mechanics". International Journal of Theoretical Physics 35 (8): 1637. arXiv:quant-ph/9609002. Bibcode1996IJTP...35.1637R. doi:10.1007/BF02302261. [14] David Bohm, The Special Theory of Relativity, Benjamin, New York, 1965 [15] (http:/ / www. quantum-relativity. org/ Quantum-Relativity. pdf). For a full account (http:/ / www. quantum-relativity. org/ Quantum_Optics_as_a_Relativistic_Theory_of_Light. pdf), see Q. Zheng and T. Kobayashi, 1996, "Quantum Optics as a Relativistic Theory of Light," Physics Essays 9: 447. Annual Report, Department of Physics, School of Science, University of Tokyo (1992) 240. [16] "Quantum Nocality - Cramer" (http:/ / www. npl. washington. edu/ npl/ int_rep/ qm_nl. html). Npl.washington.edu. . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [17] Nelson,E. (1966) Derivation of the Schrdinger Equation from Newtonian Mechanics, Phys. Rev. 150, 1079-1085 [18] M. Pavon, Stochastic mechanics and the Feynman integral, J. Math. Phys. 41, 6060-6078 (2000) [19] Roumen Tsekov (2009). "Bohmian Mechanics versus Madelung Quantum Hydrodynamics". arXiv:0904.0723[quant-ph]. [20] "Frigg, R. GRW theory" (http:/ / www. romanfrigg. org/ writings/ GRW Theory. pdf) (PDF). . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [21] "Review of Penrose's Shadows of the Mind" (http:/ / www. thymos. com/ mind/ penrose. html). Thymos.com. . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [22] von Neumann, John. (1932/1955). Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics. Princeton: Princeton University Press. Translated by Robert T. Beyer. [23] Zvi Schreiber (1995). "The Nine Lives of Schroedinger's Cat". arXiv:quant-ph/9501014[quant-ph]. [24] Dick J. Bierman and Stephen Whitmarsh. (2006). Consciousness and Quantum Physics: Empirical Research on the Subjective Reduction of the State Vector. in Jack A. Tuszynski (Ed). The Emerging Physics of Consciousness. p. 27-48. [25] C. M. H. Nunn et. al. (1994). Collapse of a Quantum Field may Affect Brain Function. Journal of Consciousness Studies. 1(1):127-139. [26] "- The anthropic universe" (http:/ / www. abc. net. au/ rn/ scienceshow/ stories/ 2006/ 1572643. htm). Abc.net.au. 2006-02-18. . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [27] "Modal Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics (Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy)" (http:/ / www. science. uva. nl/ ~seop/ entries/ qm-modal/ ). Science.uva.nl. . Retrieved 2011-01-24. [28] Aharonov, Y. and Vaidman, L. "On the Two-State Vector Reformulation of Quantum Mechanics." Physica Scripta, Volume T76, pp. 85-92 (1998). [29] Wharton, K. B. "Time-Symmetric Quantum Mechanics." Foundations of Physics, 37(1), pp. 159-168 (2007). [30] Wharton, K. B. "A Novel Interpretation of the Klein-Gordon Equation." Foundations of Physics, 40(3), pp. 313-332 (2010). [31] Marie-Christine Combourieu: Karl R. Popper, 1992: About the EPR controversy. Foundations of Physics 22:10, 1303-1323 [32] Karl Popper: The Propensity Interpretation of the Calculus of Probability and of the Quantum Theory. Observation and Interpretation. Buttersworth Scientific Publications, Korner & Price (eds.) 1957. pp 6570. [33] de Muynck, Willem M (2002). Foundations of quantum mechanics: an empiricist approach (http:/ / books. google. com/ ?id=k3rUe8XVjJUC& printsec=frontcover& dq=an+ empiricist+ approach#v=onepage& q=& f=false). Klower Academic Publishers. ISBN1402009321. . Retrieved 2011-01-24.
79
Further reading
Almost all authors below are professional physicists. David Z Albert, 1992. Quantum Mechanics and Experience. Harvard Univ. Press. ISBN 0674741129. John S. Bell, 1987. Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics. Cambridge Univ. Press, ISBN 0-521-36869-3. The 2004 edition (ISBN 0-521-52338-9) includes two additional papers and an introduction by Alain Aspect. Dmitrii Ivanovich Blokhintsev, 1968. The Philosophy of Quantum Mechanics. D. Reidel Publishing Company. ISBN 9027701059. David Bohm, 1980. Wholeness and the Implicate Order. London: Routledge. ISBN 0-7100-0971-2. Adan Cabello (15 November 2004). "Bibliographic guide to the foundations of quantum mechanics and quantum information". arXiv:quant-ph/0012089[quant-ph]. David Deutsch, 1997. The Fabric of Reality. London: Allen Lane. ISBN 014027541X; ISBN 0713990619. Argues forcefully against instrumentalism. For general readers. Bernard d'Espagnat, 1976. Conceptual Foundation of Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed. Addison Wesley. ISBN 081334087X. --------, 1983. In Search of Reality. Springer. ISBN 0387113991. --------, 2003. Veiled Reality: An Analysis of Quantum Mechanical Concepts. Westview Press. --------, 2006. On Physics and Philosophy. Princeton Univ. Press. Arthur Fine, 1986. The Shaky Game: Einstein Realism and the Quantum Theory. Science and its Conceptual Foundations. Univ. of Chicago Press. ISBN 0226249484. Ghirardi, Giancarlo, 2004. Sneaking a Look at Gods Cards. Princeton Univ. Press. Gregg Jaeger (2009) Entanglement, Information, and the Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics. (http://www. springer.com/physics/quantum+physics/book/978-3-540-92127-1) Springer. ISBN 9783540921271. N. David Mermin (1990) Boojums all the way through. (http://www.cambridge.org/catalogue/catalogue. asp?isbn=0521388805) Cambridge Univ. Press. ISBN 0521388805. Roland Omnes, 1994. The Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics. Princeton Univ. Press. ISBN 0691036691. --------, 1999. Understanding Quantum Mechanics. Princeton Univ. Press. --------, 1999. Quantum Philosophy: Understanding and Interpreting Contemporary Science. Princeton Univ. Press. Roger Penrose, 1989. The Emperor's New Mind. Oxford Univ. Press. ISBN 0-198-51973-7. Especially chpt. 6. --------, 1994. Shadows of the Mind. Oxford Univ. Press. ISBN 0-19-853978-9. --------, 2004. The Road to Reality. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. Argues that quantum theory is incomplete.
External links
Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy: " Bohmian mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-bohm/)" by Sheldon Goldstein. " Collapse Theories. (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-collapse/)" by Giancarlo Ghirardi. " Copenhagen Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-copenhagen/)" by Jan Faye. " Everett's Relative State Formulation of Quantum Mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-everett/ )" by Jeffrey Barrett. " Many-Worlds Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-manyworlds/)" by Lev Vaidman. " Modal Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-modal/)" by Michael Dickson and Dennis Dieks. " Quantum Entanglement and Information (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qt-entangle/)" by Jeffrey Bub.
Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics " Quantum mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm/)" by Jenann Ismael. " Relational Quantum Mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-relational/)" by Federico Laudisa and Carlo Rovelli. " The Role of Decoherence in Quantum Mechanics (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qm-decoherence/)" by Guido Bacciagaluppi. Willem M. de Muynck, Broad overview (http://www.phys.tue.nl/ktn/Wim/muynck.htm#quantum) of the realist vs. empiricist interpretations, against oversimplified view of the measurement process. Schreiber, Z., " The Nine Lives of Schrodinger's Cat. (http://arxiv.org/abs/quant-ph/9501014)" Overview of competing interpretations. Interpretations of quantum mechanics on arxiv.org. (http://xstructure.inr.ac.ru/x-bin/subthemes3. py?level=2&index1=362483&skip=0) The many worlds of quantum mechanics. (http://www.johnsankey.ca/qm.html) Erich Joos' Decoherence Website. (http://www.decoherence.de/) Quantum Mechanics for Philosophers. (http://home.sprynet.com/~owl1/qm.htm) Argues for the superiority of the Bohm interpretation. Hidden Variables in Quantum Theory: The Hidden Cultural Variables of their Rejection. (http://www. miguel-montenegro.com/Hidden_cultural_variables.htm)
80
Numerous Many Worlds-related Topics and Articles. (http://www.station1.net/DouglasJones/many.htm) Relational Approach to Quantum Physics. (http://www.quantum-relativity.org/) Theory of incomplete measurements. (http://cc3d.free.fr/tim.pdf) Deriving quantum mechanics axioms from properties of acceptable measurements. Alfred Neumaier's FAQ. (http://www.mat.univie.ac.at/~neum/physics-faq.txt) Measurement in Quantum Mechanics FAQ. (http://www.mtnmath.com/faq/meas-qm.html)
The Copenhagen Interpretation mathematical operations. In substance, it attempts to answer the question, "What do these amazing experimental results really mean?" The concept that quantum mechanics does not yield an objective description of microscopic reality but deals only with probabilities, and that measurement plays an ineradicable role, is the most significant characteristic of the Copenhagen interpretation. One consequence of this, derived by Heisenberg, is that knowledge of the position of a particle limits how accurately its momentum can be knownand vice versa.
81
Background
Early twentieth-century experiments on the physics of very small-scale phenomena led to the discovery of phenomena which could not be predicted on the basis of classical physics, and to new models (theories) that described and predicted very accurately these micro-scale phenomena. These models of the real world, being observed at this micro scale, could not easily be reconciled with the way objects are observed to behave on the macro scale of everyday life. The predictions they offered often appeared counter-intuitive to observers. Indeed, they touched off much consternationeven in the minds of their discoverers.
Overview
Because it consists of the views developed by a number of scientists and philosophers during the second quarter of the 20th Century, there is no definitive statement of the Copenhagen Interpretation.[2] Thus, various ideas have been associated with it; Asher Peres remarked that very different, sometimes opposite, views are presented as "the Copenhagen interpretation" by different authors.[3]
Principles
1. A system is completely described by a wave function , representing an observer's subjective knowledge of the system. (Heisenberg) 2. The description of nature is essentially probabilistic, with the probability of an event related to the square of the amplitude of the wave function related to it. (The Born rule, after Max Born) 3. It is not possible to know the value of all the properties of the system at the same time; those properties that are not known with precision must be described by probabilities. (Heisenberg's uncertainty principle) 4. Matter exhibits a waveparticle duality. An experiment can show the particle-like properties of matter, or the wave-like properties; in some experiments both of these complementary viewpoints must be invoked to explain the results, according to the complementarity principle of Niels Bohr. 5. Measuring devices are essentially classical devices, and measure only classical properties such as position and momentum. 6. The quantum mechanical description of large systems will closely approximate the classical description. (The correspondence principle of Bohr and Heisenberg.)
The Copenhagen Interpretation at different times. Heisenberg in particular was prompted to move towards realism.[4] Even if the wave function is not regarded as real, there is still a divide between those who treat it as definitely and entirely subjective, and those who are non-committal or agnostic about the subject. An example of the agnostic view is given by Carl Friedrich von Weizscker, who, while participating in a colloquium at Cambridge, denied that the Copenhagen interpretation asserted: "What cannot be observed does not exist." He suggested instead that the Copenhagen interpretation follows the principle: "What is observed certainly exists; about what is not observed we are still free to make suitable assumptions. We use that freedom to avoid paradoxes."[5]
82
Nature of collapse
All versions of the Copenhagen interpretation include at least a formal or methodological version of wave function collapse,[6] in which unobserved eigenvalues are removed from further consideration. (In other words, Copenhagenists have always made the assumption of collapse, even in the early days of quantum physics, in the way that adherents of the Many-worlds interpretation have not.) In more prosaic terms, those who hold to the Copenhagen understanding are willing to say that a wave function involves the various probabilities that a given event will proceed to certain different outcomes. But when one or another of those more- or less-likely outcomes becomes manifest the other probabilities cease to have any function in the real world. So if an electron passes through a double slit apparatus there are various probabilities for where on the detection screen that individual electron will hit. But once it has hit, there is no longer any probability whatsoever that it will hit somewhere else. Many-worlds interpretations say that an electron hits wherever there is a possibility that it might hit, and that each of these hits occurs in a separate universe. An adherent of the subjective view, that the wave function represents nothing but knowledge, would take an equally subjective view of "collapse". Some argue that the concept of the collapse of a "real" wave function was introduced by Heisenberg and later developed by John Von Neumann in 1932.[7]
Consequences
The nature of the Copenhagen Interpretation is exposed by considering a number of experiments and paradoxes. 1. Schrdinger's Cat This thought experiment highlights the implications that accepting uncertainty at the microscopic level has on macroscopic objects. A cat is put in a sealed box, with its life or death made dependent on the state of a subatomic particle. Thus a description of the cat during the course of the experimenthaving been entangled with the state of a subatomic particlebecomes a "blur" of "living and dead cat." But this can't be accurate because it implies the cat is actually both dead and alive until the box is opened to check on it. But the cat, if he survives, will only remember being alive. Schrdinger resists "so naively accepting as valid a 'blurred model' for representing reality."[11] How can the cat be both alive and dead? The Copenhagen Interpretation: The wave function reflects our knowledge of the system. The wave function means that, once the cat is observed, there is a 50% chance it will be dead, and
The Copenhagen Interpretation 50% chance it will be alive. 2. Wigner's Friend Wigner puts his friend in with the cat. The external observer believes the system is in the state . His friend however is convinced that cat is alive, i.e. for him, the cat is in the state . How can Wigner and his friend see different wave functions? The Copenhagen Interpretation: Wigner's friend highlights the subjective nature of probability. Each observer (Wigner and his friend) has different information and therefore different wave functions. The distinction between the "objective" nature of reality and the subjective nature of probability has led to a great deal of controversy. Cf. Bayesian versus Frequentist interpretations of probability. 3. Double-Slit Diffraction Light passes through double slits and onto a screen resulting in a diffraction pattern. Is light a particle or a wave? The Copenhagen Interpretation: Light is neither. A particular experiment can demonstrate particle (photon) or wave properties, but not both at the same time (Bohr's Complementarity Principle). The same experiment can in theory be performed with any physical system: electrons, protons, atoms, molecules, viruses, bacteria, cats, humans, elephants, planets, etc. In practice it has been performed for light, electrons, buckminsterfullerene,[12] [13] and some atoms. Due to the smallness of Planck's constant it is practically impossible to realize experiments that directly reveal the wave nature of any system bigger than a few atoms but, in general, quantum mechanics considers all matter as possessing both particle and wave behaviors. The greater systems (like viruses, bacteria, cats, etc.) are considered as "classical" ones but only as an approximation, not exact. 4. EPR (EinsteinPodolskyRosen) paradox Entangled "particles" are emitted in a single event. Conservation laws ensure that the measured spin of one particle must be the opposite of the measured spin of the other, so that if the spin of one particle is measured, the spin of the other particle is now instantaneously known. The most discomforting aspect of this paradox is that the effect is instantaneous so that something that happens in one galaxy could cause an instantaneous change in another galaxy. But, according to Einstein's theory of special relativity, no information-bearing signal or entity can travel at or faster than the speed of light, which is finite. Thus, it seems as if the Copenhagen interpretation is inconsistent with special relativity. The Copenhagen Interpretation: Assuming wave functions are not real, wave-function collapse is interpreted subjectively. The moment one observer measures the spin of one particle, he knows the spin of the other. However, another observer cannot benefit until the results of that measurement have been relayed to him, at less than or equal to the speed of light. Copenhagenists claim that interpretations of quantum mechanics where the wave function is regarded as real have problems with EPR-type effects, since they imply that the laws of physics allow for influences to propagate at speeds greater than the speed of light. However, proponents of Many worlds[14] and the Transactional interpretation[15] [16] maintain that Copenhagen interpretation is fatally non-local. The claim that EPR effects violate the principle that information cannot travel faster than the speed of light can be avoided by noting that they cannot be used for signaling because neither observer can control, or predetermine, what he observes, and therefore cannot manipulate what the other observer measures. Relativistic difficulties about establishing which measurement occurred first also undermine the idea that one observer is causing what the other is measuring.
83
84
Criticism
The completeness of quantum mechanics (thesis 1) was attacked by the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen thought experiment which was intended to show that quantum physics could not be a complete theory. Experimental tests of Bell's inequality using particles have supported the quantum mechanical prediction of entanglement. The Copenhagen Interpretation gives special status to measurement processes without clearly defining them or explaining their peculiar effects. In his article entitled "Criticism and Counterproposals to the Copenhagen Interpretation of Quantum Theory," countering the view of Alexandrov that (in Heisenberg's paraphrase) "the wave function in configuration space characterizes the objective state of the electron." Heisenberg says, Of course the introduction of the observer must not be misunderstood to imply that some kind of subjective features are to be brought into the description of nature. The observer has, rather, only the function of registering decisions, i.e., processes in space and time, and it does not matter whether the observer is an apparatus or a human being; but the registration, i.e., the transition from the "possible" to the "actual," is absolutely necessary here and cannot be omitted from the interpretation of quantum theory. Heisenberg, Physics and Philosophy, p. 137 Many physicists and philosophers have objected to the Copenhagen interpretation, both on the grounds that it is non-deterministic and that it includes an undefined measurement process that converts probability functions into non-probabilistic measurements. Einstein's comments "I, at any rate, am convinced that He (God) does not throw dice."[17] and "Do you really think the moon isn't there if you aren't looking at it?"[18] exemplify this. Bohr, in response, said "Einstein, don't tell God what to do". Steven Weinberg in "Einstein's Mistakes", Physics Today, November 2005, page 31, said: All this familiar story is true, but it leaves out an irony. Bohr's version of quantum mechanics was deeply flawed, but not for the reason Einstein thought. The Copenhagen interpretation describes what happens when an observer makes a measurement, but the observer and the act of measurement are themselves treated classically. This is surely wrong: Physicists and their apparatus must be governed by the same quantum mechanical rules that govern everything else in the universe. But these rules are expressed in terms of a wave function (or, more precisely, a state vector) that evolves in a perfectly deterministic way. So where do the probabilistic rules of the Copenhagen interpretation come from? Considerable progress has been made in recent years toward the resolution of the problem, which I cannot go into here. It is enough to say that neither Bohr nor Einstein had focused on the real problem with quantum mechanics. The Copenhagen rules clearly work, so they have to be accepted. But this leaves the task of explaining them by applying the deterministic equation for the evolution of the wave function, the Schrdinger equation, to observers and their apparatus. The problem of thinking in terms of classical measurements of a quantum system becomes particularly acute in the field of quantum cosmology, where the quantum system is the universe.[19]
85
Alternatives
The Ensemble interpretation is similar; it offers an interpretation of the wave function, but not for single particles. The consistent histories interpretation advertises itself as "Copenhagen done right". Consciousness causes collapse is often confused with the Copenhagen interpretation. If the wave function is regarded as ontologically real, and collapse is entirely rejected, a many worlds theory results. If wave function collapse is regarded as ontologically real as well, an objective collapse theory is obtained. Dropping the principle that the wave function is a complete description results in a hidden variable theory. Many physicists have subscribed to the instrumentalist interpretation of quantum mechanics, a position often equated with eschewing all interpretation. It is summarized by the sentence "Shut up and calculate!". While this slogan is sometimes attributed to Paul Dirac[20] or Richard Feynman, it is in fact due to the lesser known David Mermin.[21]
86
Further reading
G. Weihs et al., Phys. Rev. Lett. 81 (1998) 5039 M. Rowe et al., Nature 409 (2001) 791. J.A. Wheeler & W.H. Zurek (eds) , Quantum Theory and Measurement, Princeton University Press 1983 A. Petersen, Quantum Physics and the Philosophical Tradition, MIT Press 1968 H. Margeneau, The Nature of Physical Reality, McGraw-Hill 1950 M. Chown, Forever Quantum, New Scientist No. 2595 (2007) 37. T. Schrmann, A Single Particle Uncertainty Relation, Acta Physica Polonica B39 (2008) 587. (http://th-www. if.uj.edu.pl/acta/vol39/pdf/v39p0587.pdf)
External links
Copenhagen Interpretation (Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy) (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/ qm-copenhagen) Physics FAQ section about Bell's inequality (http://math.ucr.edu/home/baez/physics/Quantum/ bells_inequality.html) The Copenhagen Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics (http://www.benbest.com/science/quantum.html) Preprint of Afshar Experiment (http://www.irims.org/quant-ph/030503/) The Quantum Illusion (http://knol.google.com/k/andy-biddulph/the-quantum-illusion/2na7zaaxgtohe/2/)
87
4. Einstein's Objections
Principle of Locality
In physics, the principle of locality states that an object is influenced directly only by its immediate surroundings. Experiments have shown that quantum mechanically entangled particles must violate either the principle of locality or the form of philosophical realism known as counterfactual definiteness.
Pre-quantum mechanics
In the 17th Century Newton's law of universal gravitation was formulated in terms of action at a distance, thereby violating the principle of locality. Coulomb's law of electric forces was initially also formulated as instantaneous action at a distance, but was later superseded by Maxwell's Equations of electromagnetism which obey locality. In 1905 Albert Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity postulated that no material or energy can travel faster than the speed of light, and Einstein thereby sought to reformulate physical laws in a way which obeyed the principle of locality. He later succeeded in producing an alternative theory of gravitation, General Relativity, which obeys the principle of locality. However a different challenge to the principle of locality subsequently emerged from the theory of Quantum Mechanics, which Einstein himself had helped to create.
Quantum mechanics
Einstein's view
EPR Paradox Albert Einstein felt that there was something fundamentally incorrect with quantum mechanics since it predicted violations of the principle of locality. Seeking to undermine quantum mechanics, in a famous paper he and his co-authors articulated the Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen Paradox. Thirty years later John Stewart Bell responded with a paper which posited (paraphrased) that no physical theory of local hidden variables can ever reproduce all of the predictions of quantum mechanics (known as Bell's theorem). Philosophical view Einstein assumed that the principle of locality was necessary, and that there could be no violations of it. He said[1] :
The following idea characterises the relative independence of objects far apart in space, A and B: external influence on A has no direct influence on B; this is known as the Principle of Local Action, which is used consistently only in field theory. If this axiom were to be completely abolished, the idea of the existence of quasienclosed systems, and thereby the postulation of laws which can be checked empirically in the accepted sense, would become impossible.
Principle of Locality
88
Local realism
Local realism is the combination of the principle of locality with the "realistic" assumption that all objects must objectively have a pre-existing value for any possible measurement before the measurement is made. Einstein liked to say that the Moon is "out there" even when no one is observing it.
Realism
Realism in the sense used by physicists does not equate to realism in metaphysics.[2] The latter is the claim that the world is in some sense mind-independent: that even if the results of a possible measurement do not pre-exist the act of measurement, that does not require that they are the creation of the observer (contrary to the "consciousness causes collapse" interpretation of quantum mechanics). Furthermore, a mind-independent property does not have to be the value of some physical variable such as position or momentum. A property can be dispositional (or potential), i.e. it can be a tendency: in the way that glass objects tend to break, or are disposed to break, even if they do not actually break. Likewise, the mind-independent properties of quantum systems could consist of a tendency to respond to particular measurements with particular values with ascertainable probability.[3] Such an ontology would be metaphysically realistic, without being realistic in the physicist's sense of "local realism" (which would require that a single value be produced with certainty). A closely related term is counterfactual definiteness (CFD), used to refer to the claim that one can meaningfully speak of the definiteness of results of measurements that have not been performed (i.e. the ability to assume the existence of objects, and properties of objects, even when they have not been measured). Local realism is a significant feature of classical mechanics, of general relativity, and of electrodynamics; but quantum mechanics largely rejects this principle due to the theory of distant quantum entanglements, an interpretation rejected by Einstein in the EPR paradox but subsequently apparently quantified by Bell's inequalities.[4] Any theory, such as quantum mechanics, that violates Bell's inequalities must abandon either local realism or counterfactual definiteness; but some physicists dispute that experiments have demonstrated Bell's violations, on the grounds that the sub-class of inhomogeneous Bell inequalities has not been tested or due to experimental limitations in the tests. Different interpretations of quantum mechanics violate different parts of local realism and/or counterfactual definiteness.
Copenhagen interpretation
In most of the conventional interpretations, such as the Copenhagen interpretation and the interpretation based on Consistent Histories, where the wavefunction is not assumed to be a direct physical interpretation of reality, it is local realism that is rejected. These interpretations propose that actual definite properties of a physical system "do not exist" prior to the measurement; and the wavefunction has a restricted interpretation, as nothing more than a mathematical tool used to calculate the probabilities of experimental outcomes, hence in agreement with positivism in philosophy as the only topic that science should discuss. In the version of the Copenhagen interpretation where the wavefunction is assumed to be a physical interpretation of reality (the nature of which is unspecified) the principle of locality is violated during the measurement process via wavefunction collapse. This is a non-local process because Born's Rule, when applied to the system's wavefunction, yields a probability density for all regions of space and time. Upon actual measurement of the physical system, the probability density vanishes everywhere instantaneously, except where (and when) the measured entity is found to exist. This "vanishing" is postulated to be a real physical process, and clearly non-local (i.e. faster than light) if the wavefunction is considered physically real and the probability density has converged to zero at arbitrarily far distances during the finite time required for the measurement process.
Principle of Locality
89
Bohm interpretation
The Bohm interpretation preserves realism, hence it needs to violate the principle of locality in order to achieve the required correlations.
Many-worlds interpretation
In the many-worlds interpretation both realism and locality are retained, but counterfactual definiteness is rejected by the extension of the notion of reality to allow the existence of parallel universes. Because the differences between the different interpretations are mostly philosophical ones (except for the Bohm and many-worlds interpretations), physicists usually employ language in which the important statements are neutral with regard to all of the interpretations. In this framework, only the measurable action at a distance - a superluminal propagation of real, physical information - would usually be considered in violation of the principle of locality by physicists. Such phenomena have never been seen, and they are not predicted by the current theories.
Relativity
Locality is one of the axioms of relativistic quantum field theory, as required for causality. The formalization of locality in this case is as follows: if we have two observables, each localized within two distinct space-time regions which happen to be at a spacelike separation from each other, the observables must commute. Alternatively, a solution to the field equations is local if the underlying equations are either Lorentz invariant or, more generally, generally covariant or locally Lorentz invariant.
References
[1] [2] [3] [4] "Quantum Mechanics and Reality" ("Quanten-Mechanik und Wirklichkeit", Dialectica 2:320-324, 1948) Norsen, T. - Against "Realism" (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ quant-ph/ 0607057v2) Ian Thomson's dispositional quantum mechanics (http:/ / www. generativescience. org/ ) Ben Dov, Y. Local Realism and the Crucial experiment. (http:/ / bendov. info/ eng/ crucial. htm)
External links
Quantum nonlocality vs. Einstein locality (http://www.rzuser.uni-heidelberg.de/~as3/nonlocality.html) by H. D. Zeh
EPR Paradox
90
EPR Paradox
The EPR paradox (or EinsteinPodolskyRosen paradox) is a topic in quantum physics and the philosophy of science concerning the measurement and description of microscopic systems (such as individual photons, electrons or atoms) by the methods of quantum physics. It refers to the dichotomy that either the measurement of a physical quantity in one system must affect the measurement of a physical quantity in another, spatially separate, system or the description of reality given by a wave function must be incomplete. This challenge to the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum physics (that only the position or momentum of a particle, but not both, can be known with certainty) originated from the consequences of a thought experiment authored in 1935 by Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen. The paper they authored indicated what seemed to be a flaw in the interpretation. The experiment involved two systems that initially interact with each other and are then separated. Then the position or momentum of one of the systems is measured, and due to the known relationship between the (measured) value of the first particle and the value of the second particle, the observer is aware of that value in the second particle. A measurement of the other value is then made on the second particle, and, once again, due to the relationship between the two particles, that value is then known in the first particle. This outcome seems to violate the uncertainty principle, as both the position and momentum of a single particle would be known with certainty.[1] Einstein struggled to the end of his life for a theory that could better comply with causality, protesting against the view that there exists no objective physical reality other than that which is revealed through measurement interpreted in terms of quantum mechanical formalism. However, since Einstein's death, experiments analogous to that of the EPR paradox have been carried out, starting in 1976 by French scientists at the Saclay Nuclear Research Centre. These experiments appear to show that the local realism theory is false.[2]
EPR Paradox known as local realism. Though the EPR paper has often been taken as an exact expression of Einstein's views, it was primarily authored by Podolsky, based on discussions at the Institute for Advanced Study with Einstein and Rosen. Einstein later expressed to Erwin Schrdinger that, "it did not come out as well as I had originally wanted; rather, the essential thing was, so to speak, smothered by the formalism."[6] In 1948 Einstein presented a less formal account of his local realist ideas.
91
EPR paper
The original paper describes what happens to "two systems I and II, which we permit to interact ...", and, after some time, "we suppose that there is no longer any interaction between the two parts." In the words of Kumar (2009), it has "Two particles, A and B, [which] interact briefly and then move off in opposite directions."[7] According to Heisenberg's uncertainty principle, it is impossible to measure both the momentum and the position of particle B, say, exactly. However, it is possible to measure the exact position of particle A and the exact momentum of particle B. By calculation, therefore, with the exact position of particle A known, the exact position of particle B can be known. Also, with the exact momentum of particle B known, the exact momentum of particle A can be worked out. "EPR argued that they had proved that ... particle B can have simultaneously exact values of position and momentum." This is a paradox in Quantum Mechanics: The theory predicts that both values cannot be known for a particle, and yet the EPR experiment shows that they can. "Therefore, the quantum mechanical description of physical reality, EPR conclude, is incomplete."[8] The paper says: "We are thus forced to conclude that the quantum-mechanical description of physical reality given by wave functions is not complete." The EPR paper ends with: While we have thus shown that the wave function does not provide a complete description of the physical reality, we left open the question of whether or not such a description exists. We believe, however, that such a theory is possible.
Greene version
The paradox was explained in a different way by Greene and others, using electron spin. A positron and an electron are emitted from a source, by pion decay, so that their spins are opposite; one particles spin about any axis is the negative of the other's. But making a measurement of a particles spin about one axis disturbs the particle, so that its spin about any other axis cannot be measured. However, the measurement of the electrons spin about the x-axis discloses the positrons spin about the x-axis. Since this measurement has not disturbed the positron in any way, it cannot be that the positron only came to have that state when it was measured, because it was not measured. The positrons spin about the y-axis can also be measured, so that it is known the positron had a definite spin about two axes much more information than the positron is capable of holding, and a "hidden variable" according to some interpretations of EPR.
EPR Paradox
92
The EPR thought experiment, performed with electron-positron pairs. A source (center) sends particles toward two observers, electrons to Alice (left) and positrons to Bob (right), who can perform spin measurements.
Alice now measures the spin along the z-axis. She can obtain one of two possible outcomes: +z or -z. Suppose she gets +z. According to quantum mechanics, the quantum state of the system collapses into state I (different interpretations of quantum mechanics have different ways of saying this, but the basic result is the same). The quantum state determines the probable outcomes of any measurement performed on the system. In this case, if Bob subsequently measures spin along the z-axis, there is 100% probability that he will obtain -z. Similarly, if Alice gets -z, Bob will get +z. There is, of course, nothing special about choosing the z-axis: according to quantum mechanics the spin singlet state may equally well be expressed as a superposition of spin states pointing in the x direction. Suppose that Alice and Bob had decided to measure spin along the x-axis. We'll call these states Ia and IIa. In state Ia, Alice's electron has spin +x and Bob's positron has spin -x. In state IIa, Alice's electron has spin -x and Bob's positron has spin +x. Therefore, if Alice measures +x, the system 'collapses' into state Ia, and Bob will get -x. If Alice measures -x, the system collapses into state IIa, and Bob will get +x. Whatever axis their spins are measured along, they are always found to be opposite. This can only be explained if the particles are linked in some way. Either they were created with a definite (opposite) spin about every axisa "hidden variable" argument or they are linked so that one electron "feels" which axis the other is having its spin measured along, and becomes its opposite about that one axisan "entanglement" argument. Moreover, if the two particles have their spins measured about different axes, once the electron's spin has been measured about the x-axis (and the positron's spin about the x-axis deduced), the positron's spin about the y-axis will no longer be certain, as if (a) it knows that the measurement has taken place, or (b) it has a definite spin already, about a second axisa hidden variable. In quantum mechanics, the x-spin and z-spin are "incompatible observables", meaning there is a Heisenberg uncertainty principle operating between them: a quantum state cannot possess a definite value for both of these variables. Suppose Alice measures the z-spin and obtains +z, so that the quantum state collapses into state I. Now,
EPR Paradox instead of measuring the z-spin as well, Bob measures the x-spin. According to quantum mechanics, when the system is in state I, Bob's x-spin measurement will have a 50% probability of producing +x and a 50% probability of -x. It is impossible to predict which outcome will appear until Bob actually performs the measurement. Here is the crux of the matter. You might imagine that, when Bob measures the x-spin of his positron, he would get an answer with absolute certainty, since prior to this he hasn't disturbed his particle at all. But Bob's positron has a 50% probability of producing +x and a 50% probability of -xso the outcome is not certain. Bob's positron "knows" that Alice's electron has been measured, and its z-spin detected, and hence B's z-spin calculated, so its x-spin is uncertain. Put another way, how does Bob's positron know which way to point if Alice decides (based on information unavailable to Bob) to measure x (i.e. to be the opposite of Alice's electron's spin about the x-axis) and also how to point if Alice measures z, since it is only supposed to know one thing at a time? The Copenhagen interpretation rules that say the wave function "collapses" at the time of measurement, so there must be action at a distance (entanglement) or the positron must know more than it's supposed to (hidden variables). Here is the paradox summed up: It is one thing to say that physical measurement of the first particle's momentum affects uncertainty in its own position, but to say that measuring the first particle's momentum affects the uncertainty in the position of the other is another thing altogether. Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen asked how can the second particle "know" to have precisely defined momentum but uncertain position? Since this implies that one particle is communicating with the other instantaneously across space, i.e. faster than light, this is the "paradox". Incidentally, Bell used spin as his example, but many types of physical quantitieswhat quantum mechanics refer to as "observables"can be used. The EPR paper used momentum for the observable. Experimental realisations of the EPR scenario often use photon polarization, because polarized photons are easy to prepare and measure.
93
EPR Paradox another. However, quantum field theories that are "local" in this sense appear to violate the principle of locality as defined by EPR, but they nevertheless do not violate locality in a more general sense. Wavefunction collapse can be viewed as an epiphenomenon of quantum decoherence, which in turn is nothing more than an effect of the underlying local time evolution of the wavefunction of a system and all of its environment. Since the underlying behaviour doesn't violate local causality, it follows that neither does the additional effect of wavefunction collapse, whether real or apparent. Therefore, as outlined in the example above, neither the EPR experiment nor any quantum experiment demonstrates that faster-than-light signaling is possible.
94
EPR Paradox quantum mechanics are possible, although, as discussed above, such interpretations must reject either locality or counter-factual definiteness. Mainstream physics prefers to keep locality, while striving also to maintain a notion of realism that nevertheless rejects counter-factual definiteness. Examples of such mainstream realist interpretations are the consistent histories interpretation and the transactional interpretation. Fine's work showed that, taking locality as a given, there exist scenarios in which two statistical variables are correlated in a manner inconsistent with counter-factual definiteness, and that such scenarios are no more mysterious than any other, despite the inconsistency with counter-factual definiteness seeming 'counter-intuitive'. Violation of locality is difficult to reconcile with special relativity, and is thought to be incompatible with the principle of causality. On the other hand the Bohm interpretation of quantum mechanics keeps counter-factual definiteness while introducing a conjectured non-local mechanism called the 'quantum potential'. Some workers in the field have also attempted to formulate hidden variable theories that exploit loopholes in actual experiments, such as the assumptions made in interpreting experimental data, although no theory has been proposed that can reproduce all the results of quantum mechanics. There are also individual EPR-like experiments that have no local hidden variables explanation. Examples have been suggested by David Bohm and by Lucien Hardy.
95
EPR Paradox
96
Mathematical formulation
The above discussion can be expressed mathematically using the quantum mechanical formulation of spin. The spin degree of freedom for an electron is associated with a two-dimensional complex Hilbert space H, with each quantum state corresponding to a vector in that space. The operators corresponding to the spin along the x, y, and z direction, denoted Sx, Sy, and Sz respectively, can be represented using the Pauli matrices:
where
, the tensor product of the two electrons' Hilbert spaces. The spin
where the two terms on the right hand side are what we have referred to as state I and state II above. From the above equations, it can be shown that the spin singlet can also be written as
where the terms on the right hand side are what we have referred to as state Ia and state IIa.
EPR Paradox To illustrate how this leads to the violation of local realism, we need to show that after Alice's measurement of Sz (or Sx), Bob's value of Sz (or Sx) is uniquely determined, and therefore corresponds to an "element of physical reality". This follows from the principles of measurement in quantum mechanics. When Sz is measured, the system state collapses into an eigenvector of Sz. If the measurement result is +z, this means that immediately after measurement the system state undergoes an orthogonal projection of onto the space of states of the form
97
Similarly, if Alice's measurement result is -z, the system undergoes an orthogonal projection onto
This implies that the measurement for Sz for Bob's electron is now determined. It will be -z in the first case or +z in the second case. It remains only to show that Sx and Sz cannot simultaneously possess definite values in quantum mechanics. One may show in a straightforward manner that no possible vector can be an eigenvector of both matrices. More generally, one may use the fact that the operators do not commute,
References
Selected papers
A. Aspect, Bell's inequality test: more ideal than ever, Nature 398 189 (1999). [10] J.S. Bell, On the Einstein-Poldolsky-Rosen paradox [11], Physics 1 195bbcv://prola.aps.org/abstract/PR/v48/i8/p696_1] P.H. Eberhard, Bell's theorem without hidden variables. Nuovo Cimento 38B1 75 (1977). P.H. Eberhard, Bell's theorem and the different concepts of locality. Nuovo Cimento 46B 392 (1978). A. Einstein, B. Podolsky, and N. Rosen, Can quantum-mechanical description of physical reality be considered complete? [12] Phys. Rev. 47 777 (1935). [5] A. Fine, Hidden Variables, Joint Probability, and the Bell Inequalities. Phys. Rev. Lett. 48, 291 (1982).[13] A. Fine, Do Correlations need to be explained?, in Philosophical Consequences of Quantum Theory: Reflections on Bell's Theorem, edited by Cushing & McMullin (University of Notre Dame Press, 1986). L. Hardy, Nonlocality for two particles without inequalities for almost all entangled states. Phys. Rev. Lett. 71 1665 (1993).[14] M. Mizuki, A classical interpretation of Bell's inequality. Annales de la Fondation Louis de Broglie 26 683 (2001). P. Pluch, "Theory for Quantum Probability", PhD Thesis University of Klagenfurt (2006) M. A. Rowe, D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, C. A. Sackett, W. M. Itano, C. Monroe and D. J. Wineland, Experimental violation of a Bell's inequality with efficient detection, Nature 409, 791-794 (15 February 2001). [15] M. Smerlak, C. Rovelli, Relational EPR [16]
98
Books
John S. Bell (1987) Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-36869-3. Arthur Fine (1996) The Shaky Game: Einstein, Realism and the Quantum Theory, 2nd ed. Univ. of Chicago Press. J.J. Sakurai, J. J. (1994) Modern Quantum Mechanics. Addison-Wesley: 174187, 223-232. ISBN 0-201-53929-2. Selleri, F. (1988) Quantum Mechanics Versus Local Realism: The Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen Paradox. New York: Plenum Press. ISBN 0-306-42739-7 Leon Lederman, L., Teresi, D. (1993). The God Particle: If the Universe is the Answer, What is the Question? Houghton Mifflin Company, pages 21, 187 to 189. John Gribbin (1984) In Search of Schroedinger's Cat. Black Swan. ISBN 9780552125550 .
External links
The Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen Argument in Quantum Theory; 1.2 The argument in the text; http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/qt-epr/#1.2 The original EPR paper. (http://prola.aps.org/abstract/PR/v47/i10/p777_1) Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy: " The Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen Argument in Quantum Theory (http:// plato.stanford.edu/entries/qt-epr/)" by Arthur Fine. Abner Shimony (2004) " Bells Theorem. (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/bell-theorem/)" EPR, Bell & Aspect: The Original References. (http://www.drchinese.com/David/EPR_Bell_Aspect.htm) Does Bell's Inequality Principle rule out local theories of quantum mechanics? (http://math.ucr.edu/home/ baez/physics/Quantum/bells_inequality.html) From the Usenet Physics FAQ. Theoretical use of EPR in teleportation. (http://www.research.ibm.com/journal/rd/481/brassard.html) Effective use of EPR in cryptography. (http://www.dhushara.com/book/quantcos/aq/qcrypt.htm)
99
Bell's Theorem
In theoretical physics, Bell's theorem (a.k.a. Bell's inequality) is a no-go theorem, loosely stating that: no physical theory of local hidden variables can reproduce all of the predictions of quantum mechanics. The theorem has great importance for physics and the philosophy of science, as it implies that quantum physics must necessarily violate either the principle of locality or counterfactual definiteness. It is the most famous legacy of the late physicist John Stewart Bell. Results of tests of Bell's theorem agree with the predictions of quantum mechanical theory, and demonstrate that some quantum effects appear to travel faster than light. Hence the class of tenable 'hidden variable' theories are limited to the non-local variety. However, none of the tests of the theorem performed to date has fulfilled all of the requisite conditions implicit in the theorem. Accordingly, none of the results are totally conclusive.
Overview
Bells theorem implies that the concept of local realism, favoured by Einstein, yields predictions that disagree with those of quantum mechanical theory. Because numerous experiments agree with the predictions of quantum mechanical theory, and show correlations that are stronger than could be explained by local hidden variables, the concept of local realism is thus refuted as an explanation of the physical phenomena under test, and superluminal effects are evidenced. The theorem applies to any quantum system of two entangled qubits. The most common examples concern systems of particles that are entangled in spin or polarization. Following the argument in the EinsteinPodolskyRosen (EPR) paradox paper (but using the example of spin, as in David Bohm's version of the EPR Illustration of Bell test for particles such as photons. A source produces a singlet argument[1] [2] ), Bell considered an pair, one particle is sent to one location, and the other is sent to another location. A experiment in which there are "a pair of spin measurement of the entangled property is performed at various angles at each location. one-half particles formed somehow in the singlet spin state and moving freely in opposite directions."[1] Each is sent to two distant locations at which measurements of spin are performed, along axes that are independently chosen. Each measurement yields a result of either spin-up (+) or spin-down (). The probability of the same result being obtained at the two locations varies, depending on the relative angles at which the two spin measurements are made, and is subject to some uncertainty for all relative angles other than perfectly parallel alignments (0 or 180). Bell's theorem thus applies only to the statistical results from many trials of the experiment. Symbolically, the correlation between results for a single pair can be represented as either "+1" for a match, or "-1" for a non-match. While measuring the spin of these entangled particles along parallel axes will always result in identical (i.e. perfectly correlated) results, measurement at perpendicular directions will have only a 50% chance of matching (i.e. will have a 50% probability of an uncorrelated result). These basic cases are illustrated in the table below.
Bell's Theorem
100
pair 1 + + +1
pair 2 +1
pair 3 +1
pair 4 + + +1
pair 1 + 1
pair 2 +1
pair 3 + + +1
pair 4 + 1
With the measurements oriented at intermediate angles between these basic cases, the existence of local hidden variables would imply a linear variation in the correlation. However, according to quantum mechanical theory, the correlation varies as the cosine of the angle. Experimental results match the curve predicted by quantum mechanics. Bell achieved his breakthrough by first deriving the results that local realism would necessarily yield. Without making any The local realist prediction (solid lines) for quantum correlation for spin (assuming assumptions about the specific form of the 100% detector efficiency). The quantum mechanical prediction is the dotted theory beyond requirements of basic (cosine) curve. consistency, the mathematical inequality he discovered was clearly at odds with the results (described above) predicted by quantum mechanics and, later, observed experimentally. Thus, Bell's theorem rules out local hidden variables as a viable explanation of quantum mechanics (though it still leaves the door open for non-local hidden variables). Bell concluded: In a theory in which parameters are added to quantum mechanics to determine the results of individual measurements, without changing the statistical predictions, there must be a mechanism whereby the setting of one measuring device can influence the reading of another instrument, however remote. Moreover, the signal involved must propagate instantaneously, so that a theory could not be Lorentz invariant.[1] Over the years, Bell's theorem has undergone a wide variety of experimental tests. Various common deficiencies in the testing of the theorem have been identified, including the detection loophole[3] and the communication loophole.[3] Over the years experiments have been gradually improved to better address these loopholes, but no experiment to date has simultaneously fully addressed all of them.[3] To date, Bell's theorem is supported by a substantial body of evidence and is treated as a fundamental principle of physics in mainstream quantum mechanics textbooks.[4] [5] However, no principle of physics can ever be absolutely beyond question; some theorists argue that experimental loopholes or hidden assumptions refute the theorem's validity,[6] [7] though most physicists accept that experiments confirm the violation of Bell inequalities.[8]
Bell's Theorem
101
Bell's Theorem information to each other faster than the speed of light, but the fair sampling and no enhancement assumptions require more careful consideration (below). John Bell's paper examines both John von Neumann's 1932 proof of the incompatibility of hidden variables with QM and the seminal 1935 EPR paper on the subject by Albert Einstein and his colleagues.
102
Bell inequalities
Bell inequalities concern measurements made by observers on pairs of particles that have interacted and then separated. According to quantum mechanics they are entangled, while local realism would limit the correlation of subsequent measurements of the particles. Different authors subsequently derived inequalities similar to Bells original inequality, and these are here collectively termed Bell inequalities. All Bell inequalities describe experiments in which the predicted result from quantum entanglement differs from that flowing from local realism. The inequalities assume that each quantum-level object has a well-defined state that accounts for all its measurable properties and that distant objects do not exchange information faster than the speed of light. These well-defined states are typically called hidden variables, the properties that Einstein posited when he stated his famous objection to quantum mechanics: "God does not play dice." Bell showed that under quantum mechanics, the mathematics of which contains no local hidden variables, the Bell inequalities can nevertheless be violated: the properties of a particle are not clear, but may be correlated with those of another particle due to quantum entanglement, allowing their state to be well defined only after a measurement is made on either particle. That restriction agrees with the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, a fundamental concept in quantum mechanics. In Bell's words: Theoretical physicists live in a classical world, looking out into a quantum-mechanical world. The latter we describe only subjectively, in terms of procedures and results in our classical domain. (...) Now nobody knows just where the boundary between the classical and the quantum domain is situated. (...) More plausible to me is that we will find that there is no boundary. The wave functions would prove to be a provisional or incomplete description of the quantum-mechanical part. It is this possibility, of a homogeneous account of the world, which is for me the chief motivation of the study of the so-called "hidden variable" possibility. (...) A second motivation is connected with the statistical character of quantum-mechanical predictions. Once the incompleteness of the wave function description is suspected, it can be conjectured that random statistical fluctuations are determined by the extra "hidden" variables "hidden" because at this stage we can only conjecture their existence and certainly cannot control them. (...) A third motivation is in the peculiar character of some quantum-mechanical predictions, which seem almost to cry out for a hidden variable interpretation. This is the famous argument of Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen. (...) We will find, in fact, that no local deterministic hidden-variable theory can reproduce all the experimental predictions of quantum mechanics. This opens the possibility of bringing the question into the experimental domain, by trying to approximate as well as possible the idealized situations in which local hidden variables and quantum mechanics cannot agree.[13] In probability theory, repeated measurements of system properties can be regarded as repeated sampling of random variables. In Bell's experiment, Alice can choose a detector setting to measure either or and Bob can choose a detector setting to measure either or . Measurements of Alice and Bob may be somehow correlated with each other, but the Bell inequalities say that if the correlation stems from local random variables, there is a limit to the amount of correlation one might expect to see.
Bell's Theorem
103
where C is the "correlation" of the particle pairs and a, b and c settings of the apparatus. This inequality is not used in practice. For one thing, it is true only for genuinely "two-outcome" systems, not for the "three-outcome" ones (with possible outcomes of zero as well as +1 and 1) encountered in real experiments. For another, it applies only to a very restricted set of hidden variable theories, namely those for which the outcomes on both sides of the experiment are always exactly anticorrelated when the analysers are parallel, in agreement with the quantum mechanical prediction. A simple limit of Bell's inequality has the virtue of being completely intuitive. If the result of three different statistical coin-flips A, B, and C have the property that: 1. A and B are the same (both heads or both tails) 99% of the time 2. B and C are the same 99% of the time then A and C are the same at least 98% of the time. The number of mismatches between A and B (1/100) plus the number of mismatches between B and C (1/100) are together the maximum possible number of mismatches between A and C. In quantum mechanics, by letting A, B, and C be the values of the spin of two entangled particles measured relative to some axis at 0 degrees, degrees, and 2 degrees respectively, the overlap of the wavefunction between the different angles is proportional to . The probability that A and B give the same answer is , where is proportional to . This is also the probability that B and C give the same answer. But A and C are the same 1(2)2 of the time. Choosing the angle so that , A and B are 99% correlated, B and C are 99% correlated and A and C are only 96% correlated. Imagine that two entangled particles in a spin singlet are shot out to two distant locations, and the spins of both are measured in the direction A. The spins are 100% correlated (actually, anti-correlated but for this argument that is equivalent). The same is true if both spins are measured in directions B or C. It is safe to conclude that any hidden variables that determine the A,B, and C measurements in the two particles are 100% correlated and can be used interchangeably. If A is measured on one particle and B on the other, the correlation between them is 99%. If B is measured on one and C on the other, the correlation is 99%. This allows us to conclude that the hidden variables determining A and B are 99% correlated and B and C are 99% correlated. But if A is measured in one particle and C in the other, the results are only 96% correlated, which is a contradiction. The intuitive formulation is due to David Mermin, while the small-angle limit is emphasized in Bell's original article.
CHSH inequality
In addition to Bell's original inequality,[1] the form given by John Clauser, Michael Horne, Abner Shimony and R. A. Holt,[14] (the CHSH form) is especially important,[14] as it gives classical limits to the expected correlation for the above experiment conducted by Alice and Bob:
This is a non-normalized form of the correlation coefficient considered in statistics (see Quantum correlation). To formulate Bell's theorem, we formalize local realism as follows:
Bell's Theorem 1. There is a probability space and the observed outcomes by both Alice and Bob result by random sampling of
104
the parameter . 2. The values observed by Alice or Bob are functions of the local detector settings and the hidden parameter only. Thus Value observed by Alice with detector setting is Value observed by Bob with detector setting is Implicit in assumption 1) above, the hidden parameter space random variable X on with respect to is written has a probability measure and the expectation of a
where for accessibility of notation we assume that the probability measure has a density. Bell's inequality. The CHSH inequality (1) holds under the hidden variables assumptions above. For simplicity, let us first assume the observed values are +1 or 1; we remove this assumption in Remark 1 below. Let . Then at least one of
is 0. Thus
and therefore
Remark 1. The correlation inequality (1) still holds if the variables above by 2. This is easily seen as true in the more general case:
real values between 1 and +1. Indeed, the relevant idea is that each summand in the above average is bounded
To justify the upper bound 2 asserted in the last inequality, without loss of generality, we can assume that
In that case
Bell's Theorem Remark 2. Though the important component of the hidden parameter in Bell's original proof is associated with
105
the source and is shared by Alice and Bob, there may be others that are associated with the separate detectors, these others being independent. This argument was used by Bell in 1971, and again by Clauser and Horne in 1974,[15] to justify a generalisation of the theorem forced on them by the real experiments, in which detectors were never 100% efficient. The derivations were given in terms of the averages of the outcomes over the local detector variables. The formalisation of local realism was thus effectively changed, replacing A and B by averages and retaining the symbol but with a slightly different meaning. It was henceforth restricted (in most theoretical work) to mean only those components that were associated with the source. However, with the extension proved in Remark 1, CHSH inequality still holds even if the instruments themselves contain hidden variables. In that case, averaging over the instrument hidden variables gives new variables:
on
, which still have values in the range [1,+1] to which we can apply the previous result.
From this, we can show that the correlation of commuting observables X and Y in a pure state
is
We apply this fact in the context of the EPR paradox. The measurements performed by Alice and Bob are spin measurements on electrons. Alice can choose between two detector settings labelled a and a; these settings correspond to measurement of spin along the z or the x axis. Bob can choose between two detector settings labelled b and b; these correspond to measurement of spin along the z or x axis, where the x z coordinate system is rotated 135 relative to the x z coordinate system. The spin observables are represented by the 2 2 self-adjoint matrices:
These are the Pauli spin matrices normalized so that the corresponding eigenvalues are +1, 1. As is customary, we denote the eigenvectors of Sx by Let be the spin singlet state for a pair of electrons discussed in the EPR paradox. This is a specially constructed
Now let us apply the CHSH formalism to the measurements that can be performed by Alice and Bob.
Bell's Theorem
106
Illustration of Bell test for spin 1/2 particles. Source produces spin singlet pairs, one particle of each pair is sent to Alice and the other to Bob. Each performs one of the two spin measurements.
The operators
correspond to Bob's spin measurements along x and z. Note that the A operators
commute with the B operators, so we can apply our calculation for the correlation. In this case, we can show that the CHSH inequality fails. In fact, a straightforward calculation shows that
and
so that
Bell's Theorem: If the quantum mechanical formalism is correct, then the system consisting of a pair of entangled electrons cannot satisfy the principle of local realism. Note that is indeed the upper bound for quantum mechanics called Tsirelson's bound. The operators giving this maximal value are always isomorphic to the Pauli matrices.
Bell's Theorem
107
Scheme of a "two-channel" Bell test The source S produces pairs of "photons", sent in opposite directions. Each photon encounters a two-channel polariser whose orientation (a or b) can be set by the experimenter. Emerging signals from each channel are detected and coincidences of four types (++, , + and +) counted by the coincidence monitor.
experimenter. Bell test experiments to date overwhelmingly violate Bell's inequality. Indeed, a table of Bell test experiments performed prior to 1986 is given in 4.5 of Redhead, 1987.[16] Of the thirteen experiments listed, only two reached results contradictory to quantum mechanics; moreover, according to the same source, when the experiments were repeated, "the discrepancies with QM could not be reproduced". Nevertheless, the issue is not conclusively settled. According to Shimony's 2004 Stanford Encyclopedia overview article:[3] Most of the dozens of experiments performed so far have favored Quantum Mechanics, but not decisively because of the 'detection loopholes' or the 'communication loophole.' The latter has been nearly decisively blocked by a recent experiment and there is a good prospect for blocking the former. To explore the 'detection loophole', one must distinguish the classes of homogeneous and inhomogeneous Bell inequality. The standard assumption in Quantum Optics is that "all photons of given frequency, direction and polarization are identical" so that photodetectors treat all incident photons on an equal basis. Such a fair sampling assumption generally goes unacknowledged, yet it effectively limits the range of local theories to those that conceive of the light field as corpuscular. The assumption excludes a large family of local realist theories, in particular, Max Planck's description. We must remember the cautionary words of Albert Einstein[17] shortly before he died: "Nowadays every Tom, Dick and Harry ('jeder Kerl' in German original) thinks he knows what a photon is, but he is mistaken". Objective physical properties for Bells analysis (local realist theories) include the wave amplitude of a light signal. Those who maintain the concept of duality, or simply of light being a wave, recognize the possibility or actuality that the emitted atomic light signals have a range of amplitudes and, furthermore, that the amplitudes are modified when the signal passes through analyzing devices such as polarizers and beam splitters. It follows that not all signals have the same detection probability.[18]
Bell's Theorem singles rates with all detectors in the 1970s were at least ten times all the coincidence rates. So, taking into account this low detector efficiency, the QM prediction actually satisfied the IBI. To arrive at an experimental design in which the QM prediction violates IBI we require detectors whose efficiency exceeds 82% for singlet states, but have very low dark rate and short dead and resolving times. This is well above the 30% achievable[20] so Shimonys optimism in the Stanford Encyclopedia, quoted in the preceding section, appears over-stated.
108
Practical challenges
Because detectors don't detect a large fraction of all photons, Clauser and Horne[15] recognized that testing Bell's inequality requires some extra assumptions. They introduced the No Enhancement Hypothesis (NEH): a light signal, originating in an atomic cascade for example, has a certain probability of activating a detector. Then, if a polarizer is interposed between the cascade and the detector, the detection probability cannot increase. Given this assumption, there is a Bell inequality between the coincidence rates with polarizers and coincidence rates without polarizers. The experiment was performed by Freedman and Clauser,[19] who found that the Bell's inequality was violated. So the no-enhancement hypothesis cannot be true in a local hidden variables model. The Freedman-Clauser experiment reveals that local hidden variables imply the new phenomenon of signal enhancement: In the total set of signals from an atomic cascade there is a subset whose detection probability increases as a result of passing through a linear polarizer. This is perhaps not surprising, as it is known that adding noise to data can, in the presence of a threshold, help reveal hidden signals (this property is known as stochastic resonance[21] ). One cannot conclude that this is the only local-realist alternative to Quantum Optics, but it does show that the word loophole is biased. Moreover, the analysis leads us to recognize that the Bell-inequality experiments, rather than showing a breakdown of realism or locality, are capable of revealing important new phenomena.
Theoretical challenges
Most advocates of the hidden variables idea believe that experiments have ruled out local hidden variables. They are ready to give up locality, explaining the violation of Bell's inequality by means of a "non-local" hidden variable theory, in which the particles exchange information about their states. This is the basis of the Bohm interpretation of quantum mechanics, which requires that all particles in the universe be able to instantaneously exchange information with all others. A recent experiment ruled out a large class of non-Bohmian "non-local" hidden variable theories.[22] If the hidden variables can communicate with each other faster than light, Bell's inequality can easily be violated. Once one particle is measured, it can communicate the necessary correlations to the other particle. Since in relativity the notion of simultaneity is not absolute, this is unattractive. One idea is to replace instantaneous communication with a process that travels backwards in time along the past Light cone. This is the idea behind a transactional interpretation of quantum mechanics, which interprets the statistical emergence of a quantum history as a gradual coming to agreement between histories that go both forward and backward in time.[23] A few advocates of deterministic models have not given up on local hidden variables. For example, Gerard 't Hooft has argued that the superdeterminism loophole cannot be dismissed.[24] The quantum mechanical wavefunction can also provide a local realistic description, if the wavefunction values are interpreted as the fundamental quantities that describe reality. Such an approach is called a many-worlds interpretation of quantum mechanics. In this view, two distant observers both split into superpositions when measuring a spin. The Bell inequality violations are no longer counterintuitive, because it is not clear which copy of the observer B observer A will see when going to compare notes. If reality includes all the different outcomes, locality in physical space (not outcome space) places no restrictions on how the split observers can meet up.
Bell's Theorem This implies that there is a subtle assumption in the argument that realism is incompatible with quantum mechanics and locality. The assumption, in its weakest form, is called counterfactual definiteness. This states that if the results of an experiment are always observed to be definite, there is a quantity that determines what the outcome would have been even if you don't do the experiment. Many worlds interpretations are not only counterfactually indefinite, they are factually indefinite. The results of all experiments, even ones that have been performed, are not uniquely determined.
109
Final remarks
The phenomenon of quantum entanglement behind violation of Bell's inequality is just one element of quantum physics that cannot be represented by any classical picture of physics. Other non-classical elements are complementarity and wavefunction collapse. The problem of interpretation of quantum mechanics is intended to provide a satisfactory picture of these non-classical elements of quantum physics. The EPR paper "pinpointed" the unusual properties of the entangled states, e.g. the above-mentioned singlet state, which is the foundation for present-day applications of quantum physics, such as quantum cryptography; one application involves the measurement of quantum entanglement as a physical source of bits for Rabin's oblivious transfer protocol. This strange non-locality was originally supposed to be a Reductio ad absurdum, because the standard interpretation could easily do away with action-at-a-distance by simply assigning to each particle definite spin-states. Bell's theorem showed that the "entangledness" prediction of quantum mechanics have a degree of non-locality that cannot be explained away by any local theory. In well-defined Bell experiments (see the paragraph on "test experiments") one can now falsify either quantum mechanics or Einstein's quasi-classical assumptions: currently many experiments of this kind have been performed, and the experimental results support quantum mechanics, though some believe that detectors give a biased sample of photons, so that until nearly every photon pair generated is observed there will be loopholes. What is powerful about Bell's theorem is that it doesn't come from any particular physical theory. What makes Bell's theorem unique and powerful is that it relies only on the general properties of quantum mechanics. Physical theories that assume a deterministic variable inside the particle can account for the experimental results only by assuming that this variable cannot causally change other variables far away.
Notes
[1] Bell, John. On the Einstein Podolsky Rosen Paradox, Physics 1 3, 195-200, Nov. 1964 [2] Bohm, David Quantum Theory. Prentice-Hall, 1951. [3] Article on Bell's Theorem (http:/ / plato. stanford. edu/ entries/ bell-theorem) by Abner Shimony in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy, (2004). [4] Griffiths, David J. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics: Second Edition. Pearson Prentice Hall, 1998. p. 423. [5] Merzbacher, Eugene Quantum Mechanics: Third Edition. John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2005. p. 18, 362. [6] Buchanan, Mark, Quantum untanglement: is spookiness under threat? New Scientist, 2 Nov 2007. (http:/ / www. ipod. org. uk/ reality/ reality_quantum_untanglement. asp); See also arXiv:1103.1879 [7] Caroline H. Thompson The Chaotic Ball: An Intuitive Analogy for EPR Experiments Found.Phys.Lett. 9 (1996) 357-382 arXiv:quant-ph/9611037 [8] Kumar, M., Quantum, Icon Books, 2009, p. 350. [9] Stapp, 1975 [10] A. Einstein, B. Podolsky and N. Rosen, Can quantum-mechanical description of physical reality be considered complete? Phys. Rev. 47, 777-780 (1935). [11] J.F. Clauser and M.A. Horne, Experimental consequences of objective local theories, Phys. Rev. D 10, 526-535 (1974). [12] P.H. Eberhard, Bell's theorem without hidden variables, Nuovo Cimento 38B, 75-80 (1977). [13] Bell, JS, Speakable and unspeakable in quantum mechanics: Introduction remarks at Naples-Amalfi meeting., 1984. Reprinted in Speakable and unspeakable in quantum mechanics: collected papers on quantum philosophy. CUP, 2004, p. 29. [14] J. F. Clauser, M. A. Horne, A. Shimony and R. A. Holt, Proposed experiment to test local hidden-variable theories, Physical Review Letters 23, 880884 (1969) [15] J. F. Clauser and M. A. Horne, Experimental consequences of objective local theories, Physical Review D, 10, 52635 (1974)
Bell's Theorem
[16] M. Redhead, Incompleteness, Nonlocality and Realism, Clarendon Press (1987) [17] A. Einstein in Correspondance EinsteinBesso, p.265 (Herman, Paris, 1979) [18] Marshall and Santos, Semiclassical optics as an alternative to nonlocality (http:/ / www. crisisinphysics. co. uk/ optrev. pdf) Recent Research Developments in Optics 2:683-717 (2002) [19] S. J. Freedman and J. F. Clauser, Experimental test of local hidden-variable theories, Phys. Rev. Lett. 28, 938 (1972) [20] Brida et al. Experimental tests of hidden variable theories from dBB to Stochastic Electrodynamics ournal of Physics: Conference Series 67 (2007) 012047, arXiv:quant-ph/0612075 [21] Gammaitoni et al., Stochastic resonance (http:/ / prola. aps. org/ abstract/ RMP/ v70/ i1/ p223_1) Rev. Mod. Phys. 70, 223 - 287 (1998) [22] S. Grblacher et al., An experimental test of non-local realism (http:/ / www. nature. com/ nature/ journal/ v446/ n7138/ abs/ nature05677. html) Nature 446, 871875, 2007 [23] Cramer, John G. "The Transactional Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics", Reviews of Modern Physics 58, 647688, July 1986 [24] G 't Hooft, Entangled quantum states in a local deterministic theory (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ 0908. 3408); The Free-Will Postulate in Quantum Mechanics (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ quant-ph/ 0701097)
110
References
A. Aspect et al., Experimental Tests of Realistic Local Theories via Bell's Theorem, Phys. Rev. Lett. 47, 460 (1981) A. Aspect et al., Experimental Realization of Einstein-Podolsky-Rosen-Bohm Gedankenexperiment: A New Violation of Bell's Inequalities, Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 91 (1982). A. Aspect et al., Experimental Test of Bell's Inequalities Using Time-Varying Analyzers, Phys. Rev. Lett. 49, 1804 (1982). A. Aspect and P. Grangier, About resonant scattering and other hypothetical effects in the Orsay atomic-cascade experiment tests of Bell inequalities: a discussion and some new experimental data, Lettere al Nuovo Cimento 43, 345 (1985) B. D'Espagnat, The Quantum Theory and Reality (http://www.sciam.com/media/pdf/197911_0158.pdf), Scientific American, 241, 158 (1979) J. S. Bell, On the problem of hidden variables in quantum mechanics, Rev. Mod. Phys. 38, 447 (1966) J. S. Bell, On the Einstein Podolsky Rosen Paradox, Physics 1, 3, 195-200 (1964) J. S. Bell, Introduction to the hidden variable question, Proceedings of the International School of Physics 'Enrico Fermi', Course IL, Foundations of Quantum Mechanics (1971) 17181 J. S. Bell, Bertlmanns socks and the nature of reality, Journal de Physique, Colloque C2, suppl. au numero 3, Tome 42 (1981) pp C2 4161 J. S. Bell, Speakable and Unspeakable in Quantum Mechanics (Cambridge University Press 1987) [A collection of Bell's papers, including all of the above.] J. F. Clauser and A. Shimony, Bell's theorem: experimental tests and implications, Reports on Progress in Physics 41, 1881 (1978) J. F. Clauser and M. A. Horne, Phys. Rev D 10, 526535 (1974) E. S. Fry, T. Walther and S. Li, Proposal for a loophole-free test of the Bell inequalities, Phys. Rev. A 52, 4381 (1995) E. S. Fry, and T. Walther, Atom based tests of the Bell Inequalities the legacy of John Bell continues, pp 103117 of Quantum [Un]speakables, R.A. Bertlmann and A. Zeilinger (eds.) (Springer, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York, 2002) R. B. Griffiths, Consistent Quantum Theory', Cambridge University Press (2002). L. Hardy, Nonlocality for 2 particles without inequalities for almost all entangled states. Physical Review Letters 71 (11) 16651668 (1993) M. A. Nielsen and I. L. Chuang, Quantum Computation and Quantum Information, Cambridge University Press (2000) P. Pearle, Hidden-Variable Example Based upon Data Rejection, Physical Review D 2, 141825 (1970) A. Peres, Quantum Theory: Concepts and Methods, Kluwer, Dordrecht, 1993.
Bell's Theorem P. Pluch, Theory of Quantum Probability, PhD Thesis, University of Klagenfurt, 2006. B. C. van Frassen, Quantum Mechanics, Clarendon Press, 1991. M.A. Rowe, D. Kielpinski, V. Meyer, C.A. Sackett, W.M. Itano, C. Monroe, and D.J. Wineland, Experimental violation of Bell's inequalities with efficient detection,(Nature, 409, 791794, 2001). S. Sulcs, The Nature of Light and Twentieth Century Experimental Physics, Foundations of Science 8, 365391 (2003) S. Grblacher et al., An experimental test of non-local realism,(Nature, 446, 871875, 2007). D. N. Matsukevich, P. Maunz, D. L. Moehring, S. Olmschenk, and C. Monroe, Bell Inequality Violation with Two Remote Atomic Qubits, Phys. Rev. Lett. 100, 150404 (2008). The comic Dilbert, by Scott Adams, refers to Bell's Theorem in the 1992-09-21 (http://www.dilbert.com/strips/ comic/1992-09-21/) and 1992-09-22 (http://www.dilbert.com/strips/comic/1992-09-22/) strips.
111
Further reading
The following are intended for general audiences. Amir D. Aczel, Entanglement: The greatest mystery in physics (Four Walls Eight Windows, New York, 2001). A. Afriat and F. Selleri, The Einstein, Podolsky and Rosen Paradox (Plenum Press, New York and London, 1999) J. Baggott, The Meaning of Quantum Theory (Oxford University Press, 1992) N. David Mermin, "Is the moon there when nobody looks? Reality and the quantum theory", in Physics Today, April 1985, pp.3847. Louisa Gilder, The Age of Entanglement: When Quantum Physics Was Reborn (New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2008) Brian Greene, The Fabric of the Cosmos (Vintage, 2004, ISBN 0-375-72720-5) Nick Herbert, Quantum Reality: Beyond the New Physics (Anchor, 1987, ISBN 0-385-23569-0) D. Wick, The infamous boundary: seven decades of controversy in quantum physics (Birkhauser, Boston 1995) R. Anton Wilson, Prometheus Rising (New Falcon Publications, 1997, ISBN 1-56184-056-4) Gary Zukav "The Dancing Wu Li Masters" (Perennial Classics, 2001, ISBN 0-06-095968-1)
External links
An explanation of Bell's Theorem (http://www.ncsu.edu/felder-public/kenny/papers/bell.html), based on N. D. Mermin's article, " Bringing Home the Atomic World: Quantum Mysteries for Anybody (http://dx.doi.org/ 10.1119/1.12594)," Am. J. of Phys. 49 (10), 940 (October 1981) Quantum Entanglement (http://www.ipod.org.uk/reality/reality_entangled.asp) Includes a simple explanation of Bell's Inequality. Bell's theorem on arXiv.org (http://xstructure.inr.ac.ru/x-bin/theme3.py?level=2&index1=369244) Interactive experiments with single photons: entanglement and Bells theorem (http://www.didaktik.physik. uni-erlangen.de/quantumlab/english/index.html)
112
5. Schrdinger's Objections
Schrdinger's Cat
Schrdinger's cat is a thought experiment, usually described as a paradox, that Austrian physicist Erwin Schrdinger devised in 1935. It illustrates what he saw as the problem of the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum mechanics applied to everyday objects. The thought experiment presents a cat that might be alive or dead, depending on an earlier random event. In the course of developing this experiment, he coined the term Verschrnkung (entanglement).
Schrdinger's Cat: A cat, along with a flask containing a poison and a radioactive source, is placed in a sealed box shielded against environmentally induced quantum decoherence. If an internal Geiger counter detects radiation, the flask is shattered, releasing the poison that kills the cat. The Copenhagen interpretation of quantum mechanics implies that after a while, the cat is simultaneously alive and dead. Yet, when we look in the box, we see the cat either alive or dead, not both alive and dead.
Schrdinger intended his thought experiment as a discussion of the EPR article, named after its authorsEinstein, Podolsky, and Rosenin 1935.[1] The EPR article highlighted the strange nature of quantum entanglement, which is a characteristic of a quantum state that is a combination of the states of two systems (for example, two subatomic particles), that once interacted but were then separated and are not each in a definite state. The Copenhagen interpretation implies that the state of the two systems undergoes collapse into a definite state when one of the systems is measured. Schrdinger and Einstein exchanged letters about Einstein's EPR article, in the course of which Einstein pointed out that the state of an unstable keg of gunpowder will, after a while, contain a superposition of both exploded and unexploded states. To further illustrate the putative incompleteness of quantum mechanics, Schrdinger describes how one could, in principle, transpose the superposition of an atom to large-scale systems of a live and dead cat by coupling cat and atom with the help of a diabolical mechanism. He proposed a scenario with a cat in a sealed box, wherein the cat's life or death depended on the state of a subatomic particle. According to Schrdinger, the Copenhagen interpretation implies that the cat remains both alive and dead (to the universe outside the box) until the box is opened. Schrdinger did not wish to promote the idea of dead-and-alive cats as a serious possibility; quite the reverse, the paradox is a classic reductio ad absurdum.[2] The thought experiment illustrates the bizarreness of quantum mechanics and the mathematics necessary to describe quantum states. Intended as a critique of just the Copenhagen interpretation (the prevailing orthodoxy in 1935), the Schrdinger cat thought experiment remains a typical touchstone for all interpretations of quantum mechanics. Physicists often use the way each interpretation deals with Schrdinger's cat as a way of illustrating and comparing the particular features, strengths, and weaknesses of each interpretation.
Schrdinger's Cat
113
Schrdinger's Cat
114
Copenhagen interpretation
In the Copenhagen interpretation of quantum mechanics, a system stops being a superposition of states and becomes either one or the other when an observation takes place. This experiment makes apparent the fact that the nature of measurement, or observation, is not well-defined in this interpretation. The experiment can be interpreted to mean that while the box is closed, the system simultaneously exists in a superposition of the states "decayed nucleus/dead cat" and "undecayed nucleus/living cat," and that only when the box is opened and an observation performed does the wave function collapse into one of the two states. However, one of the main scientists associated with the Copenhagen interpretation, Niels Bohr, never had in mind the observer-induced collapse of the wave function, so that Schrdinger's Cat did not pose any riddle to him. The cat would be either dead or alive long before the box is opened by a conscious observer.[5] Analysis of an actual experiment found that measurement alone (for example by a Geiger counter) is sufficient to collapse a quantum wave function before there is any conscious observation of the measurement.[6] The view that the "observation" is taken when a particle from the nucleus hits the detector can be developed into objective collapse theories. In contrast, the many worlds approach denies that collapse ever occurs.
The quantum-mechanical "Schrdinger's cat" paradox according to the many-worlds interpretation. In this interpretation, every event is a branch point. The cat is both alive and deadregardless of whether the box is openedbut the "alive" and "dead" cats are in different branches of the universe that are equally real but cannot interact with each other.
When opening the box, the observer becomes entangled with the cat, so "observer states" corresponding to the cat's being alive and dead are formed; each observer state is entangled or linked with the cat so that the "observation of the cat's state" and the "cat's state" correspond with each other. Quantum decoherence ensures that the different outcomes have no interaction with each other. The same mechanism of quantum decoherence is also important for the interpretation in terms of consistent histories. Only the "dead cat" or "alive cat" can be a part of a consistent history in this interpretation. Roger Penrose criticises this: "I wish to make it clear that, as it stands, this is far from a resolution of the cat paradox. For there is nothing in the formalism of quantum mechanics that demands that a state of consciousness cannot involve the
Schrdinger's Cat simultaneous perception of a live and a dead cat",[7] Although the mainstream view (without necessarily endorsing many-worlds) is that decoherence is the mechanism that forbids such simultaneous perception.[8] [9] A variant of the Schrdinger's Cat experiment, known as the quantum suicide machine, has been proposed by cosmologist Max Tegmark. It examines the Schrdinger's Cat experiment from the point of view of the cat, and argues that by using this approach, one may be able to distinguish between the Copenhagen interpretation and many-worlds.
115
Ensemble interpretation
The ensemble interpretation states that superpositions are nothing but subensembles of a larger statistical ensemble. The state vector would not apply to individual cat experiments, but only to the statistics of many similarly prepared cat experiments. Proponents of this interpretation state that this makes the Schrdinger's Cat paradox a trivial non-issue. This interpretation serves to discard the idea that a single physical system in quantum mechanics has a mathematical description that corresponds to it in any way.
Relational interpretation
The relational interpretation makes no fundamental distinction between the human experimenter, the cat, or the apparatus, or between animate and inanimate systems; all are quantum systems governed by the same rules of wavefunction evolution, and all may be considered "observers." But the relational interpretation allows that different observers can give different accounts of the same series of events, depending on the information they have about the system.[10] The cat can be considered an observer of the apparatus; meanwhile, the experimenter can be considered another observer of the system in the box (the cat plus the apparatus). Before the box is opened, the cat, by nature of it being alive or dead, has information about the state of the apparatus (the atom has either decayed or not decayed); but the experimenter does not have information about the state of the box contents. In this way, the two observers simultaneously have different accounts of the situation: To the cat, the wavefunction of the apparatus has appeared to "collapse"; to the experimenter, the contents of the box appear to be in superposition. Not until the box is opened, and both observers have the same information about what happened, do both system states appear to "collapse" into the same definite result, a cat that is either alive or dead.
Schrdinger's Cat
116
Practical applications
The experiment is a purely theoretical one, and the machine proposed is not known to have been constructed. In quantum computing, however, the phrase "cat state" often refers to the special entanglement of qubits wherein the qubits are in an equal superposition of all being 0 and all being 1; i.e., + .
Extensions
Wigner's friend is a variant on the experiment with two external observers: the first opens and inspects the box and then communicates his observations to a second observer. The issue here is, does the wave function "collapse" when the first observer opens the box, or only when the second observer is informed of the first observer's observations? In another extension, prominent physicists have gone so far as to suggest that astronomers observing dark energy in the universe in 1998 may have "reduced its life expectancy" through a pseudo-Schrdinger's Cat scenario, although this is a controversial viewpoint.[11] [12]
References
[1] EPR article: Can Quantum-Mechanical Description Reality Be Considered Complete? (http:/ / prola. aps. org/ abstract/ PR/ v47/ i10/ p777_1) [2] Schrdinger, Erwin (November 1935). "Die gegenwrtige Situation in der Quantenmechanik (The present situation in quantum mechanics)". Naturwissenschaften. [3] Schroedinger: "The Present Situation in Quantum Mechanics" (http:/ / www. tu-harburg. de/ rzt/ rzt/ it/ QM/ cat. html#sect5) [4] Pay link to Einstein letter (http:/ / www. jstor. org/ pss/ 687649) [5] Faye, J (2008-01-24). "Copenhagen Interpretation of Quantum Mechanics" (http:/ / plato. stanford. edu/ entries/ qm-copenhagen/ ). Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy. The Metaphysics Research Lab Center for the Study of Language and Information, Stanford University. . Retrieved 2010-09-19. [6] Carpenter RHS, Anderson AJ (2006). "The death of Schroedinger's Cat and of consciousness-based wave-function collapse" (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20061130173850/ http:/ / www. ensmp. fr/ aflb/ AFLB-311/ aflb311m387. pdf). Annales de la Fondation Louis de Broglie (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20080618174026/ http:/ / www. ensmp. fr/ aflb/ AFLB-Web/ en-annales-index. htm) 31 (1): 4552. Archived from the original (http:/ / www. ensmp. fr/ aflb/ AFLB-311/ aflb311m387. pdf) on 2006-11-30. . Retrieved 2010-09-10. [7] Penrose, R. The Road to Reality, p 807. [8] Wojciech H. Zurek, Decoherence, einselection, and the quantum origins of the classical, Reviews of Modern Physics 2003, 75, 715 or (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ quant-ph/ 0105127) [9] Wojciech H. Zurek, "Decoherence and the transition from quantum to classical", Physics Today, 44, pp 3644 (1991) [10] Rovelli, Carlo (1996). "Relational Quantum Mechanics". International Journal of Theoretical Physics 35: 16371678. arXiv:quant-ph/9609002. Bibcode1996IJTP...35.1637R. doi:10.1007/BF02302261. [11] Chown, Marcus (2007-11-22). "Has observing the universe hastened its end?" (http:/ / www. newscientist. com/ channel/ fundamentals/ mg19626313. 800-has-observing-the-universe-hastened-its-end. html). New Scientist. . Retrieved 2007-11-25. [12] Krauss, Lawrence M.; James Dent (April 30, 2008). "Late Time Behavior of False Vacuum Decay: Possible Implications for Cosmology and Metastable Inflating States". Phys. Rev. Lett. (US: APS) 100 (17). arXiv:0711.1821. Bibcode2008PhRvL.100q1301K. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.100.171301.
External links
Schrdinger's cat in audio (http://soundcloud.com/siftpodcast/schr-dingers-cat) produced by Sift (http:// siftpodcast.com/) Erwin Schrdinger, The Present Situation in Quantum Mechanics (Translation) (http://www.tu-harburg.de/rzt/ rzt/it/QM/cat.html) The EPR paper (http://prola.aps.org/abstract/PR/v47/i10/p777_1) Viennese Meow (the cat's perspective - short story) (http://primastoria.com/story/viennese-meow/) The story of Schroedinger's cat (an epic poem) (http://www.straightdope.com/classics/a1_122.html); The Straight Dope Tom Leggett (Aug. 1, 2000) New life for Schrdinger's cat, Physics World, UK (http://physicsworld.com/cws/ article/print/525) Experiments at two universities claim to observe superposition in large scale systems
Schrdinger's Cat Information Philosopher on Schrdinger's cat (http://www.informationphilosopher.com/solutions/ experiments/schrodingerscat/) More diagrams and an information creation explanation. A YouTube video explaining Schrdingers cat (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=CrxqTtiWxs4)
117
118
6. Measurement Problems
The Measurement Problem
The measurement problem in quantum mechanics is the unresolved problem of how (or if) wavefunction collapse occurs. The inability to observe this process directly has given rise to different interpretations of quantum mechanics, and poses a key set of questions that each interpretation must answer. The wavefunction in quantum mechanics evolves according to the Schrdinger equation into a linear superposition of different states, but actual measurements always find the physical system in a definite state. Any future evolution is based on the state the system was discovered to be in when the measurement was made, meaning that the measurement "did something" to the process under examination. Whatever that "something" may be does not appear to be explained by the basic theory. To express matters differently (to paraphrase Steven Weinberg [1] [2] ), the wave function evolves deterministically knowing the wave function at one moment, the Schrdinger equation determines the wave function at any later time. If observers and their measuring apparatus are themselves described by a deterministic wave function, why can we not predict precise results for measurements, but only probabilities? As a general question: How can one establish a correspondence between quantum and classical reality?[3]
Example
The best known is the "paradox" of the Schrdinger's cat: a cat is apparently evolving into a linear superposition of basis vectors that can be characterized as an "alive cat" and states that can be described as a "dead cat". Each of these possibilities is associated with a specific nonzero probability amplitude; the cat seems to be in a "mixed" state. However, a single, particular observation of the cat does not measure the probabilities: it always finds either a living cat, or a dead cat. After the measurement the cat is definitively alive or dead. The question is: How are the probabilities converted into an actual, sharply well-defined outcome?
Interpretations
Some interpretations claim that the latter approach was put on firm ground in the 1980s by the phenomenon of quantum decoherence.[4] It is claimed that decoherence makes it possible to identify the fuzzy boundary between the quantum microworld and the world where the classical intuition is applicable.[5] Quantum decoherence was proposed in the context of the many-worlds interpretation, but it has also become an important part of some modern updates of the Copenhagen interpretation based on consistent histories. Quantum decoherence does not describe the actual process of the wavefunction collapse, but it explains the conversion of the quantum probabilities (that exhibit interference effects) to the ordinary classical probabilities. See, for example, Zurek,[3] Zeh[5] and Schlosshauer.[6] Hugh Everett's many-worlds interpretation attempts to avoid the problem by suggesting there is only one wavefunction, the superposition of the entire universe, and it never collapsesso there is no measurement problem. Instead the act of measurement is actually an interaction between two quantum entities, which entangle to form a single larger entity, for instance living cat/happy scientist. Everett also attempted to demonstrate the way that in measurements the probabilistic nature of quantum mechanics would appear; work later extended by Bryce DeWitt. De BroglieBohm theory tries to solve the measurement problem very differently: this interpretation contains not only the wavefunction, but also the information about the position of the particle(s). The role of the wavefunction is to generate the velocity field for the particles. These velocities are such that the probability distribution for the particle remains consistent with the predictions of the orthodox quantum mechanics. According to de BroglieBohm
The Measurement Problem theory, interaction with the environment during a measurement procedure separates the wave packets in configuration space which is where apparent wavefunction collapse comes from even though there is no actual collapse. Decoherence analysis is one way to view this. The present situation is slowly clarifying, as described in a recent paper by Schlosshauer as follows:[7] Several decoherence-unrelated proposals have been put forward in the past to elucidate the meaning of probabilities and arrive at the Born rule It is fair to say that no decisive conclusion appears to have been reached as to the success of these derivations. As it is well known, [many papers by Bohr insist upon] the fundamental role of classical concepts. The experimental evidence for superpositions of macroscopically distinct states on increasingly large length scales counters such a dictum. Only the physical interactions between systems then determine a particular decomposition into classical states from the view of each particular system. Thus classical concepts are to be understood as locally emergent in a relative-state sense and should no longer claim a fundamental role in the physical theory.
119
Further reading
R. Buniy, S. Hsu and A. Zee On the origin of probability in quantum mechanics (2006) (http://duende.uoregon. edu/~hsu/talks/probability_qm.pdf)
External links
The Quantum Measurement Problem (http://www.shantena.com/en/physicslectures/quantummeasurement) Two presentations: a non-technical and a more technical presentation.
120
Qualitative overview
The quantum state of a system is a mathematical object that fully describes the quantum system. One typically imagines some experimental apparatus and procedure which "prepares" this quantum state; the mathematical object then reflects the setup of the apparatus. Once the quantum state has been prepared, some aspect of it is measured (for example, its position or energy). If the experiment is repeated, so as to measure the same aspect of the same quantum state prepared in the same way, the result of the measurement will often be different. The expected result of the measurement is in general described by a probability distribution that specifies the likelihoods that the various possible results will be obtained. (This distribution can be either discrete or continuous, depending on what is being measured.) The measurement process is often said to be random and indeterministic. (However, there is considerable dispute over this issue; in some interpretations of quantum mechanics, the result merely appears random and indeterministic, in other interpretations the indeterminism is core and irreducible.) This is because an important aspect of measurement is wavefunction collapse, the nature of which varies according to the interpretation adopted. What is universally agreed, however, is that if the measurement is repeated, without re-preparing the state, one finds the same result as the first measurement. As a result, after measuring some aspect of the quantum state, we normally update the quantum state to reflect the result of the measurement; it is this updating that ensures that if an immediate re-measurement is repeated without re-preparing the state, one finds the same result as the first measurement. The updating of the quantum state model is called wavefunction collapse.
Quantitative details
The mathematical relationship between the quantum state and the probability distribution is, again, widely accepted among physicists, and has been experimentally confirmed countless times. This section summarizes this relationship, which is stated in terms of the mathematical formulation of quantum mechanics. Measurable quantities ("observables") as operators It is a postulate of quantum mechanics that all measurements have an associated operator (called an observable operator, or just an observable), with the following properties: 1. The observable is a Hermitian (self-adjoint) operator mapping a Hilbert space (namely, the state space, which consists of all possible quantum states) into itself. 2. The observable's eigenvalues are real. The possible outcomes of the measurement are precisely the eigenvalues of the given observable.
Measurement in Quantum Mechanics 3. For each eigenvalue there are one or more corresponding eigenvectors (which in this context are called eigenstates), which will make up the state of the system after the measurement. 4. The observable has a set of eigenvectors which span the state space. It follows that each observable generates an orthonormal basis of eigenvectors (called an eigenbasis). Physically, this is the statement that any quantum state can always be represented as a superposition of the eigenstates of an observable. Important examples of observables are: The Hamiltonian operator, representing the total energy of the system; with the special case of the nonrelativistic Hamiltonian operator: The momentum operator: The position operator: , where . (in the position basis). (in the momentum basis).
121
Operators can be noncommuting. Two Hermitian operators commute if (and only if) there is at least one basis of vectors, each of which is an eigenvector of both operators (this is sometimes called a simultaneous eigenbasis). Noncommuting observables are said to be incompatible and cannot in general be measured simultaneously. In fact, they are related by an uncertainty principle, as a consequence of the Robertson-Schrdinger relation. Measurement probabilities and wavefunction collapse There are a few possible ways to mathematically describe the measurement process (both the probability distribution and the collapsed wavefunction). The most convenient description depends on the spectrum (i.e., set of eigenvalues) of the observable. Discrete, nondegenerate spectrum Let be an observable, and suppose that it has discrete eigenstates (in bra-ket notation) for
and corresponding eigenvalues Assume the system is prepared in state follows that (where
, no two of which are equal. . Since the eigenstates of an observable form a basis (the eigenbasis), it
can be written in terms of the eigenstates as are complex numbers). Then measuring can yield any of the results , with
Usually
is assumed to be normalized, in which case this expression reduces to , then the system's quantum state after the measurement is
Measurement in Quantum Mechanics Continuous, nondegenerate spectrum Let be an observable, and suppose that it has a continuous spectrum of eigenvalues filling the interval (a,b). . , which can be written in terms of the eigenbasis as
122
Assume further that each eigenvalue x in this range is associated with a unique eigenstate Assume the system is prepared in state
(where
Again,
If the result of the measurement is x, then the new wave function will be
Alternatively, it is often possible and convenient to analyze a continuous-spectrum measurement by taking it to be the limit of a different measurement with a discrete spectrum. For example, an analysis of scattering involves a continuous spectrum of energies, but by adding a "box" potential (which bounds the volume in which the particle can be found), the spectrum becomes discrete. By considering larger and larger boxes, this approach need not involve any approximation, but rather can be regarded as an equally valid formalism in which this problem can be analyzed. Degenerate spectra If there are multiple eigenstates with the same eigenvalue (called degeneracies), the analysis is a bit less simple to state, but not essentially different. In the discrete case, for example, instead of finding a complete eigenbasis, it is a bit more convenient to write the Hilbert space as a direct sum of eigenspaces. The probability of measuring a particular eigenvalue is the squared component of the state vector in the corresponding eigenspace, and the new state after measurement is the projection of the original state vector into the appropriate eigenspace. Density matrix formulation Instead of performing quantum-mechanics computations in terms of wavefunctions (kets), it is sometimes necessary to describe a quantum-mechanical system in terms of a density matrix. The analysis in this case is formally slightly different, but the physical content is the same, and indeed this case can be derived from the wavefunction formulation above. The result for the discrete, degenerate case, for example, is as follows: Let be an observable, and suppose that it has discrete eigenvalues respectively. Let the results be the projection operator into the space . can yield any of , associated with eigenspaces
Assume the system is prepared in the state described by the density matrix . Then measuring , with corresponding probabilities given by
where Tr denotes trace. If the result of the measurement is n, then the new density matrix will be
Alternatively, one can say that the measurement process results in the new density matrix
Measurement in Quantum Mechanics where the difference is that ' ' is the density matrix describing the entire ensemble, whereas ' is the density matrix describing the sub-ensemble whose measurement result was n. Statistics of measurement As detailed above, the result of measuring a quantum-mechanical system is described by a probability distribution. Some properties of this distribution are as follows: Suppose we take a measurement corresponding to observable , on a state whose quantum state is .
123
The mean (average) value of the measurement is (see Expectation value (quantum mechanics)) . The variance of the measurement is
These are direct consequences of the above formulas for measurement probabilities. Example Suppose that we have a particle in a 1-dimensional box, set up initially in the ground state computed from the time-independent Schrdinger equation, the energy of this state is particle's mass and L is the box length), and the spatial wavefunction is . As can be (where m is the . If the energy
is now measured, the result will always certainly be , and this measurement will not affect the wavefunction. Next suppose that the particle's position is measured. The position x will be measured with probability density
If the measurement result was x=S, then the wavefunction after measurement will be the position eigenstate . If the particle's position is immediately measured again, the same position will be obtained. The new wavefunction can, like any wavefunction, be written as a superposition of eigenstates of any , we have
If we now leave this state alone, it will smoothly evolve in time according to the Schrdinger equation. But suppose instead that an energy measurement is immediately taken. Then the possible energy values will be measured with relative probabilities:
So in this example, due to the process of wavefunction collapse, a particle initially in the ground state can end up in any energy level, after just two subsequent non-commuting measurements are made.
124
Wavefunction collapse
The process in which a quantum state becomes one of the eigenstates of the operator corresponding to the measured observable is called "collapse", or "wavefunction collapse". The final eigenstate appears randomly with a probability equal to the square of its overlap with the original state. The process of collapse has been studied in many experiments, most famously in the double-slit experiment. The wavefunction collapse raises serious questions regarding "the measurement problem",[1] as well as, questions of determinism and locality, as demonstrated in the EPR paradox and later in GHZ entanglement. (See below.) In the last few decades, major advances have been made toward a theoretical understanding of the collapse process. This new theoretical framework, called quantum decoherence, supersedes previous notions of instantaneous collapse and provides an explanation for the absence of quantum coherence after measurement. While this theory correctly predicts the form and probability distribution of the final eigenstates, it does not explain the randomness inherent in the choice of final state.
interaction of object and measuring instrument the unitary evolution is supposed to realize the following transition from the initial to the final total wave function:
where
are orthonormal states of the measuring apparatus. The unitary evolution above is referred to as
premeasurement. The relation with wave function collapse is established by calculating from the final total wave function the final density operator of the object as This density operator is interpreted by von Neumann as describing an ensemble of objects being after the measurement with probability The transition in the state
is often referred to as weak von Neumann projection, the wave function collapse or strong von Neumann projection
being thought to correspond to an additional selection of a subensemble by means of observation. In case the measured observable has a degenerate spectrum, weak von Neumann projection is generalized to Lders projection
for fixed n are the degenerate eigenvectors of the measured observable. For an arbitrary
125
of the object are determined by specific properties of the interaction between object and
measuring instrument. They are normalized but not necessarily mutually orthogonal. The relation with wave function collapse is analogous to that obtained for measurements of the first kind, the final state of the object now being with probability Note that many present-day measurement procedures are measurements of the second kind, some even functioning correctly only as a consequence of being of the second kind (for instance, a photon counter, detecting a photon by absorbing and hence annihilating it, thus ideally leaving the electromagnetic field in the vacuum state rather than in the state corresponding to the number of detected photons; also the Stern-Gerlach [2] experiment would not function at all if it really were a measurement of the first kind ). [pdf]
which is related to the phenomenon of decoherence. The above is completely described by the Schrdinger equation and there are not any interpretational problems with this. Now the problematic wavefunction collapse does not need to be understood as a process on the level of the measured system, but can also be understood as a process or as a process on the level of the measuring apparatus, on the level of the environment. Studying these processes provides considerable insight into
the measurement problem by avoiding the arbitrary boundary between the quantum and classical worlds, though it does not explain the presence of randomness in the choice of final eigenstate. If the set of states , , or
represents a set of states that do not overlap in space, the appearance of collapse can be generated by either the Bohm interpretation or the Everett interpretation which both deny the reality of wavefunction collapse. Both of these are stated to predict the same probabilities for collapses to various states as the conventional interpretation by their supporters. The Bohm interpretation is held to be correct only by a small minority of physicists, since there are difficulties with the generalization for use with relativistic quantum field theory. However, there is no proof that the Bohm interpretation is inconsistent with quantum field theory, and work to reconcile the two is ongoing. The Everett interpretation easily accommodates relativistic quantum field theory.
126
External links
"The Double Slit Experiment [5]". (physicsweb.org) "Measurement in Quantum Mechanics [6]" Henry Krips in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy Decoherence, the measurement problem, and interpretations of quantum mechanics [7] Measurements and Decoherence [8] The conditions for discrimination between quantum states with minimum error [9] Quantum behavior of measurement apparatus [10] Yonina C. Eldar, Alexandre Megretski, and George C. Verghese. Designing optimal quantum detectors via semidefinite programming. IEEE Transactions on Information Theory, Vol. 49, No. 4, 10071012, 2003.
Further reading
John A. Wheeler and Wojciech Hubert Zurek (eds), Quantum Theory and Measurement, Princeton University Press, (1983), ISBN 0-691-08316-9 Vladimir B. Braginsky and Farid Ya. Khalili, Quantum Measurement, Camebridge University Press, (1992), ISBN 0-521-41928-X Greenstein, G. and Zajonc, A.G., The Quantum Challenge, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, (2006), ISBN 0-7367-2470-X
127
References
[1] http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=5t0tm0FB1CsC& pg=PA215& lpg=PA215& dq=wave+ function+ collapse& source=bl& ots=a7iUGurRDC& sig=o1ddjY7lQrj4EQdvS49xcceWq2M& hl=en& ei=RfgtSsDNL4WgM8u-rf4J& sa=X& oi=book_result& ct=result& resnum=7#PPA215,M1 [2] M.O. Scully, W.E. Lamb, A. Barut, On the theory of the Stern-Gerlach apparatus, Foundations of Physics 17, 575-583 (1987). [3] Quantum mechanics: Myths and facts (http:/ / arxiv. org/ pdf/ quant-ph/ 0609163) [4] S. Grblacher et al., An experimental test of non-local realism, Nature 446, 871 (2007). Direct web link (http:/ / dx. doi. org/ 10. 1038/ nature05677) [5] http:/ / physicsweb. org/ article/ world/ 15/ 9/ 1 [6] http:/ / plato. stanford. edu/ entries/ qt-measurement/ [7] http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ quant-ph/ 0312059 [8] http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ quant-ph/ 0505070 [9] http:/ / arxiv. org/ pdf/ 0810. 1919 [10] http:/ / arxiv1. library. cornell. edu/ abs/ 1001. 3032v1
128
7. Advanced Concepts
Quantum Number
Quantum numbers describe values of conserved quantities in the dynamics of the quantum system. Perhaps the most peculiar aspect of quantum mechanics is the quantization of observable quantities. This is distinguished from classical mechanics where the values can range continuously. They often describe specifically the energies of electrons in atoms, but other possibilities include angular momentum, spin etc. Any quantum system can have one or more quantum numbers, it is thus rigorous to list all possible quantum numbers.
Traditional nomenclature
Many different models have been proposed throughout the history of quantum mechanics, but the most prominent system of nomenclature spawned from the Hund-Mulliken molecular orbital theory of Friedrich Hund, Robert S. Mulliken, and contributions from Schrdinger, Slater and John Lennard-Jones. This system of nomenclature incorporated Bohr energy levels, Hund-Mulliken orbital theory, and observations on electron spin based on spectroscopy and Hund's rules. This model describes electrons using four quantum numbers, The first, , describes the electron shell, or energy level. , , , and . It is also the common nomenclature in the classical description of nuclear particle states (e.g., proton and neutrons.)
The value of ranges from 1 to "n", where "n" is the shell containing the outermost electron of that atom. For example, in cesium (Cs), the outermost valence electron is in the shell with energy level 6, so an electron in cesium can have an value from 1 to 6. This is known as the principal quantum number. The second, , describes the subshell (0 = s orbital, 1 = p orbital, 2 = d orbital, 3 = f orbital, etc.). The value of ranges from to . This is because the first p orbital (l=1) appears in the second electron shell (n=2), the first d orbital (l=2) appears in the third shell (n=3), and so on. A quantum number beginning in 3,0,... describes an electron in the s orbital of the third electron shell of an atom. The third, , describes the specific orbital (or "cloud") within that subshell.* The values of range from to . The s subshell (l=0) contains only one orbital, and therefore the ml of an electron in an s subshell will always be 0. The p subshell (l=1) contains three orbitals (in some systems, depicted as three "dumbbell-shaped" clouds), so the ml of an electron in a p subshell will be -1, 0, or 1. The d
Quantum Number subshell (l=2) contains five orbitals, with ml values of -2,-1,0,1, and 2. The fourth, , describes the spin of the electron within that orbital.* An electron can have a spin of either or , will be either , corresponding with "spin" and "opposite
129
spin." Each electron in any individual orbital must have different spins, therefore, an orbital never contains more than two electrons. * Note that, since atoms and electrons are in a state of constant motion, there is no universal fixed value for ml and ms values. Therefore, the ml and ms values are defined somewhat arbitrarily. The only requirement is that the naming schematic used within a particular set of calculations or descriptions must be consistent (e.g. the orbital occupied by the first electron in a p subshell could be described as ml=-1 or ml=0, or ml=1, but the ml value of the other electron in that orbital must be the same, and the ml assigned to electrons in other orbitals must be different). These rules are summarized as follows:
name symbol orbital meaning range of values value example
principal quantum number azimuthal quantum number (angular momentum) magnetic quantum number, (projection of angular momentum) spin projection quantum number
shell subshell (s orbital is listed as 0, p orbital as 1 etc.) energy shift (orientation of the subshell's shape) spin of the electron (-1/2 = counter-clockwise, 1/2 = clockwise) for :
for
Example: The quantum numbers used to refer to the outermost valence electrons of the Carbon (C) atom, which are located in the 2p atomic orbital, are; n = 2 (2nd electron shell), l = 1 (p orbital subshell), ml = 1, 0 or 1, ms = 1/2 (parallel spins). As applied to the Hamiltonian and Schrdinger equation The principal quantum number (n = 1, 2, 3, 4 ...) denotes the eigenvalue of H with the J2 part removed. This number therefore has a dependence only on the distance between the electron and the nucleus (i.e., the radial coordinate, r). The average distance increases with n, and hence quantum states with different principal quantum numbers are said to belong to different shells. The azimuthal quantum number (l = 0, 1 ... n1) (also known as the angular quantum number or orbital quantum number) gives the orbital angular momentum through the relation . In chemistry, this quantum number is very important, since it specifies the shape of an atomic orbital and strongly influences chemical bonds and bond angles. In some contexts, l=0 is called an s orbital, l=1 a p orbital, l=2 a d orbital, and l=3 an f orbital. The magnetic quantum number (ml = l, l+1 ... 0 ... l1, l) yields the projection of the orbital angular momentum along a specified axis. . The spin projection quantum number (ms = 1/2 or +1/2), is the intrinsic angular momentum of the electron or nucleon. This is the projection of the spin s=1/2 along the specified axis. Results from spectroscopy indicated that up to two electrons can occupy a single orbital. However two electrons can never have the same exact quantum state nor the same set of quantum numbers according to Hund's Rules, which addresses the Pauli exclusion principle. A fourth quantum number with two possible values was added as an ad hoc assumption to resolve the conflict; this supposition could later be explained in detail by relativistic quantum mechanics and from the results of the renowned Stern-Gerlach experiment. Molecular orbitals require different quantum numbers, because the Hamiltonian and its symmetries are quite different.
Quantum Number
130
. The projection of the total angular momentum along a specified axis (mj = -j,-j+1... j), which is analogous to m, and satisfies where Parity. This is the eigenvalue under reflection, and is positive (i.e. +1) for states which came from even l and negative (i.e. -1) for states which came from odd l. The former is also known as even parity and the latter as odd parity For example, consider the following eight states, defined by their quantum numbers:
n #1. #2. #3. #4. #5. #6. #7. #8. l ml ms l + s l - s ml + ms 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 3/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 3/2 1/2 1/2 -1/2 -1/2 -3/2 1/2 -1/2
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
The quantum states in the system can be described as linear combination of these eight states. However, in the presence of spin-orbit interaction, if one wants to describe the same system by eight states which are eigenvectors of the Hamiltonian (i.e. each represents a state which does not mix with others over time), we should consider the following eight states:
j = 3/2, mj = j = 3/2, mj = 3/2, 1/2, odd parity (coming from state (1) above) odd parity (coming from states (2) and (3) above) odd parity (coming from states (4) and (5) above) odd parity (coming from state (6)) odd parity (coming from states (2) and (3) above) odd parity (coming from states (4) and (5) above)
Elementary particles
Elementary particles contain many quantum numbers which are usually said to be intrinsic to them. However, it should be understood that the elementary particles are quantum states of the standard model of particle physics, and hence the quantum numbers of these particles bear the same relation to the Hamiltonian of this model as the quantum numbers of the Bohr atom does to its Hamiltonian. In other words, each quantum number denotes a symmetry of the problem. It is more useful in field theory to distinguish between spacetime and internal symmetries.
Quantum Number Typical quantum numbers related to spacetime symmetries are spin (related to rotational symmetry), the parity, C-parity and T-parity (related to the Poincare symmetry of spacetime). Typical internal symmetries are lepton number and baryon number or the electric charge. (For a full list of quantum numbers of this kind see the article on flavour.) It is worth mentioning here a minor but often confusing point. Most conserved quantum numbers are additive. Thus, in an elementary particle reaction, the sum of the quantum numbers should be the same before and after the reaction. However, some, usually called a parity, are multiplicative; i.e., their product is conserved. All multiplicative quantum numbers belong to a symmetry (like parity) in which applying the symmetry transformation twice is equivalent to doing nothing. These are all examples of an abstract group called Z2.
131
Atomic physics
Quantum numbers for the hydrogen atom (http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/qunoh.html)
Particle physics
Griffiths, David J. (2004). Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (2nd ed.). Prentice Hall. ISBN0-13-805326-X. Halzen, Francis and Martin, Alan D. (1984). QUARKS AND LEPTONS: An Introductory Course in Modern Particle Physics. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN0-471-88741-2. The particle data group (http://pdg.lbl.gov/) Lecture notes on quantum numbers (http://www.physics.byu.edu/faculty/durfee/courses/Summer2009/ physics222/AtomicQuantumNumbers.pdf)
Quantum Information
132
Quantum Information
In quantum mechanics, quantum information is physical information that is held in the "state" of a quantum system. The most popular unit of quantum information is the qubit, a two-level quantum system. However, unlike classical digital states (which are discrete), a two-state quantum system can actually be in a superposition of the two states at any given time. Quantum information differs from classical information in several respects, among which we note the following: It cannot be read without the state becoming the measured value, An arbitrary state cannot be cloned, The state may be in a superposition of basis values. However, despite this, the amount of information that can be retrieved in a single qubit is equal to one bit. It is in the processing of information (quantum computation) that the differentiation occurs. The ability to manipulate quantum information enables us to perform tasks that would be unachievable in a classical context, such as unconditionally secure transmission of information. Quantum information processing is the most general field that is concerned with quantum information. There are certain tasks which classical computers cannot perform "efficiently" (that is, in polynomial time) according to any known algorithm. However, a quantum computer can compute the answer to some of these problems in polynomial time; one well-known example of this is Shor's factoring algorithm. Other algorithms can speed up a task less dramatically - for example, Grover's search algorithm which gives a quadratic speed-up over the best possible classical algorithm. Quantum information, and changes in quantum information, can be quantitatively measured by using an analogue of Shannon entropy, called the von Neumann entropy. Given a statistical ensemble of quantum mechanical systems with the density matrix , it is given by
Many of the same entropy measures in classical information theory can also be generalized to the quantum case, such as Holevo entropy [1] and the conditional quantum entropy.
Quantum Information information carriers against noise. The example of classical analog information shows that quantum information processing schemes must necessarily be tolerant against noise, otherwise there would not be a chance for them to be useful. It was a big breakthrough for the theory of quantum information, when quantum error correction codes and fault-tolerant quantum computation schemes were discovered.
133
Journals
Among the journals in this field are International Journal of Quantum Information Journal of Quantum Chemistry Applied Mathematics & Information Sciences
Quantum Information
134
References
[1] http:/ / www. mi. ras. ru/ ~holevo/ eindex. html [2] http:/ / www. quantware. ups-tlse. fr/ IHP2006/ [3] http:/ / www. qit. ethz. ch/ [4] http:/ / www. perimeterinstitute. ca/ Outreach/ What_We_Research/ Quantum_Information/ [5] http:/ / cam. qubit. org/ [6] http:/ / www. maths. nottingham. ac. uk/ research/ appliedmathematics/ quantuminformation/ [7] http:/ / qwiki. caltech. edu/ [8] http:/ / www. quantiki. org [9] http:/ / www. iqc. ca/ [10] http:/ / www. uwaterloo. ca [11] http:/ / www. perimeterinstitute. ca/ [12] http:/ / www. damtp. cam. ac. uk/ user/ jono/ negative-information. html [13] http:/ / www. springer. com/ east/ home?SGWID=5-102-22-173664707-0& changeHeader=true [14] http:/ / osa. org/ meetings/ topicalmeetings/ icqi/ default. aspx [15] http:/ / insti. physics. sunysb. edu/ itp/ conf/ simons-qcomputation2/ program. html [16] http:/ / www. iqi. caltech. edu/ [17] http:/ / www3. imperial. ac. uk/ quantuminformation [18] http:/ / www. toshiba-europe. com/ research/ crl/ qig/ index. html [19] http:/ / www. worldscinet. com/ ijqi/ ijqi. shtml [20] http:/ / www. springer. com/ new+ %26+ forthcoming+ titles+ %28default%29/ journal/ 11128 [21] http:/ / cqist. usc. edu/ [22] http:/ / www. cquic. org/
Expectation
From classical probability theory, we know that the expectation of a random variable X is completely determined by its distribution DX by
assuming, of course, that the random variable is integrable or that the random variable is non-negative. Similarly, let A be an observable of a quantum mechanical system. A is given by a densely defined self-adjoint operator on H. The spectral measure of A defined by
uniquely determines A and conversely, is uniquely determined by A. EA is a boolean homomorphism from the Borel subsets of R into the lattice Q of self-adjoint projections of H. In analogy with probability theory, given a state S, we introduce the distribution of A under S which is the probability measure defined on the Borel subsets of R by
Quantum Statistical Mechanics Note that this expectation is relative to the mixed state S which is used in the definition of DA. Remark. For technical reasons, one needs to consider separately the positive and negative parts of A defined by the Borel functional calculus for unbounded operators. One can easily show:
135
and we define
, since an event with probability zero should not contribute to the entropy. This
value is an extended real number (that is in [0, ]) and this is clearly a unitary invariant of S. Remark. It is indeed possible that H(S) = + for some density operator S. In fact T be the diagonal matrix
T is non-negative trace class and one can show T log2 T is not trace-class. Theorem. Entropy is a unitary invariant. In analogy with classical entropy (notice the similarity in the definitions), H(S) measures the amount of randomness in the state S. The more dispersed the eigenvalues are, the larger the system entropy. For a system in which the space H is finite-dimensional, entropy is maximized for the states S which in diagonal form have the representation
For such an S, H(S) = log2 n. The state S is called the maximally mixed state. Recall that a pure state is one of the form
Quantum Statistical Mechanics for a vector of norm 1. Theorem. H(S) = 0 if and only if S is a pure state. For S is a pure state if and only if its diagonal form has exactly one non-zero entry which is a 1. Entropy can be used as a measure of quantum entanglement.
136
and
is the quantum mechanical version of the canonical partition function. The probability that a system chosen at random from the ensemble will be in a state corresponding to energy eigenvalue is
Under certain conditions, the Gibbs canonical ensemble maximizes the von Neumann entropy of the state subject to the energy conservation requirement.
References
J. von Neumann, Mathematical Foundations of Quantum Mechanics, Princeton University Press, 1955. F. Reif, Statistical and Thermal Physics, McGraw-Hill, 1965.
137
8. Advanced Topics
Quantum Field Theory
Quantum field theory (QFT)[1] provides a theoretical framework for constructing quantum mechanical models of systems classically parametrized (represented) by an infinite number of dynamical degrees of freedom, that is, fields and (in a condensed matter context) many-body systems. It is the natural and quantitative language of particle physics and condensed matter physics. Most theories in modern particle physics, including the Standard Model of elementary particles and their interactions, are formulated as relativistic quantum field theories. Quantum field theories are used in many contexts, elementary particle physics being the most vital example, where the particle count/number going into a reaction fluctuates and changes, differing from the count/number going out, for example, and for the description of critical phenomena and quantum phase transitions, such as in the BCS theory of superconductivity, also see phase transition, quantum phase transition, critical phenomena. Quantum field theory is thought by many to be the unique and correct outcome of combining the rules of quantum mechanics with special relativity. In perturbative quantum field theory, the forces between particles are mediated by other particles. The electromagnetic force between two electrons is caused by an exchange of photons. Intermediate vector bosons mediate the weak force and gluons mediate the strong force. There is currently no complete quantum theory of the remaining fundamental force, gravity, but many of the proposed theories postulate the existence of a graviton particle that mediates it. These force-carrying particles are virtual particles and, by definition, cannot be detected while carrying the force, because such detection will imply that the force is not being carried. In addition, the notion of "force mediating particle" comes from perturbation theory, and thus does not make sense in a context of bound states. In QFT photons are not thought of as 'little billiard balls', they are considered to be field quanta necessarily chunked ripples in a field, or "excitations", that 'look like' particles. Fermions, like the electron, can also be described as ripples/excitations in a field, where each kind of fermion has its own field. In summary, the classical visualisation of "everything is particles and field", in quantum field theory, resolves into "everything is particles", which then resolves into "everything is fields". In the end, particles are regarded as excited states of a field (field quanta). The gravitational field and the electromagnetic field are the only two fundamental fields in Nature that have infinite range and a corresponding classical low-energy limit, which greatly diminishes and hides their "particle-like" excitations. Albert Einstein, in 1905, attributed "particle-like" and discrete exchanges of momenta and energy, characteristic of "field quanta", to the electromagnetic field. Originally, his principal motivation was to explain the thermodynamics of radiation. Although it is often claimed that the photoelectric and Compton effects require a quantum description of the EM field, this is now understood to be untrue, and proper proof of the quantum nature of radiation is now taken up into modern quantum optics as in the antibunching effect.[2] The word "photon" was coined in 1926 by the great physical chemist Gilbert Newton Lewis (see also the articles photon antibunching and laser). The "low-energy limit" of the correct quantum field-theoretic description of the electromagnetic field, quantum electrodynamics, is believed to become James Clerk Maxwell's 1864 theory, although the "classical limit" of quantum electrodynamics has not been as widely explored as that of quantum mechanics. Presumably, the as yet unknown correct quantum field-theoretic treatment of the gravitational field will become and "look exactly like" Einstein's general theory of relativity in the "low-energy limit". Indeed, quantum field theory itself is possibly the low-energy-effective-field-theory limit of a more fundamental theory such as superstring theory. Compare in this context the article effective field theory.
138
History
Quantum field theory originated in the 1920s from the problem of creating a quantum mechanical theory of the electromagnetic field. In 1925, Werner Heisenberg, Max Born, and Pascual Jordan constructed such a theory by expressing the field's internal degrees of freedom as an infinite set of harmonic oscillators and by employing the canonical quantization procedure to those oscillators. This theory assumed that no electric charges or currents were present and today would be called a free field theory. The first reasonably complete theory of quantum electrodynamics, which included both the electromagnetic field and electrically charged matter (specifically, electrons) as quantum mechanical objects, was created by Paul Dirac in 1927.[3] This quantum field theory could be used to model important processes such as the emission of a photon by an electron dropping into a quantum state of lower energy, a process in which the number of particles changesone atom in the initial state becomes an atom plus a photon in the final state. It is now understood that the ability to describe such processes is one of the most important features of quantum field theory. It was evident from the beginning that a proper quantum treatment of the electromagnetic field had to somehow incorporate Einstein's relativity theory, which had grown out of the study of classical electromagnetism. This need to put together relativity and quantum mechanics was the second major motivation in the development of quantum field theory. Pascual Jordan and Wolfgang Pauli showed in 1928 that quantum fields could be made to behave in the way predicted by special relativity during coordinate transformations (specifically, they showed that the field commutators were Lorentz invariant). A further boost for quantum field theory came with the discovery of the Dirac equation, which was originally formulated and interpreted as a single-particle equation analogous to the Schrdinger equation, but unlike the Schrdinger equation, the Dirac equation satisfies both the Lorentz invariance, that is, the requirements of special relativity, and the rules of quantum mechanics. The Dirac equation accommodated the spin-1/2 value of the electron and accounted for its magnetic moment as well as giving accurate predictions for the spectra of hydrogen. The attempted interpretation of the Dirac equation as a single-particle equation could not be maintained long, however, and finally it was shown that several of its undesirable properties (such as negative-energy states) could be made sense of by reformulating and reinterpreting the Dirac equation as a true field equation, in this case for the quantized "Dirac field" or the "electron field", with the "negative-energy solutions" pointing to the existence of anti-particles. This work was performed first by Dirac himself with the invention of hole theory in 1930 and by Wendell Furry, Robert Oppenheimer, Vladimir Fock, and others. Schrdinger, during the same period that he discovered his famous equation in 1926, also independently found the relativistic generalization of it known as the Klein-Gordon equation but dismissed it since, without spin, it predicted impossible properties for the hydrogen spectrum. (See Oskar Klein and Walter Gordon.) All relativistic wave equations that describe spin-zero particles are said to be of the Klein-Gordon type. Of great importance are the studies of soviet physicists, Viktor Ambartsumian and Dmitri Ivanenko, in particular the Ambarzumian-Ivanenko hypothesis of creation of massive particles (published in 1930) which is the corner stone of the contemporary quantum field theory.[4] The idea that not only the quanta of the electromagnetic field, photons, but also other particles (including particles having nonzero rest mass) may be born and disappear as a result of their interaction with other particles. This idea of Ambartsumian and Ivanenko formed the basis of modern quantum field theory and theory of elementary particles.[5] [6] A subtle and careful analysis in 1933 and later in 1950 by Niels Bohr and Leon Rosenfeld showed that there is a fundamental limitation on the ability to simultaneously measure the electric and magnetic field strengths that enter into the description of charges in interaction with radiation, imposed by the uncertainty principle, which must apply to all canonically conjugate quantities. This limitation is crucial for the successful formulation and interpretation of a quantum field theory of photons and electrons(quantum electrodynamics),and indeed,any perturbative quantum field theory. The analysis of Bohr and Rosenfeld explains fluctuations in the values of the electromagnetic field that differ from the classically "allowed" values distant from the sources of the field. Their analysis was crucial to showing that the limitations and physical implications of the uncertainty principle apply to all dynamical systems, whether fields
Quantum Field Theory or material particles. Their analysis also convinced most people that any notion of returning to a fundamental description of nature based on classical field theory, such as what Einstein aimed at with his numerous and failed attempts at a classical unified field theory, was simply out of the question. The third thread in the development of quantum field theory was the need to handle the statistics of many-particle systems consistently and with ease. In 1927, Jordan tried to extend the canonical quantization of fields to the many-body wave functions of identical particles, a procedure that is sometimes called second quantization. In 1928, Jordan and Eugene Wigner found that the quantum field describing electrons, or other fermions, had to be expanded using anti-commuting creation and annihilation operators due to the Pauli exclusion principle. This thread of development was incorporated into many-body theory and strongly influenced condensed matter physics and nuclear physics. Despite its early successes quantum field theory was plagued by several serious theoretical difficulties. Basic physical quantities, such as the self-energy of the electron, the energy shift of electron states due to the presence of the electromagnetic field, gave infinite, divergent contributionsa nonsensical resultwhen computed using the perturbative techniques available in the 1930s and most of the 1940s. The electron self-energy problem was already a serious issue in the classical electromagnetic field theory, where the attempt to attribute to the electron a finite size or extent (the classical electron-radius) led immediately to the question of what non-electromagnetic stresses would need to be invoked, which would presumably hold the electron together against the Coulomb repulsion of its finite-sized "parts". The situation was dire, and had certain features that reminded many of the "Rayleigh-Jeans difficulty". What made the situation in the 1940s so desperate and gloomy, however, was the fact that the correct ingredients (the second-quantized Maxwell-Dirac field equations) for the theoretical description of interacting photons and electrons were well in place, and no major conceptual change was needed analogous to that which was necessitated by a finite and physically sensible account of the radiative behavior of hot objects, as provided by the Planck radiation law. This "divergence problem" was solved in the case of quantum electrodynamics during the late 1940s and early 1950s by Hans Bethe, Tomonaga, Schwinger, Feynman, and Dyson, through the procedure known as renormalization. Great progress was made after realizing that ALL infinities in quantum electrodynamics are related to two effects: the self-energy of the electron/positron and vacuum polarization. Renormalization concerns the business of paying very careful attention to just what is meant by, for example, the very concepts "charge" and "mass" as they occur in the pure, non-interacting field-equations. The "vacuum" is itself polarizable and, hence, populated by virtual particle (on shell and off shell) pairs, and, hence, is a seething and busy dynamical system in its own right. This was a critical step in identifying the source of "infinities" and "divergences". The "bare mass" and the "bare charge" of a particle, the values that appear in the free-field equations (non-interacting case), are abstractions that are simply not realized in experiment (in interaction). What we measure, and hence, what we must take account of with our equations, and what the solutions must account for, are the "renormalized mass" and the "renormalized charge" of a particle. That is to say, the "shifted" or "dressed" values these quantities must have when due care is taken to include all deviations from their "bare values" is dictated by the very nature of quantum fields themselves. The first approach that bore fruit is known as the "interaction representation", (see the article Interaction picture) a Lorentz covariant and gauge-invariant generalization of time-dependent perturbation theory used in ordinary quantum mechanics, and developed by Tomonaga and Schwinger, generalizing earlier efforts of Dirac, Fock and Podolsky. Tomonaga and Schwinger invented a relativistically covariant scheme for representing field commutators and field operators intermediate between the two main representations of a quantum system, the Schrdinger and the Heisenberg representations (see the article on quantum mechanics). Within this scheme, field commutators at separated points can be evaluated in terms of "bare" field creation and annihilation operators. This allows for keeping track of the time-evolution of both the "bare" and "renormalized", or perturbed, values of the Hamiltonian and expresses everything in terms of the coupled, gauge invariant "bare" field-equations. Schwinger gave the most elegant formulation of this approach. The next and most famous development is due to Feynman, who, with his
139
Quantum Field Theory brilliant rules for assigning a "graph"/"diagram" to the terms in the scattering matrix (See S-Matrix Feynman diagrams). These directly corresponded (through the Schwinger-Dyson equation) to the measurable physical processes (cross sections, probability amplitudes, decay widths and lifetimes of excited states) one needs to be able to calculate. This revolutionized how quantum field theory calculations are carried-out in practice. Two classic text-books from the 1960s, J.D. Bjorken and S.D. Drell, Relativistic Quantum Mechanics (1964) and J.J. Sakurai, Advanced Quantum Mechanics (1967), thoroughly developed the Feynman graph expansion techniques using physically intuitive and practical methods following from the correspondence principle, without worrying about the technicalities involved in deriving the Feynman rules from the superstructure of quantum field theory itself. Although both Feynman's heuristic and pictorial style of dealing with the infinities, as well as the formal methods of Tomonaga and Schwinger, worked extremely well, and gave spectacularly accurate answers, the true analytical nature of the question of "renormalizability", that is, whether ANY theory formulated as a "quantum field theory" would give finite answers, was not worked-out till much later, when the urgency of trying to formulate finite theories for the strong and electro-weak (and gravitational interactions) demanded its solution. Renormalization in the case of QED was largely fortuitous due to the smallness of the coupling constant, the fact that the coupling has no dimensions involving mass, the so-called fine structure constant, and also the zero-mass of the gauge boson involved, the photon, rendered the small-distance/high-energy behavior of QED manageable. Also, electromagnetic processess are very "clean" in the sense that they are not badly suppressed/damped and/or hidden by the other gauge interactions. By 1958 Sidney Drell observed: "Quantum electrodynamics (QED) has achieved a status of peaceful coexistence with its divergences...". The unification of the electromagnetic force with the weak force encountered initial difficulties due to the lack of accelerator energies high enough to reveal processes beyond the Fermi interaction range. Additionally, a satisfactory theoretical understanding of hadron substructure had to be developed, culminating in the quark model. In the case of the strong interactions, progress concerning their short-distance/high-energy behavior was much slower and more frustrating. For strong interactions with the electro-weak fields, there were difficult issues regarding the strength of coupling, the mass generation of the force carriers as well as their non-linear, self interactions. Although there has been theoretical progress toward a grand unified quantum field theory incorporating the electro-magnetic force, the weak force and the strong force, empirical verification is still pending. Superunification, incorporating the gravitational force, is still very speculative, and is under intensive investigation by many of the best minds in contemporary theoretical physics. Gravitation is a tensor field description of a spin-2 gauge-boson, the "graviton", and is further discussed in the articles on general relativity and quantum gravity. From the point of view of the techniques of (four-dimensional) quantum field theory, and as the numerous and heroic efforts to formulate a consistent quantum gravity theory by some very able minds attests, gravitational quantization was, and is still, the reigning champion for bad behavior. There are problems and frustrations stemming from the fact that the gravitational coupling constant has dimensions involving inverse powers of mass, and as a simple consequence, it is plagued by badly behaved (in the sense of perturbation theory) non-linear and violent self-interactions. Gravity, basically, gravitates, which in turn...gravitates...and so on, (i.e., gravity is itself a source of gravity,...,) thus creating a nightmare at all orders of perturbation theory. Also, gravity couples to all energy equally strongly, as per the equivalence principle, so this makes the notion of ever really "switching-off", "cutting-off" or separating, the gravitational interaction from other interactions ambiguous and impossible since, with gravitation, we are dealing with the very structure of space-time itself. (See general covariance and, for a modest, yet highly non-trivial and significant interplay between (QFT) and gravitation (spacetime), see the article Hawking radiation and references cited therein. Also quantum field theory in curved spacetime). Thanks to the somewhat brute-force, clanky and heuristic methods of Feynman, and the elegant and abstract methods of Tomonaga/Schwinger, from the period of early renormalization, we do have the modern theory of quantum electrodynamics (QED). It is still the most accurate physical theory known, the prototype of a successful quantum field theory. Beginning in the 1950s with the work of Yang and Mills, as well as Ryoyu Utiyama, following the
140
Quantum Field Theory previous lead of Weyl and Pauli, deep explorations illuminated the types of symmetries and invariances any field theory must satisfy. QED, and indeed, all field theories, were generalized to a class of quantum field theories known as gauge theories. Quantum electrodynamics is the most famous example of what is known as an Abelian gauge theory. It relies on the symmetry group U(1) and has one massless gauge field, the U(1) gauge symmetry, dictating the form of the interactions involving the electromagnetic field, with the photon being the gauge boson. That symmetries dictate, limit and necessitate the form of interaction between particles is the essence of the "gauge theory revolution". Yang and Mills formulated the first explicit example of a non-Abelian gauge theory, Yang-Mills theory, with an attempted explanation of the strong interactions in mind. The strong interactions were then (incorrectly) understood in the mid-1950s, to be mediated by the pi-mesons, the particles predicted by Hideki Yukawa in 1935, based on his profound reflections concerning the reciprocal connection between the mass of any force-mediating particle and the range of the force it mediates. This was allowed by the uncertainty principle. The 1960s and 1970s saw the formulation of a gauge theory now known as the Standard Model of particle physics, which systematically describes the elementary particles and the interactions between them. The electroweak interaction part of the standard model was formulated by Sheldon Glashow in the years 1958-60 with his discovery of the SU(2)xU(1) group structure of the theory. Steven Weinberg and Abdus Salam brilliantly invoked the Anderson-Higgs mechanism for the generation of the W's and Z masses (the intermediate vector boson(s) responsible for the weak interactions and neutral-currents) and keeping the mass of the photon zero. The Goldstone/Higgs idea for generating mass in gauge theories was sparked in the late 1950s and early 1960s when a number of theoreticians (including Yoichiro Nambu, Steven Weinberg, Jeffrey Goldstone, Franois Englert, Robert Brout, G. S. Guralnik, C. R. Hagen, Tom Kibble and Philip Warren Anderson) noticed a possibly useful analogy to the (spontaneous) breaking of the U(1) symmetry of electromagnetism in the formation of the BCS ground-state of a superconductor. The gauge boson involved in this situation, the photon, behaves as though it has acquired a finite mass. There is a further possibility that the physical vacuum (ground-state) does not respect the symmetries implied by the "unbroken" electroweak Lagrangian (see the article Electroweak interaction for more details) from which one arrives at the field equations. The electroweak theory of Weinberg and Salam was shown to be renormalizable (finite) and hence consistent by Gerardus 't Hooft and Martinus Veltman. The Glashow-Weinberg-Salam theory (GWS-Theory) is a triumph and, in certain applications, gives an accuracy on a par with quantum electrodynamics. Also during the 1970s, parallel developments in the study of phase transitions in condensed matter physics led Leo Kadanoff, Michael Fisher and Kenneth Wilson (extending work of Ernst Stueckelberg, Andre Peterman, Murray Gell-Mann, and Francis Low) to a set of ideas and methods known as the renormalization group. By providing a better physical understanding of the renormalization procedure invented in the 1940s, the renormalization group sparked what has been called the "grand synthesis" of theoretical physics, uniting the quantum field theoretical techniques used in particle physics and condensed matter physics into a single theoretical framework.
141
Quantum Field Theory conditions, such that one could say 'this "particle" can behave like a wave or a particle'.) A quantum field is a quantum mechanical system containing a large, and possibly infinite, number of degrees of freedom. A classical field contains a set of degrees of freedom at each point of space; for instance, the classical electromagnetic field defines two vectors the electric field and the magnetic field that can in principle take on distinct values for each position . When the field as a whole is considered as a quantum mechanical system, its observables form an infinite (in fact uncountable) set, because is continuous. Furthermore, the degrees of freedom in a quantum field are arranged in "repeated" sets. For example, the degrees of freedom in an electromagnetic field can be grouped according to the position , with exactly two vectors for each . Note that is an ordinary number that "indexes" the observables; it is not to be confused with the position operator encountered in ordinary quantum mechanics, which is an observable. (Thus, ordinary quantum mechanics is sometimes referred to as "zero-dimensional quantum field theory", because it contains only a single set of observables.) It is also important to note that there is nothing special about one way of indexing the degrees of freedom in the field. because, as it turns out, there is generally more than
142
In the following sections, we will show how these ideas can be used to construct a quantum mechanical theory with the desired properties. We will begin by discussing single-particle quantum mechanics and the associated theory of many-particle quantum mechanics. Then, by finding a way to index the degrees of freedom in the many-particle problem, we will construct a quantum field and study its implications.
where
many-particle problem. The first is a straightforward need in condensed matter physics, where typically the number of particles is on the order of Avogadro's number (6.0221415 x 1023). The second motivation for the many-particle problem arises from particle physics and the desire to incorporate the effects of special relativity. If one attempts to include the relativistic rest energy into the above equation (in quantum mechanics where position is an observable), the result is either the Klein-Gordon equation or the Dirac equation. However, these equations have many unsatisfactory qualities; for instance, they possess energy eigenvalues that extend to , so that there seems to be no easy definition of a ground state. It turns out that such inconsistencies arise from relativistic wavefunctions having a probabilistic interpretation in position space, as probability conservation is not a relativistically covariant concept. In quantum field theory, unlike in quantum mechanics, position is not an observable, and thus, one does not need the concept of a position-space probability density. For quantum fields whose interaction can be treated perturbatively, this is equivalent to neglecting the possibility of dynamically creating or destroying particles, which is a crucial aspect of relativistic quantum theory. Einstein's famous mass-energy relation allows for the possibility that sufficiently massive particles can decay into several lighter particles, and sufficiently energetic particles can combine to form massive particles. For example, an electron and a positron can annihilate each other to create photons. This suggests that a consistent relativistic quantum theory should be able to describe many-particle dynamics. Furthermore, we will assume that the particles are indistinguishable. As described in the article on identical particles, this implies that the state of the entire system must be either symmetric (bosons) or antisymmetric (fermions) when the coordinates of its constituent particles are exchanged. These multi-particle states are rather complicated to write. For example, the general quantum state of a system of bosons is written as
143
where
Second quantization
In this section, we will describe a method for constructing a quantum field theory called second quantization. This basically involves choosing a way to index the quantum mechanical degrees of freedom in the space of multiple identical-particle states. It is based on the Hamiltonian formulation of quantum mechanics; several other approaches exist, such as the Feynman path integral,[7] which uses a Lagrangian formulation. For an overview, see the article on quantization. Second quantization of bosons For simplicity, we will first discuss second quantization for bosons, which form perfectly symmetric quantum states. Let us denote the mutually orthogonal single-particle states by and so on. For example, the 3-particle state with one particle in state and two in state is
The first step in second quantization is to express such quantum states in terms of occupation numbers, by listing the number of particles occupying each of the single-particle states etc. This is simply another way of labelling the states. For instance, the above 3-particle state is denoted as The next step is to expand the -particle state space to include the state spaces for all possible values of . This
extended state space, known as a Fock space, is composed of the state space of a system with no particles (the so-called vacuum state), plus the state space of a 1-particle system, plus the state space of a 2-particle system, and so forth. It is easy to see that there is a one-to-one correspondence between the occupation number representation and valid boson states in the Fock space. At this point, the quantum mechanical system has become a quantum field in the sense we described above. The field's elementary degrees of freedom are the occupation numbers, and each occupation number is indexed by a number , indicating which of the single-particle states it refers to. The properties of this quantum field can be explored by defining creation and annihilation operators, which add and subtract particles. They are analogous to "ladder operators" in the quantum harmonic oscillator problem, which added and subtracted energy quanta. However, these operators literally create and annihilate particles of a given quantum state. The bosonic annihilation operator and creation operator have the following effects:
It can be shown that these are operators in the usual quantum mechanical sense, i.e. linear operators acting on the Fock space. Furthermore, they are indeed Hermitian conjugates, which justifies the way we have written them. They can be shown to obey the commutation relation
Quantum Field Theory where stands for the Kronecker delta. These are precisely the relations obeyed by the ladder operators for an
144
infinite set of independent quantum harmonic oscillators, one for each single-particle state. Adding or removing bosons from each state is therefore analogous to exciting or de-exciting a quantum of energy in a harmonic oscillator. The Hamiltonian of the quantum field (which, through the Schrdinger equation, determines its dynamics) can be written in terms of creation and annihilation operators. For instance, the Hamiltonian of a field of free (non-interacting) bosons is
where
Second quantization of fermions It turns out that a different definition of creation and annihilation must be used for describing fermions. According to the Pauli exclusion principle, fermions cannot share quantum states, so their occupation numbers can only take on the value 0 or 1. The fermionic annihilation operators a Fock state thus and creation operators are defined by their actions on
One may notice from this that applying a fermionic creation operator twice gives zero, so it is impossible for the particles to share single-particle states, in accordance with the exclusion principle. Field operators We have previously mentioned that there can be more than one way of indexing the degrees of freedom in a quantum field. Second quantization indexes the field by enumerating the single-particle quantum states. However, as we have discussed, it is more natural to think about a "field", such as the electromagnetic field, as a set of degrees of freedom indexed by position. To this end, we can define field operators that create or destroy a particle at a particular point in space. In particle physics, these operators turn out to be more convenient to work with, because they make it easier to formulate theories that satisfy the demands of relativity. Single-particle states are usually enumerated in terms of their momenta (as in the particle in a box problem.) We can construct field operators by applying the Fourier transform to the creation and annihilation operators for these states. For example, the bosonic field annihilation operator is
where
stands for the Dirac delta function. As before, the fermionic relations are the same, with the
Quantum Field Theory The field operator is not the same thing as a single-particle wavefunction. The former is an operator acting on the Fock space, and the latter is a quantum-mechanical amplitude for finding a particle in some position. However, they are closely related, and are indeed commonly denoted with the same symbol. If we have a Hamiltonian with a space representation, say
145
and
run over all particles, then the field theory Hamiltonian (in the non-relativistic limit and
This looks remarkably like an expression for the expectation value of the energy, with
wavefunction. This relationship between the field operators and wavefunctions makes it very easy to formulate field theories starting from space-projected Hamiltonians.
Quantum Field Theory Particle conservation and non-conservation During second quantization, we started with a Hamiltonian and state space describing a fixed number of particles ( ), and ended with a Hamiltonian and state space for an arbitrary number of particles. Of course, in many common situations is an important and perfectly well-defined quantity, e.g. if we are describing a gas of atoms sealed in a box. From the point of view of quantum field theory, such situations are described by quantum states that are eigenstates of the number operator , which measures the total number of particles present. As with any quantum mechanical observable, trapped in the ordinary is conserved if it commutes with the Hamiltonian. In that case, the quantum state is -particle subspace of the total Fock space, and the situation could equally well be described by
146
-particle quantum mechanics. (Strictly speaking, this is only true in the noninteracting case or in the low
energy density limit of renormalized quantum field theories) For example, we can see that the free-boson Hamiltonian described above conserves particle number. Whenever the Hamiltonian operates on a state, each particle destroyed by an annihilation operator is immediately put back by the creation operator . , On the other hand, it is possible, and indeed common, to encounter quantum states that are not eigenstates of
which do not have well-defined particle numbers. Such states are difficult or impossible to handle using ordinary quantum mechanics, but they can be easily described in quantum field theory as quantum superpositions of states having different values of . For example, suppose we have a bosonic field whose particles can be created or destroyed by interactions with a fermionic field. The Hamiltonian of the combined system would be given by the Hamiltonians of the free boson and free fermion fields, plus a "potential energy" term such as
where
and
and
is a parameter that describes the strength of the interaction. This either absorbs or emits a boson, thereby being
conduction electrons and phonons in metals. The interaction between electrons and photons is treated in a similar way, but is a little more complicated because the role of spin must be taken into account.) One thing to notice here is that even if we start out with a fixed number of bosons, we will typically end up with a superposition of states with different numbers of bosons at later times. The number of fermions, however, is conserved in this case. In condensed matter physics, states with ill-defined particle numbers are particularly important for describing the various superfluids. Many of the defining characteristics of a superfluid arise from the notion that its quantum state is a superposition of states with different particle numbers. In addition, the concept of a coherent state (used to model the laser and the BCS ground state) refers to a state with an ill-defined particle number but a well-defined phase.
Axiomatic approaches
The preceding description of quantum field theory follows the spirit in which most physicists approach the subject. However, it is not mathematically rigorous. Over the past several decades, there have been many attempts to put quantum field theory on a firm mathematical footing by formulating a set of axioms for it. These attempts fall into two broad classes. The first class of axioms, first proposed during the 1950s, include the Wightman, Osterwalder-Schrader, and Haag-Kastler systems. They attempted to formalize the physicists' notion of an "operator-valued field" within the context of functional analysis, and enjoyed limited success. It was possible to prove that any quantum field theory satisfying these axioms satisfied certain general theorems, such as the spin-statistics theorem and the CPT theorem. Unfortunately, it proved extraordinarily difficult to show that any realistic field theory, including the Standard Model, satisfied these axioms. Most of the theories that could be treated with these analytic axioms were physically trivial, being restricted to low-dimensions and lacking interesting dynamics. The construction of theories satisfying
Quantum Field Theory one of these sets of axioms falls in the field of constructive quantum field theory. Important work was done in this area in the 1970s by Segal, Glimm, Jaffe and others. During the 1980s, a second set of axioms based on geometric ideas was proposed. This line of investigation, which restricts its attention to a particular class of quantum field theories known as topological quantum field theories, is associated most closely with Michael Atiyah and Graeme Segal, and was notably expanded upon by Edward Witten, Richard Borcherds, and Maxim Kontsevich. However, most of the physically relevant quantum field theories, such as the Standard Model, are not topological quantum field theories; the quantum field theory of the fractional quantum Hall effect is a notable exception. The main impact of axiomatic topological quantum field theory has been on mathematics, with important applications in representation theory, algebraic topology, and differential geometry. Finding the proper axioms for quantum field theory is still an open and difficult problem in mathematics. One of the Millennium Prize Problemsproving the existence of a mass gap in Yang-Mills theoryis linked to this issue.
147
Renormalization
Early in the history of quantum field theory, it was found that many seemingly innocuous calculations, such as the perturbative shift in the energy of an electron due to the presence of the electromagnetic field, give infinite results. The reason is that the perturbation theory for the shift in an energy involves a sum over all other energy levels, and there are infinitely many levels at short distances that each give a finite contribution. Many of these problems are related to failures in classical electrodynamics that were identified but unsolved in the 19th century, and they basically stem from the fact that many of the supposedly "intrinsic" properties of an electron are tied to the electromagnetic field that it carries around with it. The energy carried by a single electron its self energy is not simply the bare value, but also includes the energy contained in its electromagnetic field, its attendant cloud of photons. The energy in a field of a spherical source diverges in both classical and quantum mechanics, but as discovered by Weisskopf with help from Wendell Furry, in quantum mechanics the divergence is much milder, going only as the logarithm of the radius of the sphere. The solution to the problem, presciently suggested by Stueckelberg, independently by Bethe after the crucial experiment by Lamb, implemented at one loop by Schwinger, and systematically extended to all loops by Feynman and Dyson, with converging work by Tomonaga in isolated postwar Japan, comes from recognizing that all the infinities in the interactions of photons and electrons can be isolated into redefining a finite number of quantities in the equations by replacing them with the observed values: specifically the electron 's mass and charge: this is called renormalization. The technique of renormalization recognizes that the problem is essentially purely mathematical, that extremely short distances are at fault. In order to define a theory on a continuum, first place a cutoff on the fields, by postulating that quanta cannot have energies above some extremely high value. This has the effect of replacing continuous space by a structure where very short wavelengths do not exist, as on a lattice. Lattices break rotational symmetry, and one of the crucial contributions made by Feynman, Pauli and Villars, and modernized by 't Hooft and Veltman, is a symmetry-preserving cutoff for perturbation theory (this process is called regularization). There is no known symmetrical cutoff outside of perturbation theory, so for rigorous or numerical work people often use an actual lattice. On a lattice, every quantity is finite but depends on the spacing. When taking the limit of zero spacing, we make sure that the physically observable quantities like the observed electron mass stay fixed, which means that the constants in the Lagrangian defining the theory depend on the spacing. Hopefully, by allowing the constants to vary with the
Quantum Field Theory lattice spacing, all the results at long distances become insensitive to the lattice, defining a continuum limit. The renormalization procedure only works for a certain class of quantum field theories, called renormalizable quantum field theories. A theory is perturbatively renormalizable when the constants in the Lagrangian only diverge at worst as logarithms of the lattice spacing for very short spacings. The continuum limit is then well defined in perturbation theory, and even if it is not fully well defined non-perturbatively, the problems only show up at distance scales that are exponentially small in the inverse coupling for weak couplings. The Standard Model of particle physics is perturbatively renormalizable, and so are its component theories (quantum electrodynamics/electroweak theory and quantum chromodynamics). Of the three components, quantum electrodynamics is believed to not have a continuum limit, while the asymptotically free SU(2) and SU(3) weak hypercharge and strong color interactions are nonperturbatively well defined. The renormalization group describes how renormalizable theories emerge as the long distance low-energy effective field theory for any given high-energy theory. Because of this, renormalizable theories are insensitive to the precise nature of the underlying high-energy short-distance phenomena. This is a blessing because it allows physicists to formulate low energy theories without knowing the details of high energy phenomenon. It is also a curse, because once a renormalizable theory like the standard model is found to work, it gives very few clues to higher energy processes. The only way high energy processes can be seen in the standard model is when they allow otherwise forbidden events, or if they predict quantitative relations between the coupling constants.
148
Gauge freedom
A gauge theory is a theory that admits a symmetry with a local parameter. For example, in every quantum theory the global phase of the wave function is arbitrary and does not represent something physical. Consequently, the theory is invariant under a global change of phases (adding a constant to the phase of all wave functions, everywhere); this is a global symmetry. In quantum electrodynamics, the theory is also invariant under a local change of phase, that is one may shift the phase of all wave functions so that the shift may be different at every point in space-time. This is a local symmetry. However, in order for a well-defined derivative operator to exist, one must introduce a new field, the gauge field, which also transforms in order for the local change of variables (the phase in our example) not to affect the derivative. In quantum electrodynamics this gauge field is the electromagnetic field. The change of local gauge of variables is termed gauge transformation. In quantum field theory the excitations of fields represent particles. The particle associated with excitations of the gauge field is the gauge boson, which is the photon in the case of quantum electrodynamics. The degrees of freedom in quantum field theory are local fluctuations of the fields. The existence of a gauge symmetry reduces the number of degrees of freedom, simply because some fluctuations of the fields can be transformed to zero by gauge transformations, so they are equivalent to having no fluctuations at all, and they therefore have no physical meaning. Such fluctuations are usually called "non-physical degrees of freedom" or gauge artifacts; usually some of them have a negative norm, making them inadequate for a consistent theory. Therefore, if a classical field theory has a gauge symmetry, then its quantized version (i.e. the corresponding quantum field theory) will have this symmetry as well. In other words, a gauge symmetry cannot have a quantum anomaly. If a gauge symmetry is anomalous (i.e. not kept in the quantum theory) then the theory is non-consistent: for example, in quantum electrodynamics, had there been a gauge anomaly, this would require the appearance of photons with longitudinal polarization and polarization in the time direction, the latter having a negative norm, rendering the theory inconsistent; another possibility would be for these photons to appear only in intermediate processes but not in the final products of any interaction, making the theory non unitary and again inconsistent (see optical theorem). In general, the gauge transformations of a theory consist of several different transformations, which may not be commutative. These transformations are together described by a mathematical object known as a gauge group. Infinitesimal gauge transformations are the gauge group generators. Therefore the number of gauge bosons is the group dimension (i.e. number of generators forming a basis).
Quantum Field Theory All the fundamental interactions in nature are described by gauge theories. These are: Quantum electrodynamics, whose gauge transformation is a local change of phase, so that the gauge group is U(1). The gauge boson is the photon. Quantum chromodynamics, whose gauge group is SU(3). The gauge bosons are eight gluons. The electroweak Theory, whose gauge group is ,(a direct product of U(1) and SU(2)). Gravity, whose classical theory is general relativity, admits the equivalence principle, which is a form of gauge symmetry. However, it is explicitly non-renormalizable.
149
functions which violate the integrability criterion. These are capable of changing the physical field strengths and are therefore no proper symmetry transformations. Nevertheless, the transformed field equations describe correctly the physical laws in the presence of the newly generated field strengths. See the textbook by H. Kleinert cited below for the applications to phenomena in physics.
Supersymmetry
Supersymmetry assumes that every fundamental fermion has a superpartner that is a boson and vice versa. It was introduced in order to solve the so-called Hierarchy Problem, that is, to explain why particles not protected by any symmetry (like the Higgs boson) do not receive radiative corrections to its mass driving it to the larger scales (GUT, Planck...). It was soon realized that supersymmetry has other interesting properties: its gauged version is an extension of general relativity (Supergravity), and it is a key ingredient for the consistency of string theory. The way supersymmetry protects the hierarchies is the following: since for every particle there is a superpartner with the same mass, any loop in a radiative correction is cancelled by the loop corresponding to its superpartner, rendering the theory UV finite. Since no superpartners have yet been observed, if supersymmetry exists it must be broken (through a so-called soft term, which breaks supersymmetry without ruining its helpful features). The simplest models of this breaking require that the energy of the superpartners not be too high; in these cases, supersymmetry is expected to be observed by experiments at the Large Hadron Collider.
Notes
[1] Weinberg, S. Quantum Field Theory, Vols. I to III, 2000, Cambridge University Press: Cambridge, UK. [2] People.whitman.edu (http:/ / people. whitman. edu/ ~beckmk/ QM/ grangier/ Thorn_ajp. pdf) [3] Dirac, P.A.M. (1927). The Quantum Theory of the Emission and Absorption of Radiation, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A, Vol. 114, p. 243. [4] G-sardanashvily.ru (http:/ / www. g-sardanashvily. ru/ ivanenko1. html) [5] Vaprize.sci.am (http:/ / vaprize. sci. am/ results. html) [6] Sciteclibrary.ru (http:/ / www. sciteclibrary. ru/ texsts/ rus/ stat/ st2718. pdf) [7] Abraham Pais, Inward Bound: Of Matter and Forces in the Physical World ISBN 0-19-851997-4. Pais recounts how his astonishment at the rapidity with which Feynman could calculate using his method. Feynman's method is now part of the standard methods for physicists.
150
Further reading
General readers: Feynman, R.P. (2001) [1964]. The Character of Physical Law. MIT Press. ISBN0262560038. Feynman, R.P. (2006) [1985]. QED: The Strange Theory of Light and Matter. Princeton University Press. ISBN0691125759. Gribbin, J. (1998). Q is for Quantum: Particle Physics from A to Z. Weidenfeld & Nicolson. ISBN0297817523. Schumm, Bruce A. (2004) Deep Down Things. Johns Hopkins Univ. Press. Chpt. 4. Introductory texts: Bogoliubov, N.; Shirkov, D. (1982). Quantum Fields. Benjamin-Cummings. ISBN0805309837. Frampton, P.H. (2000). Gauge Field Theories. Frontiers in Physics (2nd ed.). Wiley. Greiner, W; Mller, B. (2000). Gauge Theory of Weak Interactions. Springer. ISBN3-540-67672-4. Itzykson, C.; Zuber, J.-B. (1980). Quantum Field Theory. McGraw-Hill. ISBN0-07-032071-3. Kane, G.L. (1987). Modern Elementary Particle Physics. Perseus Books. ISBN0-201-11749-5. Kleinert, H.; Schulte-Frohlinde, Verena (2001). Critical Properties of 4-Theories (http://users.physik. fu-berlin.de/~kleinert/re.html#B6). World Scientific. ISBN981-02-4658-7.
Kleinert, H. (2008). Multivalued Fields in Condensed Matter, Electrodynamics, and Gravitation (http://users. physik.fu-berlin.de/~kleinert/public_html/kleiner_reb11/psfiles/mvf.pdf). World Scientific. ISBN978-981-279-170-2. Loudon, R (1983). The Quantum Theory of Light. Oxford University Press. ISBN0-19-851155-8. Mandl, F.; Shaw, G. (1993). Quantum Field Theory. John Wiley & Sons. ISBN0-0471-94186-7. Peskin, M.; Schroeder, D. (1995). An Introduction to Quantum Field Theory. Westview Press. ISBN0-201-50397-2. Ryder, L.H. (1985). Quantum Field Theory. Cambridge University Press. ISBN0-521-33859-X. Srednicki, Mark (2007) Quantum Field Theory. (http://www.cambridge.org/us/catalogue/catalogue. asp?isbn=0521864496) Cambridge Univ. Press. Yndurain, F.J. (1996). Relativistic Quantum Mechanics and Introduction to Field Theory (1st ed.). Springer. ISBN978-3540604532. Zee, A. (2003). Quantum Field Theory in a Nutshell. Princeton University Press. ISBN0-691-01019-6. Advanced texts: Bogoliubov, N.; Logunov, A.A.; Oksak, A.I.; Todorov, I.T. (1990). General Principles of Quantum Field Theory. Kluwer Academic Publishers. ISBN978-0792305408. Weinberg, S. (1995). The Quantum Theory of Fields. 13. Cambridge University Press. Articles: Gerard 't Hooft (2007) " The Conceptual Basis of Quantum Field Theory (http://www.phys.uu.nl/~thooft/ lectures/basisqft.pdf)" in Butterfield, J., and John Earman, eds., Philosophy of Physics, Part A. Elsevier: 661-730. Frank Wilczek (1999) " Quantum field theory (http://arxiv.org/abs/hep-th/9803075)", Reviews of Modern Physics 71: S83-S95. Also doi=10.1103/Rev. Mod. Phys. 71.
151
External links
Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy: " Quantum Field Theory (http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/ quantum-field-theory/)", by Meinard Kuhlmann. Siegel, Warren, 2005. Fields. (http://insti.physics.sunysb.edu/~siegel/errata.html) A free text, also available from arXiv:hep-th/9912205. Pedagogic Aids to Quantum Field Theory (http://quantumfieldtheory.info). Click on "Introduction" for a simplified introduction suitable for someone familiar with quantum mechanics. Free condensed matter books and notes (http://www.freebookcentre.net/Physics/Condensed-Matter-Books. html). Quantum field theory texts (http://motls.blogspot.com/2006/01/qft-didactics.html), a list with links to amazon.com. Quantum Field Theory (http://www.nat.vu.nl/~mulders/QFT-0.pdf) by P. J. Mulders Quantum Field Theory (http://damtp.cam.ac.uk/user/tong/qft/qft.pdf) by David Tong Quantum Field Theory Video Lectures (http://pirsa.org/index.php?p=speaker&name=David_Tong) by David Tong Quantum Field Theory Lecture Notes (http://www.physics.utoronto.ca/~luke/PHY2403F_10/ References_files/lecturenotes.pdf) by Michael Luke Quantum Field Theory Video Lectures (http://www.physics.harvard.edu/about/Phys253.html) by Sidney R. Coleman Quantum Field Theory Lecture Notes (http://www.physics.gla.ac.uk/~dmiller/lectures/RQF_1-6_2010.pdf) by D.J. Miller Quantum Field Theory Lecture Notes II (http://www.physics.gla.ac.uk/~dmiller/lectures/RQF_7-9_2010. pdf) by D.J. Miller
String Theory
String theory is an active research theory in particle physics that attempts to reconcile quantum mechanics and general relativity.[1] It is a contender for the theory of everything (TOE), a manner of describing the known fundamental forces and matter in a mathematically complete system. The theory has yet to make testable experimental predictions, leading some to claim that it cannot be considered a part of science. String theory mainly posits that the electrons and quarks within an atom are not 0-dimensional objects, but rather 1-dimensional oscillating lines ("strings"). The earliest string model, the bosonic string, incorporated only bosons, although this view developed to the superstring theory, which posits that a connection (a "supersymmetry") exists between bosons and fermions. String theories also require the existence of several extra, unobservable dimensions to the universe, in addition to the four known spacetime dimensions. The theory has its origins in the dual resonance model (1969). Since that time, the term string theory has developed to incorporate any of a group of related superstring theories. Five major string theories were formulated. The main differences among them were the number of dimensions in which the strings developed and their characteristics. All of them appeared to be correct, however. In the mid 1990s a unification of all previous superstring theories, called M-theory, was proposed, which asserted that strings are really 1-dimensional slices of a 2-dimensional membrane vibrating in 11-dimensional spacetime. As a result of the many properties and principles shared by these approaches (such as the holographic principle), their mutual logical consistency, and the fact that some easily include the standard model of particle physics, some mathematical physicists (i.e. Witten, Maldacena and Susskind) believe that string theory is a step towards the correct fundamental description of nature.[2] [3] [4] [5] Nevertheless, other prominent physicists (e.g. Feynman and Glashow)
String Theory have criticized string theory for not providing any quantitative experimental predictions.[6] [7]
152
Overview
String theory posits that the electrons and quarks within an atom are not 0-dimensional objects, but 1-dimensional strings. These strings can oscillate, giving the observed particles their flavor, charge, mass and spin. String theories also include objects more general than strings, called branes. The word brane, derived from "membrane", refers to a variety of interrelated objects, such as D-branes, black p-branes and NeveuSchwarz 5-branes. These are extended objects that are charged sources for differential form generalizations of the vector potential electromagnetic field. These objects are related to one another by a variety of dualities. Black hole-like black p-branes are identified with D-branes, which are endpoints for strings, and this identification is called Gauge-gravity duality. Research on this equivalence has led to new insights on quantum chromodynamics, the fundamental theory of the strong nuclear force.[8] [9] [10] [11] The strings make closed loops unless they encounter D-branes, where they can open up into 1-dimensional lines. The endpoints of the string cannot break off the D-brane, but they can slide around on it. Since the string theory is widely believed to be a consistent theory of quantum gravity, many hope that it correctly describes our universe, making it a theory of everything. There are known configurations which describe all the observed fundamental forces and matter but with a zero cosmological constant and some new fields.[12] There are other configurations with different values of the cosmological constant, which are metastable but long-lived. This leads many to believe that there is at least one metastable solution which is quantitatively identical with the standard model, with a small cosmological constant, which contains dark matter and a plausible mechanism for cosmic inflation. It is not yet known whether string theory has such a solution, nor how much freedom the theory allows to choose the details. The full theory does not yet have a satisfactory definition in all circumstances, since the scattering of strings is most straightforwardly defined by a perturbation theory. The complete quantum mechanics of high dimensional branes is not easily defined, and the behavior of string theory in cosmological settings (time-dependent backgrounds) is not fully worked out. It is also not clear if there is any principle by which string theory selects its vacuum state, the spacetime configuration which determines the properties of our universe (see string theory landscape). As is the case for any other quantum theory of gravity, it is widely believed that testing the theory directly would require prohibitively expensive feats of engineering. Although direct experimental testing of string theory involves grand explorations and development in engineering, there are several indirect experiments that may prove partial truth to string theory.
Levels of magnification: 1. Macroscopic level Matter 2. Molecular level 3. Atomic level Protons, neutrons, and electrons 4. Subatomic level Electron 5. Subatomic level Quarks 6. String level
Basic properties
String Theory String theory can be formulated in terms of an action principle, either the Nambu-Goto action or the Polyakov action, which describes how strings move through space and time. In the absence of external interactions, string dynamics are governed by tension and kinetic energy, which combine to produce oscillations. The quantum mechanics of strings implies these oscillations take on discrete vibrational modes, the spectrum of the theory. On distance scales larger than the string radius, each oscillation mode behaves as a different species of particle, with its mass, spin and charge determined by the string's dynamics. Splitting and recombination of strings correspond to particle emission and absorption, giving rise to the interactions between particles. An analogy for strings' modes of vibration is a guitar string's production of multiple but distinct musical notes. In the analogy, different notes correspond to different particles. The only difference is the guitar is only 2-dimensional; you can strum it up, and down. In actuality the guitar strings would be every dimension, and the strings could vibrate in any direction, meaning that the particles could move through not only our dimension, but other dimensions as well. String theory includes both open strings, which have two distinct endpoints, and closed strings making a complete loop. The two types of string behave in slightly different ways, yielding two different spectra. For example, in most string theories, one of the closed string modes is the graviton, and one of the open string modes is the photon. Because the two ends of an open string can always meet and connect, forming a closed string, there are no string theories without closed strings. The earliest string model, the bosonic string, incorporated only bosons. This model describes, in low enough energies, a quantum gravity theory, which also includes (if open strings are incorporated as well) gauge fields such as the photon (or, more generally, any gauge theory). However, this model has problems. Most importantly, the theory has a fundamental instability, believed to result in the decay (at least partially) of spacetime itself. Additionally, as the name implies, the spectrum of particles contains only bosons, particles which, like the photon, obey particular rules of behavior. Roughly speaking, bosons are the constituents of radiation, but not of matter, which is made of fermions. Investigating how a string theory may include fermions in its spectrum led to the invention of supersymmetry, a mathematical relation between bosons and fermions. String theories which include fermionic vibrations are now known as superstring theories; several different kinds have been described, but all are now thought to be different limits of M-theory. Some qualitative properties of quantum strings can be understood in a fairly simple fashion. For example, quantum strings have tension, much like regular strings made of twine; this tension is considered a fundamental parameter of the theory. The tension of a quantum string is closely related to its size. Consider a closed loop of string, left to move through space without external forces. Its tension will tend to contract it into a smaller and smaller loop. Classical intuition suggests that it might shrink to a single point, but this would violate Heisenberg's uncertainty principle. The characteristic size of the string loop will be a balance between the tension force, acting to make it small, and the uncertainty effect, which keeps it "stretched". Consequently, the minimum size of a string is related to the string tension.
153
World-sheet
A point-like particle's motion may be described by drawing a graph of its position (in one or two dimensions of space) against time. The resulting picture depicts the worldline of the particle (its 'history') in spacetime. By analogy, a similar graph depicting the progress of a string as time passes by can be obtained; the string (a one-dimensional object a small line by itself) will trace out a surface (a two-dimensional manifold), known as the worldsheet. The different string modes (representing different particles, such as photon or graviton) are surface waves on this manifold. A closed string looks like a small loop, so its worldsheet will look like a pipe or, more generally, a Riemann surface (a two-dimensional oriented manifold) with no boundaries (i.e. no edge). An open string looks like a short line, so its worldsheet will look like a strip or, more generally, a Riemann surface with a boundary.
String Theory
154
Strings can split and connect. This is reflected by the form of their worldsheet (more accurately, by its topology). For example, if a closed string splits, its worldsheet will look like a single pipe splitting (or connected) to two pipes (often referred to as a pair of pants see drawing at right). If a closed string splits and its two parts later reconnect, its worldsheet will look like a single pipe splitting to two and then reconnecting, which also looks like a torus connected to two pipes (one Interaction in the subatomic world: world lines of point-like particles in the representing the ingoing string, and the Standard Model or a world sheet swept up by closed strings in string theory other the outgoing one). An open string doing the same thing will have its worldsheet looking like a ring connected to two strips. Note that the process of a string splitting (or strings connecting) is a global process of the worldsheet, not a local one: locally, the worldsheet looks the same everywhere and it is not possible to determine a single point on the worldsheet where the splitting occurs. Therefore these processes are an integral part of the theory, and are described by the same dynamics that controls the string modes. In some string theories (namely, closed strings in Type I and some versions of the bosonic string), strings can split and reconnect in an opposite orientation (as in a Mbius strip or a Klein bottle). These theories are called unoriented. Formally, the worldsheet in these theories is a non-orientable surface.
Dualities
Before the 1990s, string theorists believed there were five distinct superstring theories: open type I, closed type I, closed type IIA, closed type IIB, and the two flavors of heterotic string theory (SO(32) and E8E8).[13] The thinking was that out of these five candidate theories, only one was the actual correct theory of everything, and that theory was the one whose low energy limit, with ten spacetime dimensions compactified down to four, matched the physics observed in our world today. It is now believed that this picture was incorrect and that the five superstring theories are connected to one another as if they are each a special case of some more fundamental theory (thought to be M-theory). These theories are related by transformations that are called dualities. If two theories are related by a duality transformation, it means that the first theory can be transformed in some way so that it ends up looking just like the second theory. The two theories are then said to be dual to one another under that kind of transformation. Put differently, the two theories are mathematically different descriptions of the same phenomena. These dualities link quantities that were also thought to be separate. Large and small distance scales, as well as strong and weak coupling strengths, are quantities that have always marked very distinct limits of behavior of a physical system in both classical field theory and quantum particle physics. But strings can obscure the difference between large and small, strong and weak, and this is how these five very different theories end up being related. T-duality relates the large and small distance scales between string theories, whereas S-duality relates strong and weak coupling strengths between string theories. U-duality links T-duality and S-duality.
String Theory
155
Bosonic
Only bosons, no fermions, meaning only forces, no matter, with both open and closed strings; major flaw: a particle with imaginary mass, called the tachyon, representing an instability in the theory. Supersymmetry between forces and matter, with both open and closed strings; no tachyon; group symmetry is SO(32) Supersymmetry between forces and matter, with only closed strings bound to D-branes; no tachyon; massless fermions are non-chiral Supersymmetry between forces and matter, with only closed strings bound to D-branes; no tachyon; massless fermions are chiral Supersymmetry between forces and matter, with closed strings only; no tachyon; heterotic, meaning right moving and left moving strings differ; group symmetry is SO(32) Supersymmetry between forces and matter, with closed strings only; no tachyon; heterotic, meaning right moving and left moving strings differ; group symmetry is E8E8
10
IIA
10
IIB
10
HO
10
HE
10
Note that in the type IIA and type IIB string theories closed strings are allowed to move everywhere throughout the ten-dimensional spacetime (called the bulk), while open strings have their ends attached to D-branes, which are membranes of lower dimensionality (their dimension is odd 1, 3, 5, 7 or 9 in type IIA and even 0, 2, 4, 6 or 8 in type IIB, including the time direction).
Extra dimensions
Number of dimensions An intriguing feature of string theory is that it involves the prediction of extra dimensions. The number of dimensions is not fixed by any consistency criterion, but flat spacetime solutions do exist in the so-called "critical dimension". Cosmological solutions exist in a wider variety of dimensionalities, and these different dimensions are related by dynamical transitions. The dimensions are more precisely different values of the "effective central charge", a count of degrees of freedom which reduces to dimensionality in weakly curved regimes.[14] One such theory is the 11-dimensional M-theory, which requires spacetime to have eleven dimensions,[15] as opposed to the usual three spatial dimensions and the fourth dimension of time. The original string theories from the 1980s describe special cases of M-theory where the eleventh dimension is a very small circle or a line, and if these formulations are considered as fundamental, then string theory requires ten dimensions. But the theory also describes universes like ours, with four observable spacetime dimensions, as well as universes with up to 10 flat space dimensions, and also cases where the position in some of the dimensions is not described by a real number, but by a completely different type of mathematical quantity. So the notion of spacetime dimension is not fixed in string theory: it is best thought of as different in different circumstances.[16] Nothing in Maxwell's theory of electromagnetism or Einstein's theory of relativity makes this kind of prediction; these theories require physicists to insert the number of dimensions "by both hands", and this number is fixed and independent of potential energy. String theory allows one to relate the number of dimensions to scalar potential energy. Technically, this happens because a gauge anomaly exists for every separate number of predicted dimensions, and the gauge anomaly can be counteracted by including nontrivial potential energy into equations to solve motion. Furthermore, the absence of potential energy in the "critical dimension" explains why flat spacetime solutions are possible. This can be better understood by noting that a photon included in a consistent theory (technically, a particle carrying a force related to an unbroken gauge symmetry) must be massless. The mass of the photon which is predicted by
String Theory string theory depends on the energy of the string mode which represents the photon. This energy includes a contribution from the Casimir effect, namely from quantum fluctuations in the string. The size of this contribution depends on the number of dimensions, since for a larger number of dimensions there are more possible fluctuations in the string position. Therefore, the photon in flat spacetime will be masslessand the theory consistentonly for a particular number of dimensions.[17] When the calculation is done, the critical dimensionality is not four as one may expect (three axes of space and one of time). The subset of X is equal to the relation of photon fluctuations in a linear dimension. Flat space string theories are 26-dimensional in the bosonic case, while superstring and M-theories turn out to involve 10 or 11 dimensions for flat solutions. In bosonic string theories, the 26 dimensions come from the Polyakov equation.[18] Starting from any dimension greater than four, it is necessary to consider how these are reduced to four dimensional spacetime. Compact dimensions Two different ways have been proposed to resolve this apparent contradiction. The first is to compactify the extra dimensions; i.e., the 6 or 7 extra dimensions are so small as to be undetectable by present day experiments. To retain a high degree of supersymmetry, these compactification spaces must be very special, as reflected in their holonomy. A 6-dimensional manifold must have SU(3) structure, a particular case (torsionless) of this being SU(3) holonomy, making it a CalabiYau space, and a 7-dimensional manifold must have G2 structure, with G2 holonomy again being a specific, simple, case. Such spaces have been studied in attempts to relate string theory to the 4-dimensional Standard Model, in part due to the computational simplicity afforded by the assumption of CalabiYau manifold (3D projection) supersymmetry. More recently, progress has been made constructing more realistic compactifications without the degree of symmetry of CalabiYau or G2 manifolds. A standard analogy for this is to consider multidimensional space as a garden hose. If the hose is viewed from a sufficient distance, it appears to have only one dimension, its length. Indeed, think of a ball just small enough to enter the hose. Throwing such a ball inside the hose, the ball would move more or less in one dimension; in any experiment we make by throwing such balls in the hose, the only important movement will be one-dimensional, that is, along the hose. However, as one approaches the hose, one discovers that it contains a second dimension, its circumference. Thus, an ant crawling inside it would move in two dimensions (and a fly flying in it would move in three dimensions). This "extra dimension" is only visible within a relatively close range to the hose, or if one "throws in" small enough objects. Similarly, the extra compact dimensions are only "visible" at extremely small distances, or by experimenting with particles with extremely small wavelengths (of the order of the compact dimension's radius), which in quantum mechanics means very high energies (see wave-particle duality). Brane-world scenario Another possibility is that we are "stuck" in a 3+1 dimensional (i.e. three spatial dimensions plus the time dimension) subspace of the full universe. If such sub-spacetimes are exceptional sets within a larger-dimensional one, there typically exist properly localized matter and YangMills gauge fields.[19] These "exceptional sets" are ubiquitous in CalabiYau n-folds and may be described as subspaces without local deformations, akin to a crease in a sheet of paper or a crack in a crystal, the neighborhood of which is markedly different from the exceptional subspace itself. However, until the work of Randall and Sundrum,[20] it was not known that gravity too can be properly localized to a sub-spacetime; their proof that it can made such cosmological scenarios realistic. In addition,
156
String Theory spacetime may well be stratified, containing strata of various dimensions so that we may be inhabiting a 3+1 dimensional stratum; such geometries occur naturally in CalabiYau compactifications.[21] Such sub-spacetimes are supposed to be D-branes, hence such models are known as a brane-world scenarios. Effect of the hidden dimensions In either case, gravity acting in the hidden dimensions affects other non-gravitational forces such as electromagnetism. In fact, Kaluza's early work demonstrated that general relativity in five dimensions actually predicts the existence of electromagnetism. However, because of the nature of CalabiYau manifolds, no new forces appear from the small dimensions, but their shape has a profound effect on how the forces between the strings appear in our four-dimensional universe. In principle, therefore, it is possible to deduce the nature of those extra dimensions by requiring consistency with the standard model, but this is not yet a practical possibility. It is also possible to extract information regarding the hidden dimensions by precision tests of gravity, but so far these have only put upper limitations on the size of such hidden dimensions.
157
D-branes
Another key feature of string theory is the existence of D-branes. These are membranes of different dimensionality (anywhere from a zero dimensional membranewhich is in fact a point and up, including 2-dimensional membranes, 3-dimensional volumes and so on). D-branes are defined by the fact that worldsheet boundaries are attached to them. D-branes have mass, since they emit and absorb closed strings which describe gravitons, and in superstring theories charge as well, since they couple to open strings which describe gauge interactions. From the point of view of open strings, D-branes are objects to which the ends of open strings are attached. The open strings attached to a D-brane are said to "live" on it, and they give rise to gauge theories "living" on it (since one of the open string modes is a gauge boson such as the photon). In the case of one D-brane there will be one type of a gauge boson and we will have an Abelian gauge theory (with the gauge boson being the photon). If there are multiple parallel D-branes there will be multiple types of gauge bosons, giving rise to a non-Abelian gauge theory. D-branes are thus gravitational sources, on which a gauge theory "lives". This gauge theory is coupled to gravity (which is said to exist in the bulk), so that normally each of these two different viewpoints is incomplete.
Gauge-gravity duality
Gauge-gravity duality is a conjectured duality between a quantum theory of gravity in certain cases and gauge theory in a lower number of dimensions. This means that each predicted phenomenon and quantity in one theory has an analogue in the other theory, with a "dictionary" translating from one theory to the other.
String Theory
158
String Theory
159
Predictions
String harmonics One such unique prediction is string harmonics: at sufficiently high energiesprobably near the quantum gravity scalethe string-like nature of particles would become obvious. There should be heavier copies of all particles corresponding to higher vibrational states of the string. But it is not clear how high these energies are. In the most likely case, they would be 1014 times higher than those accessible in the newest particle accelerator, the LHC, making this prediction impossible to test with any particle accelerator in the foreseeable future. Supersymmetry breaking A central problem for applications is that the best understood backgrounds of string theory preserve much of the supersymmetry of the underlying theory, which results in time-invariant spacetimes: currently string theory cannot deal well with time-dependent, cosmological backgrounds. However, several models have been proposed to predict supersymmetry breaking, most notably the KKLT model,[36] which incorporates branes and fluxes to make a metastable compactification.
String Theory AdS/CFT correspondence AdS/CFT relates string theory to gauge theory, and allows contact with low energy experiments in quantum chromodynamics. This type of string theory, which only describes the strong interactions, is much less controversial today than string theories of everything (although two decades ago, it was the other way around).[37] Coupling constants Grand unification natural in string theories of everything requires that the coupling constants of the four forces meet at one point under renormalization group rescaling. This is also a falsifiable statement, but it is not restricted to string theory, but is shared by grand unified theories.[38] The LHC will be used both for testing AdS/CFT, and to check if the electroweakstrong unification does happen as predicted.[39]
160
Criticism
Some critics of string theory say that it is a failure as a theory of everything.[40] [41] [42] [43] [44] [45] Notable critics include Peter Woit, Lee Smolin, Philip Warren Anderson,[46] Sheldon Glashow,[47] Lawrence Krauss,[48] and Carlo Rovelli.[49] Some common criticisms include: 1. Very high energies needed to test quantum gravity. 2. Lack of uniqueness of predictions due to the large number of solutions. 3. Lack of background independence. High Energies It is widely believed that any theory of quantum gravity would require extremely high energies to probe directly, higher by orders of magnitude than those that current experiments such as the Large Hadron Collider[50] can attain. However, it may not be necessary to achieve higher than as of yet possible energy needed to test quantum gravity. An alternative testing methodology is being explored called gravity resonance spectroscopy. A recent advancement in that field involves the use of neutrons to avoid problems of electro-weak forces interfering with experiments. This is a new direction and viability of the testing method is still to-be-determined.[51] Strings themselves are the size of the Planck scale which is twenty orders of magnitude smaller than a proton. For this reason huge energies would be needed to observe them directly. Number of solutions String theory as it is currently understood has a huge number of solutions, called string vacua,[36] and these vacua might be sufficiently diverse to accommodate almost any phenomena we might observe at lower energies. The vacuum structure of the theory, called the string theory landscape (or the anthropic portion of string theory vacua), is not well understood. String theory contains an infinite number of distinct meta-stable vacua, and perhaps 10500 of these or more correspond to a universe roughly similar to ours with four dimensions, a high planck scale, gauge groups, and chiral fermions. Each of these corresponds to a different possible universe, with a different collection of particles and forces.[36] What principle, if any, can be used to select among these vacua is an open issue. While there are no continuous parameters in the theory, there is a very large set of possible universes, which may be radically different from each other. It is also suggested that the landscape is surrounded by an even more vast swampland of consistent-looking semiclassical effective field theories, which are actually inconsistent. Some physicists believe this is a good thing, because it may allow a natural anthropic explanation of the observed values of physical constants, in particular the small value of the cosmological constant.[52] [53] The argument is that most universes contain values for physical constants which do not lead to habitable universes (at least for humans), and so we happen to live in the most "friendly" universe. This principle is already employed to explain the existence of life on earth as the result of a life-friendly orbit around the medium-sized sun among an infinite number of possible orbits (as well as a relatively stable location in the galaxy). However, the cosmological version of the
String Theory anthropic principle remains highly controversial because it would be difficult if not impossible to Popper falsify; so many do not accept it as scientific. Background independence A separate and older criticism of string theory is that it is background-dependent string theory describes perturbative expansions about fixed spacetime backgrounds. Although the theory has some background-independence topology change is an established process in string theory, and the exchange of gravitons is equivalent to a change in the background mathematical calculations in the theory rely on preselecting a background as a starting point. This is because, like many quantum field theories, much of string theory is still only formulated perturbatively, as a divergent series of approximations. Although nonperturbative techniques have progressed considerably including conjectured complete definitions in spacetimes satisfying certain asymptotics a full non-perturbative definition of the theory is still lacking. Some see background independence as a fundamental requirement of a theory of quantum gravity, particularly since general relativity is already background independent. Some hope that M-theory, or a non-perturbative treatment of string theory (string field theory was thought to be non-perturbative in the 1980s) have a background-independent formulation.
161
History
Some of the structures reintroduced by string theory arose for the first time much earlier as part of the program of classical unification started by Albert Einstein. The first person to add a fifth dimension to general relativity was German mathematician Theodor Kaluza in 1919, who noted that gravity in five dimensions describes both gravity and electromagnetism in four. In 1926, the Swedish physicist Oskar Klein gave a physical interpretation of the unobservable extra dimension--- it is wrapped into a small circle. Einstein introduced a non-symmetric metric tensor, while much later Brans and Dicke added a scalar component to gravity. These ideas would be revived within string theory, where they are demanded by consistency conditions. String theory was originally developed during the late 1960s and early 1970s as a never completely successful theory of hadrons, the subatomic particles like the proton and neutron which feel the strong interaction. In the 1960s, Geoffrey Chew and Steven Frautschi discovered that the mesons make families called Regge trajectories with masses related to spins in a way that was later understood by Yoichiro Nambu, Holger Bech Nielsen and Leonard Susskind to be the relationship expected from rotating strings. Chew advocated making a theory for the interactions of these trajectories which did not presume that they were composed of any fundamental particles, but would construct their interactions from self-consistency conditions on the S-matrix. The S-matrix approach was started by Werner Heisenberg in the 1940s as a way of constructing a theory which did not rely on the local notions of space and time, which Heisenberg believed break down at the nuclear scale. While the scale was off by many orders of magnitude, the approach he advocated was ideally suited for a theory of quantum gravity. Working with experimental data, R. Dolen, D. Horn and C. Schmid[54] developed some sum rules for hadron exchange. When a particle and antiparticle scatter, virtual particles can be exchanged in two qualitatively different ways. In the s-channel, the two particles annihilate to make temporary intermediate states which fall apart into the final state particles. In the t-channel, the particles exchange intermediate states by emission and absorption. In field theory, the two contributions add together, one giving a continuous background contribution, the other giving peaks at certain energies. In the data, it was clear that the peaks were stealing from the background--- the authors interpreted this as saying that the t-channel contribution was dual to the s-channel one, meaning both described the whole amplitude and included the other. The result was widely advertised by Murray Gell-Mann, leading Gabriele Veneziano to construct a scattering amplitude which had the property of Dolen-Horn-Schmid duality, later renamed world-sheet duality. The amplitude needed poles where the particles appear, on straight line trajectories, and there is a special mathematical function whose poles are evenly spaced on half the real line--- the Gamma function--- which was widely used in Regge
String Theory theory. By manipulating combinations of Gamma functions, Veneziano was able to find a consistent scattering amplitude with poles on straight lines, with mostly positive residues, which obeyed duality and had the appropriate Regge scaling at high energy. The amplitude could fit near-beam scattering data as well as other Regge type fits, and had a suggestive integral representation which could be used for generalization. Over the next years, hundreds of physicists worked to complete the bootstrap program for this model, with many surprises. Veneziano himself discovered that for the scattering amplitude to describe the scattering of a particle which appears in the theory, an obvious self-consistency condition, the lightest particle must be a tachyon. Miguel Virasoro and Joel Shapiro found a different amplitude now understood to be that of closed strings, while Ziro Koba and Holger Nielsen generalized Veneziano's integral representation to multiparticle scattering. Veneziano and Sergio Fubini introduced an operator formalism for computing the scattering amplitudes which was a forerunner of world-sheet conformal theory, while Virasoro understood how to remove the poles with wrong-sign residues using a constraint on the states. Claud Lovelace calculated a loop amplitude, and noted that there is an inconsistency unless the dimension of the theory is 26. Charles Thorn, Peter Goddard and Richard Brower went on to prove that there are no wrong-sign propagating states in dimensions less than or equal to 26. In 1969 Yoichiro Nambu, Holger Bech Nielsen and Leonard Susskind recognized that the theory could be given a description in space and time in terms of strings. The scattering amplitudes were derived systematically from the action principle by Peter Goddard, Jeffrey Goldstone, Claudio Rebbi and Charles Thorn, giving a space-time picture to the vertex operators introduced by Veneziano and Fubini and a geometrical interpretation to the Virasoro conditions. In 1970, Pierre Ramond added fermions to the model, which led him to formulate a two-dimensional supersymmetry to cancel the wrong-sign states. John Schwarz and Andr Neveu added another sector to the fermi theory a short time later. In the fermion theories, the critical dimension was 10. Stanley Mandelstam formulated a world sheet conformal theory for both the bose and fermi case, giving a two-dimensional field theoretic path-integral to generate the operator formalism. Michio Kaku and Keiji Kikkawa gave a different formulation of the bosonic string, as a string field theory, with infinitely many particle types and with fields taking values not on points, but on loops and curves. In 1974, Tamiaki Yoneya discovered that all the known string theories included a massless spin-two particle which obeyed the correct Ward identities to be a graviton. John Schwarz and Joel Scherk came to the same conclusion and made the bold leap to suggest that string theory was a theory of gravity, not a theory of hadrons. They reintroduced KaluzaKlein theory as a way of making sense of the extra dimensions. At the same time, quantum chromodynamics was recognized as the correct theory of hadrons, shifting the attention of physicists and apparently leaving the bootstrap program in the dustbin of history. String theory eventually made it out of the dustbin, but for the following decade all work on the theory was completely ignored. Still, the theory continued to develop at a steady pace thanks the work of a handful of devotees. Ferdinando Gliozzi, Joel Scherk, and David Olive realized in 1976 that the original Ramond and Neveu Schwarz-strings were separately inconsistent and needed to be combined. The resulting theory did not have a tachyon, and was proven to have space-time supersymmetry by John Schwarz and Michael Green in 1981. The same year, Alexander Polyakov gave the theory a modern path integral formulation, and went on to develop conformal field theory extensively. In 1979, Daniel Friedan showed that the equations of motions of string theory, which are generalizations of the Einstein equations of General Relativity, emerge from the Renormalization group equations for the two-dimensional field theory. Schwarz and Green discovered T-duality, and constructed two different superstring theories--- IIA and IIB related by T-duality, and type I theories with open strings. The consistency conditions had been so strong, that the entire theory was nearly uniquely determined, with only a few discrete choices. In the early 1980s, Edward Witten discovered that most theories of quantum gravity could not accommodate chiral fermions like the neutrino. This led him, in collaboration with Luis Alvarez-Gaum to study violations of the conservation laws in gravity theories with anomalies, concluding that type I string theories were inconsistent. Green
162
String Theory and Schwarz discovered a contribution to the anomaly that Witten and Alvarez-Gaum had missed, which restricted the gauge group of the type I string theory to be SO(32). In coming to understand this calculation, Edward Witten became convinced that string theory was truly a consistent theory of gravity, and he became a high-profile advocate. Following Witten's lead, between 1984 and 1986, hundreds of physicists started to work in this field, and this is sometimes called the first superstring revolution. During this period, David Gross, Jeffrey Harvey, Emil Martinec, and Ryan Rohm discovered heterotic strings. The gauge group of these closed strings was two copies of E8, and either copy could easily and naturally include the standard model. Philip Candelas, Gary Horowitz, Andrew Strominger and Edward Witten found that the Calabi-Yau manifolds are the compactifications which preserve a realistic amount of supersymmetry, while Lance Dixon and others worked out the physical properties of orbifolds, distinctive geometrical singularities allowed in string theory. Cumrun Vafa generalized T-duality from circles to arbitrary manifolds, creating the mathematical field of mirror symmetry. David Gross and Vipul Periwal discovered that string perturbation theory was divergent in a way that suggested that new non-perturbative objects were missing. In the 1990s, Joseph Polchinski discovered that the theory requires higher-dimensional objects, called D-branes and identified these with the black-hole solutions of supergravity. These were understood to be the new objects suggested by the perturbative divergences, and they opened up a new field with rich mathematical structure. It quickly became clear that D-branes and other p-branes, not just strings, formed the matter content of the string theories, and the physical interpretation of the strings and branes was revealed--- they are a type of black hole. Leonard Susskind had incorporated the holographic principle of Gerardus 't Hooft into string theory, identifying the long highly-excited string states with ordinary thermal black hole states. As suggested by 't Hooft, the fluctuations of the black hole horizon, the world-sheet or world-volume theory, describes not only the degrees of freedom of the black hole, but all nearby objects too. In 1995, at the annual conference of string theorists at the University of Southern California (USC), Edward Witten gave a speech on string theory that essentially united the five string theories that existed at the time, and giving birth to a new 11-dimensional theory called M-theory. M-theory was also foreshadowed in the work of Paul Townsend at approximately the same time. The flurry of activity which began at this time is sometimes called the second superstring revolution. During this period, Tom Banks, Willy Fischler Stephen Shenker and Leonard Susskind formulated a full holographic description of M-theory on IIA D0 branes,[55] the first definition of string theory that was fully non-perturbative and a concrete mathematical realization of the holographic principle. Andrew Strominger and Cumrun Vafa calculated the entropy of certain configurations of D-branes and found agreement with the semi-classical answer for extreme charged black holes. Petr Horava and Edward Witten found the eleven-dimensional formulation of the heterotic string theories, showing that orbifolds solve the chirality problem. Witten noted that the effective description of the physics of D-branes at low energies is by a supersymmetric gauge theory, and found geometrical interpretations of mathematical structures in gauge theory that he and Nathan Seiberg had earlier discovered in terms of the location of the branes. In 1997 Juan Maldacena noted that the low energy excitations of a theory near a black hole consist of objects close to the horizon, which for extreme charged black holes looks like an anti de Sitter space. He noted that in this limit the gauge theory describes the string excitations near the branes. So he hypothesized that string theory on a near-horizon extreme-charged black-hole geometry, an anti-deSitter space times a sphere with flux, is equally well described by the low-energy limiting gauge theory, the N=4 supersymmetric Yang-Mills theory. This hypothesis, which is called the AdS/CFT correspondence, was further developed by Steven Gubser, Igor Klebanov and Alexander Polyakov, and by Edward Witten, and it is now well-accepted. It is a concrete realization of the holographic principle, which has far-reaching implications for black holes, locality and information in physics, as well as the nature of the gravitational interaction. Through this relationship, string theory has been shown to be related to gauge theories like quantum chromodynamics and this has led to more quantitative understanding of the behavior of hadrons, bringing
163
164
References
[1] Sunil Mukhi(1999)" The Theory of Strings: A Detailed Introduction (http:/ / theory. tifr. res. in/ ~mukhi/ Physics/ string2. html)" [2] Joseph Polchinski, "All Strung Out?", American Scientist, January-February 2007 Volume 95, Number 1 (http:/ / www. americanscientist. org/ bookshelf/ pub/ all-strung-out) [3] "On the right track. Interview with Professor Edward Witten. ", Frontline, Volume 18 - Issue 03, Feb. 03 - 16, 2001 (http:/ / www. hinduonnet. com/ fline/ fl1803/ 18030830. htm) [4] Leonard Susskind, "Hold fire! This epic vessel has only just set sail...", Times Higher Education, 25 August 2006 (http:/ / www. timeshighereducation. co. uk/ story. asp?storyCode=204991& sectioncode=26) [5] Geoff Brumfiel, "Our Universe: Outrageous fortune", Nature, Nature 439, 10-12 (5 January 2006) | doi:10.1038/439010a; Published online 4 January 2006 (http:/ / www. nature. com/ nature/ journal/ v439/ n7072/ full/ 439010a. html) [6] "NOVA - The elegant Universe" (http:/ / www. pbs. org/ wgbh/ nova/ elegant/ view-glashow. html) [7] Jim Holt, "Unstrung", The New Yorker, October 2, 2006 (http:/ / www. newyorker. com/ archive/ 2006/ 10/ 02/ 061002crat_atlarge) [8] H. Nastase, More on the RHIC fireball and dual black holes, BROWN-HET-1466, arXiv:hep-th/0603176, March 2006, [9] H. Liu, K. Rajagopal, U. A. Wiedemann, An AdS/CFT Calculation of Screening in a Hot Wind, MIT-CTP-3757, arXiv:hep-ph/0607062 July 2006, [10] H. Liu, K. Rajagopal, U. A. Wiedemann, Calculating the Jet Quenching Parameter from AdS/CFT, Phys.Rev.Lett.97:182301,2006 arXiv:hep-ph/0605178 [11] H. Nastase, The RHIC fireball as a dual black hole, BROWN-HET-1439, arXiv:hep-th/0501068, January 2005, [12] Burt A. Ovrut (2006). "A Heterotic Standard Model". Fortschritte der Physik 54-(2-3): 160164. Bibcode2006ForPh..54..160O. doi:10.1002/prop.200510264. [13] S. James Gates, Jr., Ph.D., Superstring Theory: The DNA of Reality (http:/ / www. teach12. com/ ttcx/ coursedesclong2. aspx?cid=1284) "Lecture 23 Can I Have That Extra Dimension in the Window?", 0:04:54, 0:21:00. [14] Simeon Hellerman and Ian Swanson(2006): " Dimension-changing exact solutions of string theory (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ hep-th/ 0612051v3)".; Ofer Aharony and Eva Silverstein(2006):" Supercritical stability, transitions and (pseudo)tachyons (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ hep-th/ 0612031v2)". [15] M. J. Duff, James T. Liu and R. Minasian Eleven Dimensional Origin of String/String Duality: A One Loop Test (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ hep-th/ 9506126v2) Center for Theoretical Physics, Department of Physics, Texas A&M University [16] Polchinski, Joseph (1998). String Theory, Cambridge University Press. [17] The calculation of the number of dimensions can be circumvented by adding a degree of freedom which compensates for the "missing" quantum fluctuations. However, this degree of freedom behaves similar to spacetime dimensions only in some aspects, and the produced theory is not Lorentz invariant, and has other characteristics which don't appear in nature. This is known as the linear dilaton or non-critical string. [18] "Quantum Geometry of Bosonic Strings Revisited" (ftp:/ / ftp2. biblioteca. cbpf. br/ pub/ apub/ 1999/ nf/ nf_zip/ nf04299. pdf) [19] See, for example, T. Hbsch, " A Hitchhikers Guide to Superstring Jump Gates and Other Worlds (http:/ / homepage. mac. com/ thubsch/ HSProc. pdf)", in Proc. SUSY 96 Conference, R. Mohapatra and A. Rasin (eds.), Nucl. Phys. (Proc. Supl.) 52A (1997) 347351 [20] L. Randall and R. Sundrum, " An Alternative to compactification (http:/ / arXiv. org/ pdf/ hep-th/ 9906064)" Phys. Rev. Lett. 83 (1999) 46904693 [21] P. Aspinwall, D. Morrison and B. Greene, " CalabiYau moduli space, mirror manifolds and space-time topology change in string theory (http:/ / arXiv. org/ pdf/ hep-th/ 9309097)", Nucl. Phys. B416 (1994) 414480 [22] J. Maldacena, The Large N Limit of Superconformal Field Theories and Supergravity, arXiv:hep-th/9711200 [23] S. S. Gubser, I. R. Klebanov and A. M. Polyakov (1998). "Gauge theory correlators from non-critical string theory". Physics Letters B428: 105114. arXiv:hep-th/9802109. Bibcode1998PhLB..428..105G. doi:10.1016/S0370-2693(98)00377-3. [24] Edward Witten (1998). "Anti-de Sitter space and holography". Advances in Theoretical and Mathematical Physics 2: 253291. arXiv:hep-th/9802150. Bibcode1998hep.th....2150W. [25] Aharony, O.; S.S. Gubser, J. Maldacena, H. Ooguri, Y. Oz (2000). "Large N Field Theories, String Theory and Gravity". Phys. Rept. 323 (3-4): 183386. arXiv:hep-th/9905111. doi:10.1016/S0370-1573(99)00083-6.. [26] Robbert Dijkgraaf,Erik Verlinde and Herman Verlinde(1997)" 5D Black Holes and Matrix Strings (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ hep-th/ 9704018v2)" [27] Minoru Eto,Koji Hashimoto and Seiji Terashima(2007)" QCD String as Vortex String in Seiberg-Dual Theory (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ 0706. 2005v1)" [28] Harvey B.Meyer(2005)" Vortices on the worldsheet of the QCD string (http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ hep-th/ 0506034v1)" [29] Koji Hashimoto(2007)" Cosmic Strings, Strings and D-branes (http:/ / www2. yukawa. kyoto-u. ac. jp/ ~kiasyk2/ slides/ hashimoto. pdf)" [30] Piljin Yi(2007)" Story of baryons in a gravity dual of QCD (http:/ / www2. yukawa. kyoto-u. ac. jp/ ~gc2007/ pdf/ yi. pdf)" [31] For example: T. Sakai and S. Sugimoto, Low energy hadron physics in holographic QCD, Prog.Theor.Phys.113:843882,2005, arXiv:hep-th/0412141, December 2004
String Theory
[32] See for example Recent Results (http:/ / www. physics. indiana. edu/ ~sg/ milc/ results. pdf) of the MILC research program, taken from the MILC Collaboration homepage (http:/ / www. physics. indiana. edu/ ~sg/ milc. html) [33] David Gross, Perspectives (http:/ / video. tau. ac. il/ Lectures/ Exact_Sciences/ Physics/ stringfest/ OnDemand. html?11), String Theory: Achievements and Perspectives - A conference [34] J. Polchinski, String Theory, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK (1998) [35] N. Comins, W. Kaufmann, Discovering the Universe: From the Stars to the Planets, W.H. Freeman & Co., p. 357 (2008) [36] S. Kachru, R. Kallosh, A. Linde and S. P. Trivedi, de Sitter Vacua in String Theory, Phys.Rev.D68:046005,2003, arXiv:hep-th/0301240 [37] S. James Gates, Jr., Ph.D., Superstring Theory: The DNA of Reality "Lecture 21 - Can 4D Forces (without Gravity) Love Strings?", 0:26:06-0:26:21, cf. 0:24:05-0:26-24. [38] Idem, "Lecture 19 - Do-See-Do and Swing your Superpartner Part II" 0:16:05-0:24:29. [39] Idem, Lecture 21, 0:20:10-0:21:20. [40] Peter Woit's Not Even Wrong weblog (http:/ / www. math. columbia. edu/ ~woit/ wordpress/ ?cat=2) [41] Lee Smolin's The Trouble With Physics webpage (http:/ / www. thetroublewithphysics. com) [42] The n-Category Cafe (http:/ / golem. ph. utexas. edu/ category/ 2007/ 02/ this_weeks_finds_in_mathematic_7. html) [43] John Baez weblog (http:/ / math. ucr. edu/ home/ baez/ week246. html) [44] P. Woit (Columbia University), String theory: An Evaluation,February 2001, arXiv:physics/0102051 [45] P. Woit, Is String Theory Testable? (http:/ / www. math. columbia. edu/ ~woit/ testable. pdf) INFN Rome March 2007 [46] "string theory is the first science in hundreds of years to be pursued in pre-Baconian fashion, without any adequate experimental guidance", New York Times, 4 January 2005 [47] "there ain't no experiment that could be done nor is there any observation that could be made that would say, `You guys are wrong.' The theory is safe, permanently safe" NOVA interview (http:/ / pbs. org/ wgbh/ nova/ elegant/ view-glashow. html)) [48] "String theory [is] yet to have any real successes in explaining or predicting anything measurable" New York Times, 8 November 2005) [49] see his Dialog on Quantum Gravity, arXiv:hep-th/0310077) [50] Elias Kiritsis(2007)" String Theory in a Nutshell (http:/ / press. princeton. edu/ chapters/ s8456. pdf)" [51] http:/ / www. physorg. com/ wire-news/ 64578942/ dark-matter-and-string-theory. html [52] N. Arkani-Hamed, S. Dimopoulos and S. Kachru, Predictive Landscapes and New Physics at a TeV, arXiv:hep-th/0501082, SLAC-PUB-10928, HUTP-05-A0001, SU-ITP-04-44, January 2005 [53] L. Susskind The Anthropic Landscape of String Theory, arXiv:hep-th/0302219, February 2003 [54] Dolen, Horn, Schmid "Finite-Energy Sum Rules and Their Application to N Charge Exchange" http:/ / prola. aps. org/ abstract/ PR/ v166/ i5/ p1768_1 [55] Banks, Fischler, Shenker and Susskind "M Theory As A Matrix Model: A Conjecture" http:/ / arxiv. org/ abs/ hep-th/ 9610043v3
165
Further reading
Popular books and articles
Davies, Paul; Julian R. Brown (Eds.) (July 31 1992). Superstrings: A Theory of Everything? (Reprint ed.). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. p.244. ISBN0-521-43775-X. Gefter, Amanda (December 2005). "Is string theory in trouble?" (http://www.newscientist.com/article/ mg18825305.800-is-string-theory-in-trouble.html?full=true). New Scientist. Retrieved December 19, 2005. An interview with Leonard Susskind, the theoretical physicist who discovered that string theory is based on one-dimensional objects and now is promoting the idea of multiple universes. Green, Michael (September 1986). "Superstrings" (http://www.damtp.cam.ac.uk/user/mbg15/superstrings/ superstrings.html). Scientific American. Retrieved December 19, 2005. Greene, Brian (October 20 2003). The Elegant Universe: Superstrings, Hidden Dimensions, and the Quest for the Ultimate Theory (Reissue ed.). New York: W.W. Norton & Company. p.464. ISBN0-393-05858-1. Greene, Brian (2004). The Fabric of the Cosmos: Space, Time, and the Texture of Reality. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. p.569. ISBN0-375-41288-3. Gribbin, John (1998). The Search for Superstrings, Symmetry, and the Theory of Everything. London: Little Brown and Company. p.224. ISBN0-316-32975-4. Halpern, Paul (2004). The Great Beyond: Higher Dimensions, Parallel Universes, and the Extraordinary Search for a Theory of Everything. Hoboken, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.. p.326. ISBN0-471-46595-X. Hooper, Dan (2006). Dark Cosmos: In Search of Our Universe's Missing Mass and Energy. New York: HarperCollins. p.240. ISBN978-0-06-113032-8.
String Theory Kaku, Michio (April 1994). Hyperspace: A Scientific Odyssey Through Parallel Universes, Time Warps, and the Tenth Dimension. Oxford: Oxford University Press. p.384. ISBN0-19-508514-0. Klebanov, Igor and Maldacena, Juan (January 2009). Solving Quantum Field Theories via Curved Spacetimes (http://ptonline.aip.org/journals/doc/PHTOAD-ft/vol_62/iss_1/28_1.shtml). Physics Today. Musser, George (2008). The Complete Idiot's Guide to String Theory. Indianapolis: Alpha. p.368. ISBN978-1-59-257702-6. Randall, Lisa (September 1 2005). Warped Passages: Unraveling the Mysteries of the Universe's Hidden Dimensions. New York: Ecco Press. p.512. ISBN0-06-053108-8. Susskind, Leonard (December 2006). The Cosmic Landscape: String Theory and the Illusion of Intelligent Design. New York: Hachette Book Group/Back Bay Books. p.403. ISBN0-316-01333-1. Taubes, Gary (November 1986). "Everything's Now Tied to Strings" Discover Magazine vol 7, #11. (Popular article, probably the first ever written, on the first superstring revolution.) Vilenkin, Alex (2006). Many Worlds in One: The Search for Other Universes. New York: Hill and Wang. p.235. ISBN0-8090-9523-8. Witten, Edward (June 2002). "The Universe on a String" (http://www.sns.ias.edu/~witten/papers/string.pdf) (PDF). Astronomy Magazine. Retrieved December 19, 2005. An easy nontechnical article on the very basics of the theory. Two nontechnical books that are critical of string theory: Smolin, Lee (2006). The Trouble with Physics: The Rise of String Theory, the Fall of a Science, and What Comes Next. New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.. p.392. ISBN0-618-55105-0. Woit, Peter (2006). Not Even Wrong - The Failure of String Theory And the Search for Unity in Physical Law. London: Jonathan Cape &: New York: Basic Books. p.290. ISBN0-224-07605-1 & ISBN 978-0-465-09275-8.
166
Textbooks
Becker, Katrin, Becker, Melanie, and John H. Schwarz (2007) String Theory and M-Theory: A Modern Introduction . Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-86069-5 Bintruy, Pierre (2007) Supersymmetry: Theory, Experiment, and Cosmology. Oxford University Press. ISBN 978-0-19-850954-7. Dine, Michael (2007) Supersymmetry and String Theory: Beyond the Standard Model. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-85841-0. Paul H. Frampton (1974). Dual Resonance Models. Frontiers in Physics. ISBN0-805-32581-6. Gasperini, Maurizio (2007) Elements of String Cosmology. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 978-0-521-86875-4. Michael Green, John H. Schwarz and Edward Witten (1987) Superstring theory. Cambridge University Press. The original textbook. Vol. 1: Introduction. ISBN 0-521-35752-7. Vol. 2: Loop amplitudes, anomalies and phenomenology. ISBN 0-521-35753-5. Kiritsis, Elias (2007) String Theory in a Nutshell. Princeton University Press. ISBN 978-0-691-12230-4. Johnson, Clifford (2003). D-branes. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. ISBN0-521-80912-6. Polchinski, Joseph (1998) String Theory. Cambridge University Press. Vol. 1: An introduction to the bosonic string. ISBN 0-521-63303-6. Vol. 2: Superstring theory and beyond. ISBN 0-521-63304-4. Szabo, Richard J. (Reprinted 2007) An Introduction to String Theory and D-brane Dynamics. Imperial College Press. ISBN 978-1-86094-427-7. Zwiebach, Barton (2004) A First Course in String Theory. Cambridge University Press. ISBN 0-521-83143-1. Contact author for errata.
String Theory Technical and critical: Penrose, Roger (February 22 2005). The Road to Reality: A Complete Guide to the Laws of the Universe. Knopf. p.1136. ISBN0-679-45443-8.
167
Online material
Schwarz, John H.. "Introduction to Superstring Theory". arXiv:hep-ex/0008017. Four lectures, presented at the NATO Advanced Study Institute on Techniques and Concepts of High Energy Physics, St. Croix, Virgin Islands, in June 2000, and addressed to an audience of graduate students in experimental high energy physics, survey basic concepts in string theory. Witten, Edward (1998). "Duality, Spacetime and Quantum Mechanics" (http://online.itp.ucsb.edu/online/ plecture/witten/). Kavli Institute for Theoretical Physics. Retrieved December 16, 2005. Slides and audio from an Ed Witten lecture where he introduces string theory and discusses its challenges. Kibble, Tom. "Cosmic strings reborn?". arXiv:astro-ph/0410073. Invited Lecture at COSLAB 2004, held at Ambleside, Cumbria, United Kingdom, from 10 to 17 September 2004. Marolf, Don. "Resource Letter NSST-1: The Nature and Status of String Theory". arXiv:hep-th/0311044. A guide to the string theory literature. Ajay, Shakeeb, Wieland et al. (2004). "The nth dimension" (http://thenthdimension.com/). Retrieved December 16, 2005. A comprehensive compilation of materials concerning string theory. Created by an international team of students. Woit, Peter (2002). "Is string theory even wrong?" (http://www.americanscientist.org/issues/pub/ is-string-theory-even-wrong). American Scientist. Retrieved December 16, 2005. A criticism of string theory. Veneziano, Gabriele (May 2004). "The Myth of the Beginning of Time" (http://www.sciam.com/article. cfm?chanID=sa006&articleID=00042F0D-1A0E-1085-94F483414B7F0000). Scientific American McKie, Robin (2006-10-09). "Setback as string theory of the universe is de-bunked" (http://www.hindu.com/ thehindu/holnus/008200610091240.htm) ( Scholar search (http://scholar.google.co.uk/scholar?hl=en&lr=& q=author:McKie+intitle:Setback+as+string+theory+of+the+universe+is+de-bunked&as_publication=& as_ylo=&as_yhi=&btnG=Search)). The Hindu Harris, Richard (2006-11-07). "Short of 'All,' String Theorists Accused of Nothing" (http://www.npr.org/ templates/story/story.php?storyId=6377252). National Public Radio. Retrieved 2007-03-05. A website dedicated to creative writing inspired by string theory. (http://banyancollege.org/scriblerus/) An Italian Website with various papers in English language concerning the mathematical connections between String Theory and Number Theory. (http://nardelli.xoom.it//stringtheory/) George Gardner (2007-01-24). " Theory of everything put to the test (news:ID109828243)". [news:tech.blorge.com tech.blorge.com]. (Web link) (http://tech.blorge.com/Structure: /2007/01/24/ theory-of-everything-put-to-the-test/). Retrieved 2007-03-03. Minkel, J. R. (2006-03-02). "A Prediction from String Theory, with Strings Attached" (http://www.sciam.com/ article.cfm?chanId=sa003&articleId=1475A684-E7F2-99DF-355B95296BE6031C). Scientific American Chalmers, Matthew (2007-09-03). "Stringscape" (http://physicsworld.com/cws/article/indepth/30940). Physics World (http://physicsworld.com). Retrieved September 6, 2007. An up-to-date and thorough review of string theory in a popular way. Woit, Peter. Not Even Wrong: The Failure of String Theory & the Continuing Challenge to Unify the Laws of Physics, 2006. ISBN 0-224-07605-1 (Jonathan Cape), ISBN 0-465-09275-6 (Basic Books) Schwarz, John (2001). "Early History of String Theory: A Personal Perspective" (http://online.itp.ucsb.edu/ online/colloq/schwarz1/). Retrieved July 17, 2009.
String Theory
168
External links
Dialogue on the Foundations of String Theory (http://www.mathpages.com/home/kmath632/kmath632.htm) at MathPages Superstrings! String Theory Home Page (http://www.sukidog.com/jpierre/strings/) Online tutorial CI.physics. STRINGS newsgroup (http://schwinger.harvard.edu/~sps/) A moderated newsgroup for discussion of string theory (a theory of quantum gravity and unification of forces) and related fields of high-energy physics. Not Even Wrong (http://www.math.columbia.edu/~woit/blog/) A blog critical of string theory. Superstring Theory (http://www.perimeterinstitute.ca/en/Outreach/What_We_Research/Superstring_Theory/ ) Perimeter Institute for Theoretical Physics The Official String Theory Web Site (http://superstringtheory.com/) The Elegant Universe (http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/nova/elegant/) A Three-Hour Miniseries with Brian Greene by NOVA (original PBS Broadcast Dates: October 28, 8-10 p.m. and November 4, 8-9 p.m., 2003). Various images, texts, videos and animations explaining string theory. Beyond String Theory (http://www.phys.ens.fr/~troost/beyondstringtheory/) A project by a string physicist explaining aspects of string theory to a broad audience. Spinning the Superweb: Essays on the History of Superstring Theory (http://www.spinningthesuperweb. blogspot.com) A Science Studies' approach to the history of string theory (an elementary knowledge of string theory is required).
Quantum Gravity
Quantum gravity (QG) is the field of theoretical physics which attempts to develop scientific models that unify quantum mechanics (describing 3 of the 4 known fundamental interactions) with general relativity (describing the fourth, gravity). It is hoped that development of such a theory would unify in a single consistent model all fundamental interactions and to describe all known observable interactions in the universe, at both microscopic and cosmic scale. Such theories would yield the same experimental results as ordinary quantum mechanics in conditions of weak gravity (potentials much less than c2) and the same results as Einsteinian general relativity in phenomena at scales much larger than individual molecules (action much larger than reduced Planck's constant), and be able to predict the outcome of situations where both quantum effects and strong-field gravity are important (at the Planck scale, unless large extra dimension conjectures are correct). They are sometimes described (tongue in cheek) as "theories of everything". Motivation for quantizing gravity comes from the remarkable success of the quantum theories of the other three fundamental interactions, and from experimental evidence suggesting that gravity can be made to show quantum effects.[1] [2] [3] Although some quantum gravity theories such as string theory and other so-called theories of everything attempt to unify gravity with the other fundamental forces, others such as loop quantum gravity make no such attempt; they simply quantize the gravitational field while keeping it separate from the other forces. Observed physical phenomena can be described well by quantum mechanics or general relativity, without needing both. This can be thought of as due to an extreme separation of mass scales at which they are important. Quantum effects are usually important only for the "very small", that is, for objects no larger than typical molecules. General relativistic effects, on the other hand, show up only for the "very large" bodies such as collapsed stars. (Planets' gravitational fields, as of 2009, are well-described by linearized gravity; so strong-field effectsany effects of gravity beyond lowest nonvanishing order in /c2have not been observed even in the gravitational fields of planets and main sequence stars). There is a lack of experimental evidence relating to quantum gravity, and classical physics
Quantum Gravity adequately describes the observed effects of gravity over a range of 50 orders of magnitude of mass, i.e. for masses of objects from about 1023 to 1030 kg.
169
Overview
Much of the difficulty in meshing these theories at all energy scales comes from the different assumptions that these theories make on how the universe works. Quantum field theory depends on particle fields embedded in the flat space-time of special relativity. General relativity models gravity as a curvature within space-time that changes as a gravitational mass moves. Historically, the most obvious way of combining the two (such as treating gravity as simply another particle field) ran quickly into what is known as the renormalization problem. Diagram showing where quantum gravity sits in In the old-fashioned understanding of renormalization, gravity particles the hierarchy of physics theories would attract each other and adding together all of the interactions results in many infinite values which cannot easily be cancelled out mathematically to yield sensible, finite results. This is in contrast with quantum electrodynamics where, while the series still do not converge, the interactions sometimes evaluate to infinite results, but those are few enough in number to be removable via renormalization.
Quantum Gravity Such a theory is required in order to understand problems involving the combination of very high energy and very small dimensions of space, such as the behavior of black holes, and the origin of the universe.
170
Gravity Probe B (GP-B) has measured spacetime curvature near Earth to test related models in application of Einstein's general theory of relativity.
The dilaton
The dilaton made its first appearance in Kaluza-Klein theory, a five-dimensional theory that combined gravitation and electromagnetism. Generally, it appears in string theory. More recently, it has appeared in the lower-dimensional many-bodied gravity problem[10] based on the field theoretic approach of Roman Jackiw. The impetus arose from the fact that complete analytical solutions for the metric of a covariant N-body system have proven elusive in General Relativity. To simplify the problem, the number of dimensions was lowered to (1+1) namely one spatial dimension and one temporal dimension. This model problem, known as R=T theory[11] (as opposed to the general G=T theory) was amenable to exact solutions in terms of a generalization of the Lambert W function. It was also found that the field equation governing the dilaton (derived from differential geometry) was none other than the Schrdinger equation and consequently amenable to quantization.[12] Thus, one had a theory which combined gravity, quantization and even the electromagnetic interaction, promising ingredients of a fundamental physical theory. It is worth noting that the outcome revealed a previously unknown and already existing natural link between general relativity and quantum mechanics. However, this theory needs to be generalized in (2+1) or (3+1) dimensions although, in principle, the field equations are amenable to such generalization. It is not yet clear what field equation will govern the dilaton in higher dimensions. This is further complicated by the fact that gravitons can propagate in (3+1) dimensions and consequently that would imply gravitons and dilatons exist in the real world. Moreover, detection of the dilaton is expected to be even more elusive than the graviton. However, since this approach allows for the combination of gravitational, electromagnetic and quantum effects, their coupling could potentially lead to a
Quantum Gravity means of vindicating the theory, through cosmology and perhaps even experimentally.
171
Nonrenormalizability of gravity
General relativity, like electromagnetism, is a classical field theory. One might expect that, as with electromagnetism, there should be a corresponding quantum field theory. However, gravity is nonrenormalizable.[13] Also in one loop approximation ultraviolet divergencies cancel on mass shell. For a quantum field theory to be well-defined according to this understanding of the subject, it must be asymptotically free or asymptotically safe. The theory must be characterized by a choice of finitely many parameters, which could, in principle, be set by experiment. For example, in quantum electrodynamics, these parameters are the charge and mass of the electron, as measured at a particular energy scale. On the other hand, in quantizing gravity, there are infinitely many independent parameters (counterterm coefficients) needed to define the theory. For a given choice of those parameters, one could make sense of the theory, but since we can never do infinitely many experiments to fix the values of every parameter, we do not have a meaningful physical theory: At low energies, the logic of the renormalization group tells us that, despite the unknown choices of these infinitely many parameters, quantum gravity will reduce to the usual Einstein theory of general relativity. On the other hand, if we could probe very high energies where quantum effects take over, then every one of the infinitely many unknown parameters would begin to matter, and we could make no predictions at all. As explained below, there is a way around this problem by treating QG as an effective field theory. Any meaningful theory of quantum gravity that makes sense and is predictive at all energy scales must have some deep principle that reduces the infinitely many unknown parameters to a finite number that can then be measured. One possibility is that normal perturbation theory is not a reliable guide to the renormalizability of the theory, and that there really is a UV fixed point for gravity. Since this is a question of non-perturbative quantum field theory, it is difficult to find a reliable answer, but some people still pursue this option. Another possibility is that there are new symmetry principles that constrain the parameters and reduce them to a finite set. This is the route taken by string theory, where all of the excitations of the string essentially manifest themselves as new symmetries.
Quantum Gravity
172
Interaction in the subatomic world: world lines of point-like particles in the Standard Model or a world sheet swept up by closed strings in string theory
Quantum Gravity
173
Points of tension
There are other points of tension between quantum mechanics and general relativity. First, classical general relativity breaks down at singularities, and quantum mechanics becomes inconsistent with general relativity in the neighborhood of singularities (however, no one is certain that classical general relativity applies near singularities in the first place). Second, it is not clear how to determine the gravitational field of a particle, since under the Heisenberg uncertainty principle of quantum mechanics its location and velocity cannot be known with certainty. The resolution of these points may come from a better understanding of general relativity.[15] Third, there is the Problem of Time in quantum gravity. Time has a different meaning in quantum mechanics and general relativity and hence there are subtle issues to resolve when trying to formulate a theory which combines the two.[16]
Candidate theories
There are a number of proposed quantum gravity theories.[17] Currently, there is still no complete and consistent quantum theory of gravity, and the candidate models still need to overcome major formal and conceptual problems. They also face the common problem that, as yet, there is no way to put quantum gravity predictions to experimental tests, although there is hope for this to change as future data from cosmological observations and particle physics experiments becomes available.[18] [19]
String theory
One suggested starting point is ordinary quantum field theories which, after all, are successful in describing the other three basic fundamental forces in the context of the standard model of elementary particle physics. However, while this leads to an acceptable effective (quantum) field theory of gravity at low energies,[20] gravity turns out to be much more problematic at higher energies. Where, for ordinary field theories such as quantum electrodynamics, a technique known as renormalization is an integral part of deriving predictions which take into account higher-energy contributions,[21] gravity turns out to be nonrenormalizable: at high energies, applying the recipes of ordinary quantum field theory yields models that are devoid of all predictive power.[22] One attempt to overcome these limitations is to replace ordinary quantum field theory, which is based on the classical concept of a point particle, with a quantum [23] theory of one-dimensional extended objects: string theory. At the energies reached in current experiments, these strings are indistinguishable from point-like particles, but, crucially, different modes of oscillation of one and the same type of fundamental string appear as particles with different (electric and other) charges. In this way, string theory promises to be a unified description of all particles and interactions.[24] The theory is successful in that one mode will always correspond to a graviton, the messenger particle of gravity; however, the price to pay are unusual features such as six extra dimensions of space in addition to the usual three for space and one for time.[25]
Projection of a Calabi-Yau manifold, one of the ways of compactifying the extra dimensions posited by string theory
Quantum Gravity In what is called the second superstring revolution, it was conjectured that both string theory and a unification of general relativity and supersymmetry known as supergravity[26] form part of a hypothesized eleven-dimensional model known as M-theory, which would constitute a uniquely defined and consistent theory of quantum gravity.[27] [28] As presently understood, however, string theory is consistent with an estimated 10500 equally possible solutions (the so-called "string landscape").
174
Other approaches
There are a number of other approaches to quantum gravity. The approaches differ depending on which features of general relativity and quantum theory are accepted unchanged, and which features are modified.[36] [37] Examples include: Supergravity Path-integral based models of quantum cosmology[38] Causal Dynamical Triangulation[39] Regge calculus Causal sets[40] Asymptotic safety Twistor models[41] Noncommutative geometry. String-nets giving rise to gapless helicity 2 excitations with no other gapless excitations[42] Acoustic metric and other analog models of gravity MacDowellMansouri action Group field theory[43]
Quantum Gravity
175
Weinberg-Witten theorem
In quantum field theory, the Weinberg-Witten theorem places some constraints on theories of composite gravity/emergent gravity. However, recent developments attempt to show that if locality is only approximate and the holographic principle is correct, the Weiberg-Witten theorem would not be valid.
References
[1] Nesvizhevsky, Nesvizhevsky et al. (2002-01-17). "Quantum states of neutrons in the Earth's gravitational field" (http:/ / www. nature. com/ nature/ journal/ v415/ n6869/ abs/ 415297a. html). Nature 415 (6869): 297299. Bibcode2002Natur.415..297N. doi:10.1038/415297a. . Retrieved 2011-04-21. [2] Jenke, Geltenbort, Lemmel & Abele, Tobias; Geltenbort, Peter; Lemmel, Hartmut; Abele, Hartmut (2011-04-17). "Realization of a gravity-resonance-spectroscopy technique" (http:/ / www. nature. com/ nphys/ journal/ vaop/ ncurrent/ full/ nphys1970. html). Nature 7 (6): 468472. doi:10.1038/nphys1970. . Retrieved 2011-04-21. [3] Palmer, Jason (2011-04-18). "Neutrons could test Newton's gravity and string theory" (http:/ / www. bbc. co. uk/ news/ science-environment-13097370). BBC News. . Retrieved 2011-04-21. [4] Donoghue (1995). "Introduction to the Effective Field Theory Description of Gravity". arXiv:gr-qc/9512024[gr-qc]. [5] Kraichnan, R. H. (1955). "Special-Relativistic Derivation of Generally Covariant Gravitation Theory". Physical Review 98 (4): 11181122. Bibcode1955PhRv...98.1118K. doi:10.1103/PhysRev.98.1118. [6] Gupta, S. N. (1954). "Gravitation and Electromagnetism". Physical Review 96 (6): 16831685. Bibcode1954PhRv...96.1683G. doi:10.1103/PhysRev.96.1683. [7] Gupta, S. N. (1957). "Einstein's and Other Theories of Gravitation". Reviews of Modern Physics 29 (3): 334336. Bibcode1957RvMP...29..334G. doi:10.1103/RevModPhys.29.334. [8] Gupta, S. N. (1962). "Quantum Theory of Gravitation". Recent Developments in General Relativity. Pergamon Press. pp.251258. [9] Deser, S. (1970). "Self-Interaction and Gauge Invariance". General Relativity and Gravitation 1: 918. arXiv:gr-qc/0411023. Bibcode1970GReGr...1....9D. doi:10.1007/BF00759198. [10] Ohta, Tadayuki; Mann, Robert (1996). "Canonical reduction of two-dimensional gravity for particle dynamics". Classical and Quantum Gravity 13 (9): 25852602. arXiv:gr-qc/9605004. Bibcode1996CQGra..13.2585O. doi:10.1088/0264-9381/13/9/022. [11] Sikkema, A E; Mann, R B (1991). "Gravitation and cosmology in (1+1) dimensions". Classical and Quantum Gravity 8: 219235. Bibcode1991CQGra...8..219S. doi:10.1088/0264-9381/8/1/022. [12] Farrugia; Mann; Scott (2007). "N-body Gravity and the Schroedinger Equation". Classical and Quantum Gravity 24 (18): 46474659. arXiv:gr-qc/0611144. Bibcode2007CQGra..24.4647F. doi:10.1088/0264-9381/24/18/006. [13] Feynman, R. P.; Morinigo, F. B., Wagner, W. G., & Hatfield, B. (1995). Feynman lectures on gravitation. Addison-Wesley. ISBN0201627345. [14] Smolin, Lee (2001). Three Roads to Quantum Gravity. Basic Books. pp.2025. ISBN0-465-08735-4. Pages 220-226 are annotated references and guide for further reading. [15] Hunter Monroe (2005). "Singularity-Free Collapse through Local Inflation". arXiv:astro-ph/0506506[astro-ph]. [16] Edward Anderson (2010). "The Problem of Time in Quantum Gravity". arXiv:1009.2157[gr-qc]. [17] A timeline and overview can be found in Rovelli, Carlo (2000). "Notes for a brief history of quantum gravity". arXiv:gr-qc/0006061[gr-qc].. [18] Ashtekar, Abhay (2007). "Loop Quantum Gravity: Four Recent Advances and a Dozen Frequently Asked Questions". 11th Marcel Grossmann Meeting on Recent Developments in Theoretical and Experimental General Relativity. pp.126. arXiv:0705.2222. Bibcode2008mgm..conf..126A. doi:10.1142/9789812834300_0008. [19] Schwarz, John H. (2007). "String Theory: Progress and Problems". Progress of Theoretical Physics Supplement 170: 214226. arXiv:hep-th/0702219. Bibcode2007PThPS.170..214S. doi:10.1143/PTPS.170.214. [20] Donoghue, John F.(editor), (1995). "Introduction to the Effective Field Theory Description of Gravity". In Cornet, Fernando. Effective Theories: Proceedings of the Advanced School, Almunecar, Spain, 26 June1 July 1995. Singapore: World Scientific. arXiv:gr-qc/9512024. ISBN9810229089. [21] Weinberg, Steven (1996). "17-18". The Quantum Theory of Fields II: Modern Applications. Cambridge University Press. ISBN0-521-55002-5. [22] Goroff, Marc H.; Sagnotti, Augusto (1985). "Quantum gravity at two loops". Physics Letters B 160: 8186. Bibcode1985PhLB..160...81G. doi:10.1016/0370-2693(85)91470-4. [23] An accessible introduction at the undergraduate level can be found in Zwiebach, Barton (2004). A First Course in String Theory. Cambridge University Press. ISBN0-521-83143-1., and more complete overviews in Polchinski, Joseph (1998). String Theory Vol. I: An Introduction to the Bosonic String. Cambridge University Press. ISBN0-521-63303-6. and Polchinski, Joseph (1998b). String Theory Vol. II: Superstring Theory and Beyond. Cambridge University Press. ISBN0-521-63304-4. [24] Ibanez, L. E. (2000). "The second string (phenomenology) revolution". Classical & Quantum Gravity 17 (5): 11171128. arXiv:hep-ph/9911499. Bibcode2000CQGra..17.1117I. doi:10.1088/0264-9381/17/5/321.
Quantum Gravity
[25] For the graviton as part of the string spectrum, e.g. Green, Schwarz & Witten 1987, sec. 2.3 and 5.3; for the extra dimensions, ibid sec. 4.2. [26] Weinberg, Steven (2000). "31" (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=aYDDRKqODpUC& printsec=frontcover). The Quantum Theory of Fields II: Modern Applications. Cambridge University Press. ISBN0-521-55002-5. . [27] Townsend, Paul K. (1996). Four Lectures on M-Theory. ICTP Series in Theoretical Physics. pp.385. arXiv:hep-th/9612121. Bibcode1997hepcbconf..385T. [28] Duff, Michael (1996). "M-Theory (the Theory Formerly Known as Strings)". International Journal of Modern Physics A 11 (32): 56235642. arXiv:hep-th/9608117. Bibcode1996IJMPA..11.5623D. doi:10.1142/S0217751X96002583. [29] Kucha, Karel (1973). "Canonical Quantization of Gravity". In Israel, Werner. Relativity, Astrophysics and Cosmology. D. Reidel. pp.237288 (section 3). ISBN90-277-0369-8. [30] Ashtekar, Abhay (1986). "New variables for classical and quantum gravity". Physical Review Letters 57 (18): 22442247. Bibcode1986PhRvL..57.2244A. doi:10.1103/PhysRevLett.57.2244. PMID10033673. [31] Ashtekar, Abhay (1987). "New Hamiltonian formulation of general relativity". Physical Review D 36 (6): 15871602. Bibcode1987PhRvD..36.1587A. doi:10.1103/PhysRevD.36.1587. [32] Thiemann, Thomas (2006). "Loop Quantum Gravity: An Inside View". Approaches to Fundamental Physics 721: 185. arXiv:hep-th/0608210. Bibcode2007LNP...721..185T. [33] Rovelli, Carlo (1998). "Loop Quantum Gravity" (http:/ / www. livingreviews. org/ lrr-1998-1). Living Reviews in Relativity 1. . Retrieved 2008-03-13. [34] Ashtekar, Abhay; Lewandowski, Jerzy (2004). "Background Independent Quantum Gravity: A Status Report". Classical & Quantum Gravity 21 (15): R53R152. arXiv:gr-qc/0404018. Bibcode2004CQGra..21R..53A. doi:10.1088/0264-9381/21/15/R01. [35] Thiemann, Thomas (2003). "Lectures on Loop Quantum Gravity". Lecture Notes in Physics 631: 41135. arXiv:gr-qc/0210094. Bibcode2003LNP...631...41T. [36] Isham, Christopher J. (1994). "Prima facie questions in quantum gravity". In Ehlers, Jrgen; Friedrich, Helmut. Canonical Gravity: From Classical to Quantum. Springer. arXiv:gr-qc/9310031. ISBN3-540-58339-4. [37] Sorkin, Rafael D. (1997). "Forks in the Road, on the Way to Quantum Gravity". International Journal of Theoretical Physics 36 (12): 27592781. arXiv:gr-qc/9706002. Bibcode1997IJTP...36.2759S. doi:10.1007/BF02435709. [38] Hawking, Stephen W. (1987). "Quantum cosmology". In Hawking, Stephen W.; Israel, Werner. 300 Years of Gravitation. Cambridge University Press. pp.631651. ISBN0-521-37976-8.. [39] Loll, Renate (1998). "Discrete Approaches to Quantum Gravity in Four Dimensions" (http:/ / www. livingreviews. org/ lrr-1998-13). Living Reviews in Relativity 1: 13. arXiv:gr-qc/9805049. Bibcode1998LRR.....1...13L. . Retrieved 2008-03-09. [40] Sorkin, Rafael D. (2005). "Causal Sets: Discrete Gravity". In Gomberoff, Andres; Marolf, Donald. Lectures on Quantum Gravity. Springer. arXiv:gr-qc/0309009. ISBN0-387-23995-2. [41] See ch. 33 in Penrose 2004 and references therein. [42] Wen 2006 [43] See Daniele Oriti and references therein.
176
Further reading
Ahluwalia, D. V. (2002). "Interface of Gravitational and Quantum Realms". Modern Physics Letters A 17 (1517): 1135. arXiv:gr-qc/0205121. Bibcode2002MPLA...17.1135A. doi:10.1142/S021773230200765X Ashtekar, Abhay (2005). "The winding road to quantum gravity" (http://www.ias.ac.in/currsci/dec252005/ 2064.pdf). Current Science 89: 20642074 Carlip, Steven (2001). "Quantum Gravity: a Progress Report". Reports on Progress in Physics 64 (8): 885942. arXiv:gr-qc/0108040. Bibcode2001RPPh...64..885C. doi:10.1088/0034-4885/64/8/301 Kiefer, Claus (2007). Quantum Gravity. Oxford University Press. ISBN019921252X Kiefer, Claus (2005). "Quantum Gravity: General Introduction and Recent Developments". Annalen der Physik 15: 129148. arXiv:gr-qc/0508120. Bibcode2006AnP...518..129K. doi:10.1002/andp.200510175 Lmmerzahl, Claus, ed (2003). Quantum Gravity: From Theory to Experimental Search. Lecture Notes in Physics. Springer. ISBN354040810X Rovelli, Carlo (2004). Quantum Gravity. Cambridge University Press. ISBN0521837332 Trifonov, Vladimir (2008). "GR-friendly description of quantum systems". International Journal of Theoretical Physics 47 (2): 492510. arXiv:math-ph/0702095. Bibcode2008IJTP...47..492T. doi:10.1007/s10773-007-9474-3
177
Appendix
Quantum
In physics, a quantum (plural: quanta) is the minimum amount of any physical entity involved in an interaction. Behind this, one finds the fundamental notion that a physical property may be "quantized," referred to as "the hypothesis of quantization".[1] This means that the magnitude can take on only certain discrete values. There is a related term of quantum number. An example of an entity that is quantized is the energy transfer of elementary particles of matter (called fermions) and of photons and other bosons. A photon is a single quantum of light, and is referred to as a "light quantum". The energy of an electron bound to an atom (at rest) is said to be quantized, which results in the stability of atoms, and of matter in general. As incorporated into the theory of quantum mechanics, this is regarded by physicists as part of the fundamental framework for understanding and describing nature at the infinitesimal level. Normally quanta are considered to be discrete packets with energy stored in them. Max Planck considered these quanta to be particles that can change their form (meaning that they can be absorbed and released). This phenomenon can be observed in the case of black body radiation, when it is being heated and cooled.
Quantum
178
References
[1] Wiener, N. (1966). Differential Space, Quantum Systems, and Prediction. Cambridge: The Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press [2] E. Cobham Brewer 18101897. Dictionary of Phrase and Fable. 1898. (http:/ / www. bartleby. com/ 81/ 13830. html) [3] E. Helmholtz, Robert Mayer's Prioritt (http:/ / www. ub. uni-heidelberg. de/ helios/ fachinfo/ www/ math/ edd/ helmholtz/ R-Mayer. pdf)
(German)
[4] Herrmann,A. Weltreich der Physik, GNT-Verlag (1991) (http:/ / fs. math. uni-frankfurt. de/ fsmath/ misc/ RobertMayer. html) (German) [5] Planck, M. (1901). "Ueber die Elementarquanta der Materie und der Elektricitt". Annalen der Physik 309 (3): 564566. Bibcode1901AnP...309..564P. doi:10.1002/andp.19013090311. (German) [6] Planck, Max (1883). "Ueber das thermodynamische Gleichgewicht von Gasgemengen". Annalen der Physik 255 (6): 358. Bibcode1883AnP...255..358P. doi:10.1002/andp.18832550612. (German) [7] Einstein, A. (1905). "ber einen die Erzeugung und Verwandlung des Lichtes betreffenden heuristischen Gesichtspunkt" (http:/ / www. physik. uni-augsburg. de/ annalen/ history/ einstein-papers/ 1905_17_132-148. pdf). Annalen der Physik 17 (6): 132148. Bibcode1905AnP...322..132E. doi:10.1002/andp.19053220607. . (German). A partial English translation is available from Wikisource. [8] Max Planck (1901). "Ueber das Gesetz der Energieverteilung im Normalspectrum (On the Law of Distribution of Energy in the Normal Spectrum)" (http:/ / web. archive. org/ web/ 20080418002757/ http:/ / dbhs. wvusd. k12. ca. us/ webdocs/ Chem-History/ Planck-1901/ Planck-1901. html). Annalen der Physik 309 (3): 553. Bibcode1901AnP...309..553P. doi:10.1002/andp.19013090310. Archived from the original (http:/ / dbhs. wvusd. k12. ca. us/ webdocs/ Chem-History/ Planck-1901/ Planck-1901. html) on 2008-04-18. . [9] Brown, T., LeMay, H., Bursten, B. (2008). Chemistry: The Central Science Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education ISBN 0-13-600617-5 [10] Klein, Martin J. (1961). "Max Planck and the beginnings of the quantum theory". Archive for History of Exact Sciences 1 (5): 459. doi:10.1007/BF00327765. [11] Melville, K. (2005, February 11). Real-World Quantum Effects Demonstrated (http:/ / www. scienceagogo. com/ news/ 20050110221715data_trunc_sys. shtml)
Further reading
B. Hoffmann, The Strange Story of the Quantum, Pelican 1963. Lucretius, "On the Nature of the Universe", transl. from the Latin by R.E. Latham, Penguin Books Ltd., Harmondsworth 1951. There are, of course, many translations, and the translation's title varies. Some put emphasis on how things work, others on what things are found in nature. J. Mehra and H. Rechenberg, The Historical Development of Quantum Theory, Vol.1, Part 1, Springer-Verlag New York Inc., New York 1982. M. Planck, A Survey of Physical Theory, transl. by R. Jones and D.H. Williams, Methuen & Co., Ltd., London 1925 (Dover editions 1960 and 1993) including the Nobel lecture.
Quantum state
179
Quantum state
A quantum state is a set of mathematical variables that fully describes a quantum system. For example, the set of 4 numbers { , , , } defines the state of an electron within a hydrogen atom and are known as the electron's quantum numbers. Other example could be a "given direction and energy, or some other given condition"[1] , when we are talking about scattering. More generally, the state of the system is represented by a single vector known as a ket. Typically, one postulates some experimental apparatus and procedure which "prepares" this quantum state; the mathematical object reflects the setup of the apparatus. Quantum states can be either pure or mixed. Pure states cannot be described as a mixture of others. Mixed states correspond to an experiment involving a random process that blends pure states together.[2] When performing a particular measurement on a quantum state, the result is usually described by a probability distribution, and the form that this distribution takes is completely determined by the quantum state and the observable describing the measurement. These probability distributions are necessary for both mixed states and pure states: It is impossible in quantum mechanics (unlike classical mechanics) to have any state whose properties are all fixed and certain. This is exemplified by the Heisenberg uncertainty principle, and reflects a core difference between classical and quantum physics. Mathematically, a pure quantum state is typically represented by a vector in a Hilbert space which is a generalization of our more usual three dimensional space. In a Hilbert space the co-ordinates are complex numbers, a complex kind of distance between points is defined and infinite series of numbers are made to converge. In physics, bra-ket notation is often used to denote such vectors. Linear combinations (superpositions) of vectors can describe interference phenomena. Mixed quantum states are described by density matrices. In a more general mathematical context, quantum states can be understood as positive normalized linear functionals on a C* algebra; see GNS construction.
Conceptual description
The state of a physical system
The state of a physical system is a complete description of the parameters of the experiment. To understand this rather abstract notion, it is useful to first explore it in an example from classical mechanics. Consider an experiment with a (non-quantum) particle of mass one spatial direction. We put the particle at initial position and start the experiment at time by pushing the particle with some of the particle. These initial . We say that we speed and in some direction. Doing this, we determine the initial momentum conditions are what characterizes the state At a later time and of the system, formally denoted as prepare the state of the system by fixing its initial conditions. , we conduct measurements on the particle. The measurements we can perform on this simple at time , its momentum , and combinations of these. Here system are essentially its position that moves freely, and without friction, in
refer to the measurable quantities (observables) of the system as such, not the specific results they
produce in a certain run of the experiment. However, knowing the state of the system, we can compute the value of the observables in the specific state, i.e. the results that our measurements will produce, depending on and . We denote these values as and . In our simple example, it is well known that the particle moves with constant velocity; therefore,[3]
Quantum state Now suppose that we start the particle with a random initial position and momentum. (For argument's sake, we may suppose that the particle is pushed away at by some apparatus which is controlled by a random number generator.) The state of the system is now not described by two numbers and and , but rather by two probability distributions. The observables will produce random results now; they become random variables,
180
and their values in a single measurement cannot be predicted. However, if we repeat the experiment sufficiently often, always preparing the same state , we can predict the expectation value of the observables (their statistical mean) in the state . The expectation value of is again denoted by , etc. discussed These "statistical" states of the system are called mixed states, as opposed to the pure states further below. Abstractly, mixed states arise as a statistical mixture of pure states.
Quantum states
In quantum systems, the conceptual distinction between observables and states persists just as described above. The state of the system is fixed by the way the physicist prepares the experiment (e.g., how the physicist adjusts the particle source). As above, there is a distinction between pure states and mixed states, the latter being statistical mixtures of the former. However, some important differences arise in comparison with classical mechanics.
Probability densities for the electron of a hydrogen atom in different quantum states.
In quantum theory, even pure states show statistical behaviour. Regardless of how carefully we prepare the state of the system, measurement results are not repeatable in general, and we must understand the expectation value of an observable as a statistical mean. It is this mean that is predicted by physical theories. For any fixed observable , it is generally possible to prepare a pure state such that has a fixed value in . this state: If we repeat the experiment several times, each time measuring measurement result, without any random behaviour. Such pure states , we will always obtain the same
However, it is impossible to prepare a simultaneous eigenstate for all observables. For example, we cannot prepare a state such that both the position measurement and the momentum measurement (at the same time ) produce "sharp" results; at least one of them will exhibit random behaviour.[4] This is the content of the Heisenberg uncertainty relation. Moreover, in contrast to classical mechanics, it is unavoidable that performing a measurement on the system generally changes its state. More precisely: After measuring an observable , the system will be in an eigenstate of ; thus the state has changed, unless the system was already in that eigenstate. This expresses a kind of logical twice in the same run of the experiment, the measurements being directly consecutive consistency: If we measure
Quantum state in time, then they will produce the same results. This has some strange consequences however: Consider two observables, measure first and then and , where corresponds to a measurement earlier in time than .[5] Suppose after that the system is in an eigenstate of . If we measure only , we will not notice statistical behaviour. If we are statistical. Thus, quantum mechanical
181
in the same run of the experiment, the system will transfer to an eigenstate of
the first measurement, and we will generally notice that the results of
measurements influence one another, and it is important in which order they are performed. Another feature of quantum states becomes relevant if we consider a physical system that consists of multiple subsystems; for example, an experiment with two particles rather than one. Quantum physics allows for certain states, called entangled states, that show certain statistical correlations between measurements on the two particles which cannot be explained by classical theory. For details, see entanglement. These entangled states lead to experimentally testable properties (Bell's theorem) that allow us to distinguish between quantum theory and alternative classical (non-quantum) models.
Bra-ket notation
Calculations in quantum mechanics make frequent use of linear operators, inner products, dual spaces, and Hermitian conjugation. In order to make such calculations more straightforward, and to obviate the need (in some contexts) to fully understand the underlying linear algebra, Paul Dirac invented a notation to describe quantum states, known as bra-ket notation. Although the details of this are beyond the scope of this article (see the article Bra-ket notation), some consequences of this are: The variable name used to denote a vector (which corresponds to a pure quantum state) is chosen to be of the form (where the " " can be replaced by any other symbols, letters, numbers, or even words). This can be contrasted with the usual mathematical notation, where vectors are usually bold, lower-case letters, or letters with arrows on top.
Quantum state Instead of vector, the term ket is used synonymously. Each ket is uniquely associated with a so-called bra, denoted , which is also said to correspond to the same physical quantum state. Technically, the bra is an element of the dual space, and related to the ket by the Riesz representation theorem. Inner products (also called brackets) are written so as to look like a bra and ket next to each other: (Note that the phrase "bra-ket" is supposed to resemble "bracket".) .
182
where ci are complex numbers. In physical terms, this is described by saying that quantum superposition of the states . One property worth noting is that the normalized states
. If the basis kets are chosen to be orthonormal (as is often the case), then are characterized by
Expansions of this sort play an important role in measurement in quantum mechanics. In particular, if the eigenstates (with eigenvalues ) of an observable, and that observable is measured on the normalized state
2
are ,
then the probability that the result of the measurement is ki is |ci| . (The normalization condition above mandates that the total sum of probabilities is equal to one.) A particularly important example is the position basis, which is the basis consisting of eigenstates of the observable which corresponds to measuring position. If these eigenstates are nondegenerate (for example, if the system is a single, spinless particle), then any ket is associated with a complex-valued function of three-dimensional space: . This function is called the wavefunction corresponding to .
Quantum state
183
do correspond to the same physical state. This is sometimes described by saying that "global" phase factors are unphysical, but "relative" phase factors are physical and important. One example of a quantum interference phenomenon that arises from superposition is the double-slit experiment. The photon state is a superposition of two different states, one of which corresponds to the photon having passed through the left slit, and the other corresponding to passage through the right slit. The relative phase of those two states has a value which depends on the distance from each of the two slits. Depending on what that phase is, the interference is constructive at some locations and destructive in others, creating the interference pattern. Another example of the importance of relative phase in quantum superposition is Rabi oscillations, where the relative phase of two states varies in time due to the Schrdinger equation. The resulting superposition ends up oscillating back and forth between two different states.
Mixed states
A pure quantum state is a state which can be described by a single ket vector, as described above. A mixed quantum state is a statistical ensemble of pure states (see quantum statistical mechanics). Equivalently, a mixed-quantum state on a given quantum system described by a Hilbert space H naturally arises as a pure quantum state (called a purification) on a larger bipartite system H tensor K, the other half of which is inaccessible to the observer. A mixed state cannot be described as a ket vector. Instead, it is described by its associated density matrix (or density operator), usually denoted . Note that density matrices can describe both mixed and pure states, treating them on the same footing. The density matrix is defined as
where
to describe the average behaviour of an N-particle system. A simple criterion for checking whether a density matrix is describing a pure or mixed state is that the trace of 2 is equal to 1 if the state is pure, and less than 1 if the state is mixed.[6] Another, equivalent, criterion is that the von Neumann entropy is 0 for a pure state, and strictly positive for a mixed state. The rules for measurement in quantum mechanics are particularly simple to state in terms of density matrices. For example, the ensemble average (expectation value) of a measurement corresponding to an observable is given by
where
important to note that two types of averaging are occurring, one being a quantum average over the basis kets of the pure states, and the other being a statistical average with the probabilities of those states. W.r.t. these different types of averaging, i.e. to distinguish pure and/or mixed states, one often uses the expressions 'coherent' and/or 'incoherent superposition' of quantum states.
Quantum state
184
Mathematical formulation
For a mathematical discussion on states as functionals, see GelfandNaimarkSegal construction. There, the same objects are described in a C*-algebraic context.
Notes
[1] Feynman, Richard P.; Leighton R.B. Sands M. (1965). "4.2". The Feynman Lectures on Physics Vol. 3 Quantum Mechanics. USA: AddisonWesley Publishing Company. pp.4-3. [2] http:/ / www. quantiki. org/ wiki/ Bloch_sphere [3] In this example, momentum p = velocity, since p = m velocity, and m = 1. The system of units for this example has been defined such that mass is unitless. [4] To avoid misunderstandings: Here we mean that and are measured in the same state, but not in the same run of the
experiment. [5] For concreteness' sake, you may suppose that and in the above example, with . [6] Blum, Density matrix theory and applications, page 39 (http:/ / books. google. com/ books?id=kl-pMd9Qx04C& pg=PA39). Note that this criterion works when the density matrix is normalized so that the trace of is 1, as it is for the standard definition given in this section. Occasionally a density matrix will be normalized differently, in which case the criterion is
Further reading
The concept of quantum states, in particular the content of the section Formalism in quantum physics above, is covered in most standard textbooks on quantum mechanics. For a discussion of conceptual aspects and a comparison with classical states, see: Isham, Chris J (1995). Lectures on Quantum Theory: Mathematical and Structural Foundations. Imperial College Press. ISBN978-1860940019. For a more detailed coverage of mathematical aspects, see: Bratteli, Ola; Robinson, Derek W (1987). Operator Algebras and Quantum Statistical Mechanics 1. Springer. ISBN978-3540170938. 2nd edition. In particular, see Sec. 2.3. For a discussion of purifications of mixed quantum states, see Chapter 2 of John Preskill's lecture notes for Physics 219 (http://www.theory.caltech.edu/~preskill/ph229/) at Caltech.
185
186
187
188
189
License
190
License
Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported http:/ / creativecommons. org/ licenses/ by-sa/ 3. 0/